Why Are the Bankers and Ex-Intel Types Running For Their Lives? (Confirmed for MONTHS by my vanishing sources) [Archive]

GoodETxSG

28th November 2013, 23:20

EDIT: GO TO LAST PAGE FOR CONTINUED UPDATES...
I guess you by now I like to poke the Bear a little more than I should and it has cost me dearly several times. I feel compelled to do so here on my favorite medium AVALON again...

This was an interesting confirmation that I didn't expect to see in the Alternative Media. I communicated some of this exact info privately to some of you in PM's and offline months ago. I have heard of FEMA, DHS, FBI, Military Intelligence Bureaucrat Types (Usually FORMER, Army/Air Force/Navy) and Bank Executive Homes empty (My own sources, some I knew well)... when friends or former colleges do not hear from them and begin to worry and start showing up and looking in the windows of the house they are approached by neighbors, private investigators and even concerned family members who have no idea where their loved ones have gone or why.

These are usually secure and gated communities and the few witnesses state that trucks moved the families out in less than an hour. WHY would THEY leave in such haste without telling people such as their PARENTS (Close Family/Friends) or give any notice to coworkers or bosses (That we know of or have had verified)?

WHAT IS GOING ON???

Before many of my sources dried up I heard many of the same things from this article and more... much more. Since this article covers some of it pretty well (Though some of it is nonsense and will be obvious to you... as always disinfo mixed w/info)... I am going to post it with a couple little pieces I heard today (That was shared w/me that didn't directly concern me, that I will keep to my self).

1. The Military is in absolute disarray! Our "TRUE CONSTITUTIONAL MILITARY MINDED" leadership has been decapitated almost completely and replaced with "Military Bureaucratic Nazi Robots"

2. NAVY/Air Force/Army 0-9's Down to the "Need to Know" specific ranks are in the midst right now of seeing what has happened but are a day late and a dollar short. The fact that each branch does not trust each other nor do certain divisions is a major problem. They are NOW being hit with the "PURGE" and are not even trusting many of the people they trusted to watch their backs in decades past. SO, they are reaching outside of the Military to Veterans groups and even outside of the country (A DANGEROUS MOVE!). Many are desperate.

3. Administration and ABOVE the Administration are extremely afraid of some of the info Snowden has in his possession (The BIG stuff!) and how the hell he got it... No freaking way it was on his own! This PURGE is to prevent any further possible leaks in the future and to MAKE DAMN SURE only LOYAL'S are in positions of access to sensitive or damaging info/data.

4. ANY and ALL PERSONS with any type of active security clearance (Or who had an active status during the last 10 years) is being re-vetted as though they were going for the highest clearance in the land. "Leaving no stone un-turned". This is to be done so by the NSA as quietly as possible.

5. A Clamp down on the Main Stream Media is to be pushed. A definition of what a "Journalist" is will be set. A "Journalist" will have to be registered and play by the rules and there will be NO MORE whistle blower protection... NO MORE embarrassing... I MEAN, Stories damaging to "Homeland Security".

6. Alternative "News" and "Blogger" posters will be compiled and placed on a separate type "Watch List" as will a number of other "Threat Groups". This will be done in secret and at a never ever imagined level in American history. DHS will be doing low key interviews of neighbors etc under the guise of other agencies or entities/corporations or city workers. What will be done with the people that end up on this "LIST"? I wasn't told. I asked about FEMA Camps but they moved to another topic.

7. Other info you can glean from the article I believe...

I WILL CATCH CRAP FOR THIS POST! But read the below article and use discernment. Almost all of my old contacts have dried up and have left either empty houses or dead phone numbers or closed contact accounts with no explanations or good bye's... Some close friends I served with and some family. The couple I have left used this Holiday Season to share some info while in town. I actually may not hear from them anymore or have anything else to report myself after this. So, I figure I will report and let you shake the the box and sift the BS from the Nuggets of good Intel...

IMHO - what I have stated above is what I have gathered from conversations directly with contacts from my prior work. I trust the people and have know them in some cases all of their lives. Info is only as good as its ORIGINAL source which I CAN NOT VOUCH FOR. However, when you get bullet points that match from unrelated sources you have to pay attention yet use your OWN BRAIN and DISCERNMENT!!! PLEASE USE YOURS!

Why Are the Bankers and Ex-Intel Types Running For Their Lives?

http://thecommonsenseshow.com/2013/11/27/why-are-the-bankers-and-ex-intel-types-running-for-their-lives/

Dave Hodges

November 27, 2013

The Common Sense Show

http://thecommonsenseshow.com/siteupload/2013/11/people-running-300x168.jpg

people running

I have been in possession of certain information, provided to me by two separate sources, and confirmed by multiple sources, which have clearly laid out a horrific set of events coming our way. This article will culminate with a description of these events.

The Validity of Insider Sources
In my role as a talk show host and writer, I have been approached by many individuals who claim to have “insider information” about what is going on and what is coming. According to these individuals, what is coming is very bad. Most credible, insider sources demand complete anonymity, and with the passage of the NDAA, most whistleblowers have to be more cautious as compared to the past. As a result, I have found myself in a position to try and evaluate whether to write about and broadcast some very controversial information that I am frequently given.

If I cannot partially collaborate the information I am given by another source, or through circumstantial evidence, I don’t generally publish the information. However, if the source has proven to be a trusted source, I am more likely to take what I am told at face value because, sometimes, my insider information turns out to be stunningly accurate as evidenced by the Chris Stevens murder story which was spot on in which I identified a military rescue attempt which was foiled by the Obama forces. On that story, I was 5 months ahead of Glenn Beck. My information on the Aurora Batman shootings was also proven to be very accurate. Therefore, when these sources tell me what is coming, I am inclined to listen because of their past track record.

Before revealing what I have been told, I am still looking for some measure of independent collaboration. I cannot think of any better places to look for independent confirmation than three individuals who are also getting the “correct” word out and these three would be Steve Quayle, Doug Hagmann and Jim Marrs.

Steve Quayle
Steve Quayle is at the forefront of reporting on the present threats to the American people. Steve has consistently reported on the ominous use of foreign troops which will be used to eliminate perceived dissidents with extreme prejudice. He has also spoken about the specific role that the Chinese troops will play.

Last week, I was guest on the Weekend Vigilante talk show, along with Steve Quayle and he revealed the threat posed by the presence of foreign troops on American soil. Next Thursday, December 5, 2013, I will be co-hosting a special radio broadcast along with Sheila Zilinsky as we will be interviewing Steve and V the Guerrilla Economist. I only have partial knowledge of what they are going to reveal on the show, but what I do know is that the revelations that will be coming forth will be stunning. Listening details will be posted on my website early next week.

Doug Hagmann
Late last year, Doug Hagmann published his dire warnings which come from an inside source at DHS. Since that time, Doug has continued to present more evidence which further validates his warnings from late last year. Although there are a few differences, both Steve Quayle and Doug Hagmann are both speaking to a forceful martial law takeover in which perceived trouble makers are eliminated with extreme prejudice.

Jim Marrs
In a December 9, 2012 interview on The Common Sense Show, Jim Marrs discussed how approximately 400-500 top level bankers have left their positions and have gone into seclusion. Jim reminded my listening audience of how the elite have developed seed vaults which only they have access to. He was clearly alluding to the fact that some very bad events are coming and the global elite are aware of it and the rats are jumping off of the ship.

The Elite Have Been Preparing
In September of 2011, the evacuation of the elite to this safe hideaway was rehearsed in the DHS exercise known as Operation Mountain Guardian in which the Denver airport was shut down to commercial air travel except for specific, undesignated planes which were allowed to land in preparation for some staged catastrophe. This aforementioned event is not newsworthy because it has been reported in the mainstream. However, where this even becomes noteworthy to the public is because it is not coincidental that the CIA has relocated its major data collection facilities to underground structures in the Denver International Airport.

The potential implications for residents living in or near the Washington DC Metropolitan area should be clear. The planned obsolescence for the nation’s capital is becoming increasingly apparent.

Insider Sources
Late last year I revealed that my insider sources informed me that the same thing is happening in various federal organizations who have recently retired from the DHS and FEMA. This fact is indisputable. I have firsthand knowledge of ex-intel officials and their families who have relocated to safety enclaves when doing so was very disruptive to their respective family’s lives. Increasingly, it is looking like some major event(s) is/are coming and persons with insider information are attempting to remove themselves from harm’s way as I have publicly noted.

Although the Doug Hagmann warnings slightly differ from my sources, there are many common threads. One area that Hagmann’s source did not focus on is the dropping out of sight by ex-federal officials and prominent figures on Wall Street. However, Hagmann and Quayle’s information is stunningly similar to what I am reporting. When the dots connect as symmetrically as they are beginning to, it is important to sit up and see the pattern forming and then take appropriate action.

I have subsequently decided to reveal what I know as well. The decision to air these warnings will undoubtedly encourage others to come forward. Hopefully, so many “insiders” will come forward that it will become impossible to hide what it is coming from those who are actively seeking answers. To the general public, it does not matter what they are told, for they will still believe that the government will take care of them, CNN truthfully reports the news and Santa Claus exists. As a result, these fools will never know what hit them.

To those who still believe in happy ever after endings, please answer a few questions so that I can sleep better tonight.
1. Why is the Obama administration permitting and encouraging Russian and Chinese troops to participate in highly sensitive drills with extreme national security implications such as Grid EX II and RIMPAC?
2. Why is Obama purging the lion’s share of military leadership after they stood down on their orders to invade Syria and later engage in a detonation of a nuclear device in Charleston Harbor?
3. Why would the heads of America’s nuclear arsenal be fired, one for merely using a counterfeit poker chip in a private game of poker, a few short weeks after Senator Lindsay Graham stated that if we did not attack Syria a nuclear bomb would go off in Charleston Harbor? This statement by Graham came less than 24 hours after a nuclear bomb was reported missing from West Texas.
4. Isn’t the current military purge, as well as the firing of the two heads of our nuclear arsenal signaling that Obama is in command of a military that will not execute a false flag attack against the American people and subsequently impose martial law? Isn’t this why Obama has been forced to forge a bilateral agreement between FEMA and the Russian military? I have over a dozen more questions, but you get the idea.
I am waiting for a believable answer that will make all of the above questions go away……..
Specially Protected Enclaves
I have firsthand knowledge of official from FEMA and DHS relocating to safety enclaves in out-of-the-way hideaways with their colleagues in an attempt to hunker down and survive what is coming. These relocations commenced about a year ago. I am also aware that the recently retired officials from the NSA are doing the same. Typically, the former intelligence community refugees properties share a few commonalities as they consist of 5 to 10 acres per family, have access to underground safety zones which have/are being transformed into mini-villages of self-sustainable protection. They have access to portable air and water supplies, residents are armed to the teeth, have alternative communications that are not reliant on the grid, have years of stored food, hazmat suits and plenty of guns.

The enclaves also include underground structures which are sensibly self-contained and can serve to isolate the inhabitants from the outside. Shockingly, I have two sources who are aware of the relocations who have chosen to not participate. One nonparticipant ex-official from FEMA did not seek sanctuary with these groups because he feels that several of these enclaves will be targeted for destruction by the powers that be because of the knowledge contained by the inhabitants in this case of “dead men tell no tales.” This makes sense because it would allow the elite, following the coming cataclysms, to rewrite history in their own version without any contradiction from knowledgeable individuals that know what really has gone on. This insider knowledge is a threat which would serve as an obstacle to the new truth. Personally, I think this view has a great deal of merit. Isn’t this why the Brown Shirts were killed by Hitler?

All informants were clear on one point, when Americans begin to see the massive shifting of military assets accompanied by an increase in the sightings of foreign military, the fun is about to begin, so these sources say.

Why Did They Run?
In some cases, the re-election of Obama has seemingly brought these feelings of extreme apprehension to the forefront. ALL of my sources tell me that America is in much more danger than just a looming and catastrophic economic depression. The near future, they say, we will see food riots and extreme government suppression of civil liberties. Gun confiscations will be executed by foreign assets (i.e. the Chinese and the Russians).

Very soon, if my sources are correct, nobody will be safe, not even the politicians. The NDAA allows the government to play Gestapo with the population. In fact, many of us in the alternative media have been fearful of the NDAA because we are concerned that it will be used against us if we ever uncover a story which is too sensitive, we will just be “disappeared.” However, my sources, ex-feds from FEMA and DHS, tell me that the reason that the NDAA was passed was to frighten federal would-be whistleblowers into silence. Eleven months after this revelation, the Ed Snowden case takes on a whole new meaning.

John Kerry’s signing of the UN Gun Ban Treaty should be a big red flag for every American. And when you couple this with the presence of the Chinese and Russians on American soil, along with their participation in highly sensitive national defense drills, we should all be screaming “Danger Will Robinson”! My sources tell me that gun confiscation, executed with extreme prejudice, is merely one false flag event away from occurring.

Gun confiscation is the primary short-term goal of the globalist forces which have hijacked our country. Americans, in large numbers, cannot be permitted to maintain private gun ownership. One of my sources states that the dark side of our government refers to private gun owners in America as the new Viet Cong. The historical reference should be obvious as American forces were not able to subdue South Vietnam because the communist farmers by day became determined foes by night and no matter how hard American forces would try, but they were not able to separate the Viet Cong from their weapon supplies. The globalists seek to avoid history repeating itself here in America.

The following is an illustration of what my insider sources tell me is coming.

1. FALSE FLAG

http://thecommonsenseshow.com/siteupload/2013/11/chicago-flase-flag.jpg

2. GUN CONFISCATION

http://thecommonsenseshow.com/siteupload/2013/11/gun-confiscation-300x158.jpg

3. INTERNMENT OF UNDESIRABLES

http://thecommonsenseshow.com/siteupload/2013/11/fema-home-away-from-home-300x244.jpg

What the Ex-Intel Officials Fear the Most
What would cause a family with insider information to make a decision, a quick decision reached within a matter of weeks, to forsake their way of life, sell their home at a loss in a still recovering market and with breakneck speed relocate to what they believe is a safety enclave? From my perspective, fear was the primary motivator. However, the danger has been long anticipated because the escape locations are primed and ready.

FEMA, DHS, Army Intelligence and the CIA are in possession of a new class of chemical and biological weapons which are more sophisticated and more deadly than anything the public knows about. The weapons can be programmed to be race specific. The effects of their release can cover a wide or a narrow area. These weapons can impact the individual without immediately killing. These weapons can cause individuals to literally go berserk and behave like a “crazed army of zombies”. Perhaps this is why DHS conducted two drills in the past year in which mythical “zombies” were the target of their drill. The most famous of these drills took place last year in proximity to Halloween of 2012 in San Diego. The media made a joke of the drill, but based upon what I have learned I am not laughing any longer.

I find it very interesting that last year, DHS signed an agreement to partner with Simon Properties, the largest owner of malls in North America. In subsequent agreements, DHS and Simon Properties agreed to use malls as “relocation centers” in times of a national emergency. Shortly after the DHS-Simon Properties agreement, the NFL, NBA, Major League Baseball and the NHL all agreed to let their facilities double for the same purpose. These announced agreements served as one of the trigger events leading to relocation by ex-FEMA types. They viewed these arrangements as detention centers, not places of safe refuge and that crises such as food shortages and civilian unrest would lead to the activation of a type of impromptu series of FEMA camps. I have written and extensively documented these agreements on my website over the past 14 months. And what could go on in these impromptu detention centers has the potential to give humanity its darkest hours. I will not be getting on a bus, I will not get on a train, I will not seek aid from the government in any form when trouble starts and I have been so advised. The goal is to get our guns and then come and get us, is what one ex-FEMA person told me.

All of my sources referenced the TV show, Revolution, in which they all say is representative of the idea that a power grid take down will take place at some point in this takeover process.

One of my sources has told me that the majority of the population has been exposed to a pathogen which can be triggered electronically activating a deadly virus. I was told that this was one of the purposes of the chemtrails and the GWEN towers. I have no idea if this true and have no way of confirming this. However, I can tell you that an ex-DHS source that told me this believes it. He also went on to say that this is not a well-guarded secret and it has many freaked out but that active DHS/FEMA personnel are having their every move tracked and monitored and the NDAA looms large.

My Own Level of Cognitive Dissonance
I do not blame anyone who cannot take this seriously. I, myself, have held much of this information close to the vest for over a year. I have watched as people who believe this and more (yes, there is much more), have voted with their feet at a great cost to their personal lives.

When I started to witness events occur which served to confirm what I was told, by so many trusted sources, it was time to really take these ominous warnings seriously. It is a helpless feeling to be in possession of information which is so lethal to so many, but would only be believed by so few. However, through the revelations of people such as Steve Quayle, Doug Hagmann, Jim Marrs, et al.,I know that this is true.

At this point, I would like to tell the readers that there will be a sequel laying out our options. However, I do not know what I would say beyond tell your neighbors, tell your friends. I am not sure there is anyway to stop what is coming.

What I have hoped for is that out of the hundreds of military officers being deposed by Obama, some would have knowledge and come forward. However, I have been told that those in the know have had their families threatened and this makes a great deal of sense. Isn’t it eerily odd that we are not seeing deposed military commanders speaking out at all and writing their lucrative tell-all books?

Finally, I want to emphasize that there are people in the media who have pieces of what I have revealed here as they have told me so. There are others beyond Steve Quayle and Doug Hagmann who know about this and are too afraid to speak out, or they are worried about the damage to their reputations if they cannot immediately prove every word they are saying. And I am telling you that there are some that I know who are just too afraid to speak out. I must confess that I have had great trepidation for not being more forthcoming in the past year. I would hide behind the excuse that I did not have enough concrete evidence to come out with this information. I thought nobody would believe me even when others were saying much the same thing. This was my own form of cognitive dissonance. However, as I look into the depths of my soul, I know that this is true and I believe what I have been told. I am just not sure that raising awareness will do any good at this point.

norman

28th November 2013, 23:27

There's a story going around that it was blocked. I mean there WAS a big false flag event in the making, and all the signs of prepping we saw or heard about were for real. October was going to be American Hell.

Then, 3 high level military officers said "not no, but hell no ".

Those officers were immediately sacked, so I suppose the event could be re scheduled for later on.

LivioRazlo

28th November 2013, 23:32

Bring on the war to the United States. I am tired of having to be "politically correct" around people for fear of hurting their feelings or saying something which is "outside of the box". If these geriatric bankers and elite want war, then call me John Conner because I will lead the resistance in my neck of the woods. Nothing would satisfy me more than dying for those liberties which we all have - regardless of where we live and the color of our skin.

GoodETxSG

28th November 2013, 23:38

Yes, several "DIVERSIONS" which I guess could also be called False Flags were thwarted by negotiation, but I was told they were more like "PAUSED" or "Put back in the tool box" for the time being. The International "STAGE" has provided other alternatives to MANIPULATED TRAUMATIC local problems for now, so they have been able to kick the can down the road for now.

Their time period was NOT to begin in earnest until the first quarter of 2014 from what I was told... I am sure you have seen the "Operational Window of 2014 - 2016" on the Internet (Especially on You Tube)... That seems to be a common time frame of an Economic Collapse, Manipulated EQ's and "Other Natural Appearing" Disasters along with Domestic and International instability in Society.

There's a story going around that it was blocked. I mean there WAS a big false flag event in the making, and all the signs of prepping we saw or heard about were for real. October was going to be American Hell.

Then, 3 high level military officers said "not no, but hell no ".

Those officers were immediately sacked, so I suppose the event could be re scheduled for later on.

Bill Ryan

28th November 2013, 23:40

:bump:

Very important indeed. I can confirm that GoodeTXSG, whom I trust absolutely and feel I know very well, has been stating pretty much exactly all this (see Dave Hodges' summary here, quoted above), for several months now. Listen up, folks: this is real.

http://thecommonsenseshow.com/2013/11/27/why-are-the-bankers-and-ex-intel-types-running-for-their-lives

More valuable context can be found on this thread, started earlier this year: Essential Reading for all Avalonians. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?55445-Essential-reading-for-all-Avalonians)

GoodETxSG

28th November 2013, 23:41

Be careful what you wish for my friend... I do not totally disagree. But you just may get it! It is one thing to see it on TV every morning, quite another to see at your feet on a daily basis, especially with people you love in the mix...
Bring on the war to the United States. I am tired of having to be "politically correct" around people for fear of hurting their feelings or saying something which is "outside of the box". If these geriatric bankers and elite want war, then call me John Conner because I will lead the resistance in my neck of the woods. Nothing would satisfy me more than dying for those liberties which we all have - regardless of where we live and the color of our skin.

Bill Ryan

28th November 2013, 23:46

-------

A very relevant 'Q-Alert' on Steve Quayle's site, as of 3 days ago:

http://stevequayle.com/index.php?s=33&d=687

He's telling me his former CO's are beginning to whisper the word 'treason' among themselves, and it's getting louder.

For what it's worth, my brother was recently forceably retired by the Army as an E-8 over 40. (Enlisted in '69). He took a week off, then went back to work at the same facility doing the same thing for the same Natl Guard group as a civilian contractor. He's telling me his former CO's are beginning to whisper the word 'treason' among themselves, and it's getting louder. The major officers are all scared to death, as they are "old school" guys. They don't know what to do. The purgings are more than raising eye brows. Colonels (and higher up) know what's going on, but the younger officers are brain dead,and the non-coms may as well be literal sheep. They think my brother is crazy.

Unlike Coach Dave, he believes most (meaning almost everyone under the age of 30) soldiers will follow orders. No matter what they may be. Very few will disobey even blatantly unlawful orders in his opinion.
The other factor he's talked to me about (as strange as this sounds to some, likely not you) is the video game culture these kids are growing up in. He says many of them are brain-dead, psychopathic wannabes just waiting to take to the streets and act like they are in some EA Arts game. They couldn't care less, they just want to live out the fantasy!

Nov 25, 2013

LivioRazlo

28th November 2013, 23:53

Be careful what you wish for my friend... I do not totally disagree. But you just may get it! It is one thing to see it on TV every morning, quite another to see at your feet on a daily basis, especially with people you love in the mix...

And I do agree with you on actually being a part of something which is only seen on television. Something deep within me tells me this is needed, that the world needs to wake up from the deep sleep it is in and take back what has rightfully been ours from the beginning - technology, education, art, freedom, pursuit of happiness. There will always be those out there which do not agree with the methods I think are needed - but that's the joy of being human - not everyone is going to agree with my views or opinions and I totally respect that. "The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots, and tyrants." - Thomas Jefferson

christian

29th November 2013, 00:01

LivioRazlo, I think the revolution that you are craving for will come, it's inevitable, as Kennedy put it.

A revolution is coming—a revolution which will be peaceful if we are wise enough; compassionate if we care enough; successful if we are fortunate enough—but a revolution which is coming whether we will it or not. We can affect its character; we cannot alter its inevitability.

Jefferson's opinion has something to it as well. At the end of the day, it's gonna be what we make it, I guess.

norman

29th November 2013, 00:01

As I plot the dates back to the beginning of October, the picture I see is that they nearly had all their ducks in a straight line when they were cocked and ready to attack Syria.

The cover for what they were about to do was going to be false flagged on, probably Russia, possibly China, possibly a middle east state. The whole world, especially TV junky Americans would have believed the story.

sheme

29th November 2013, 00:09

This all sounds horribly familiar some how. This post deserves Alert status, now is not the time for embarrassment. Tin foil hats at the ready folks. Maybe maybe not. We have been here before - and one day it may just be for real.

GoodETxSG

29th November 2013, 00:09

I think Bill has the right idea here... Do your own research!!! The info and all of the pieces of the puzzle are on the table. Take some time and put them together... The Essential Reading Link for Avalon Members was a treasure trove of info!

'2016': Obama plans to 'take America down'
http://www.wnd.com/2013/11/2016-obama-plans-to-take-america-down/

Expect Devastating Global Economic Changes In 2014
http://beforeitsnews.com/economy/2013/11/expect-devastating-global-economic-changes-in-2014-2574524.html?currentSplittedPage=1

Is A Military Coupe To Topple Obama Possible
http://beforeitsnews.com/politics/2013/11/is-a-military-coupe-to-topple-obama-possible-2573440.html?utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FtPe5&utm_campaign&utm_source=direct-b4in.info&utm_content=beforeit39snews-verticalresponse&utm_medium=verticalresponse

U.S. generals now take action to watch Obama
Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2013/11/u-s-generals-now-take-action-to-watch-obama/#iUbw5Po7KwTSZBRh.99

What is Eternal Solutreanism?; Obama OMINOUSLY purges generals and admirals; WNs who are afraid to die
http://www.democratic-republicans.us/english/english-obama-ominously-purges-generals-and-admirals-wns-that-are-afraid-to-die

DISTURBING: The List of Purged Military High Officers Under Obama
http://conservativeangle.com/disturbing-the-complete-list-of-purged-military-high-officers-under-obama/

LivioRazlo

29th November 2013, 00:32

norman

29th November 2013, 00:45

LivioRazlo, I think the revolution that you are craving for will come, it's inevitable.

Then I guess it's time for me to start working out and get in shape. I'm no good to anyone if I'm not able to effectively maneuver the terrain of my city and lead a rebellion.

Hey LR, when I was a youngster I was very rebellious and looking for a fight. Funny thing was, spooks came out of the woodwork from all directions wanting to be my friends. One of them even had a 3 month bedding fling with me.

I like your clarity of who you intend to state you are. I wish you well, please be very sure you know who your close mates are.

Also, I don't think fighting talk, right now, is going to give the bad guys the heeby jeebies, it probably will only help to convince them that it's time to press the pedal to the metal.

seleka

29th November 2013, 00:46

I am glad to know this, yet at the same time it is just scary. I had hoped that all the firings being done, removals, were of the ones in the cabal, that a house cleaning was occurring. Have they moved the expensive military equipment from the east coast, and would it mean anything if they hadn't? Maybe they know they won't need those things on the other side of whatever this Event is.

My memory is poor, but I remember reading something (on glp I think) about the possibility that the missing nuclear whatever ended up being detonated off the coast of NC (there was data that day showing a disturbance off the coast) in order to collapse a part of the plate shelf. Heck, it might have been a dream thread, but something has been telling me this information is important. I believe in that version of events, the govt representative was being 'bad' because he did it to prevent some sort of destruction to his city (the poster believed it was to change the ocean floor to prevent a natural disaster that was coming). (SC maybe). All this sounds vague, I will go look for some sort of a link. http://jhaines6.wordpress.com/2013/10/21/note-from-jean-regarding-the-bomb-attack/
http://jhaines6.wordpress.com/2013/10/21/what-did-obama-the-new-world-order-have-in-mind-for-the-united-states-part-2-the-evidence-by-peter-eyre/

yeah I cancelled my account there so I can't find that thread, I am pretty sure it was a vision or dream, though, not inside info.

So many keep saying we can change by joining together, being unity, being love. Like in the end of the book by Heather MacCauley Noell novel "Parallel Worlds (http://heathernoell.com/parallel-worlds/)" when the awake ones gather around the pyramid and hold hands and sing this song they all knew but hadn't sang before.

It is as though the alternative community keeps crying 'wolf' and it is on purpose, 'they' change things to make us stop paying attention, thinking it is just another date that will pass. I keep my eyes open, even though my apathy is strong too.

GoodETxSG

29th November 2013, 00:51

Friends, I understand... I come from a Military background and family. I would hope any violence would not only be a LAST RESORT, but NEVER OCCUR at all. This would play into their extremely well prepared hands! As I said, now more than ever THESE SITES ARE BEING MONITORED... NOW MORE THAN EVER... Please chose your words carefully and be wise. THINK, type... PROOF READ... THINK AGAIN... Then Post (IMHO)... Stay off the lists. You can do more if you do in the future...

I would hope that WE THE PEOPLE would reach a MOMENT OF CLARITY and come together, no longer letting THEM use our small cultural differences and most of all as stupid of a thing as the COLOR OF THE UPHOLSTERY OF OUR BODIES to drive a wedge between us... to keep us fighting each other... a LEFT VS RIGHT, CONSERVATIVE VS LIBERAL TWO PARTY CIVIL SPLIT!!! This is STUPID and is playing off of our own ignorance, pure and simple!!!

It is time to rise above that and find a way to take THAT POWER OF DIVISION AWAY FROM THEM! To come together and do so peacefully... WE ARE THE 99% and THEY ARE THE 1%... This is exactly what they are terrified of! I understand if we were to do so they may pull a "Scorched Earth" approach and force our hands into conflict. If so the below statement of our forefather was prophetic... If not, then we have a chance to PROVE we can rise above the slave masters once and for all, experience TRUE FREEDOM (Physical and Spiritual) and join a wider Galactic Community that I know for a fact exists. If we are indeed a GRAND EXPERIMENT... Then these are the final exams!

“When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them to one another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the seperate but equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitles them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.

LivioRazlo, I think the revolution that you are craving for will come, it's inevitable.

Then I guess it's time for me to start working out and get in shape. I'm no good to anyone if I'm not able to effectively maneuver the terrain of my city and lead a rebellion.

LivioRazlo

29th November 2013, 01:26

I like your clarity of who you intend to state you are. I wish you well, please be very sure you know who your close mates are.

I apologize for my outbursts on this thread. It's just that I am tired of idly sitting by and watching TPTB get away with what they are, even on a local level. GoodeTXSG, I'm pretty sure that I've managed to make my way on some list - this I'm sure of from some of the things which I have posted on Facebook. I managed to speak with Alex Jones on his show earlier this year. The first time I ever tried calling and miraculously, I got to speak to the man which I have followed for quite a while. I asked him what we as Americans, and globally, should do to take back the power. I stated that many people have written their elected public officials, signed petitions and took to the streets in our outrage - and that none of this is working. I know that Alex Jones does not condone a violent means to taking back what is ours, but I feel that inevitably, this is what it will come to. He didn't have an answer to my question and proceeded to work around it, Max Keiser however talked about investing in BitCoin - but I understood all too well at the time that they felt the same as I and were trying to avoid answering my question.

A few months ago, a thought came to my mind. My father told me many years ago that our lineage dates back to Robert the Bruce and a Laird/Lord of our clan was dispatched to bring William Wallace back to Scotland. Well, I did some research and what he said turned out to be true. Our clan motto is "Sto Pro Veritate", which means "I Stand for Truth". I am the amalgamation of all that was, all that is, and all that will come to be. This is why I say the things I do, not to stir up violence, but to express what many of you may be feeling.

norman

29th November 2013, 01:31

.....My memory is poor, but I remember reading something (on glp I think) about the possibility that the missing nuclear whatever ended up being detonated off the coast of NC (there was data that day showing a disturbance off the coast) in order to collapse a part of the plate shelf. Heck, it might have been a dream thread....,

.... I keep my eyes open, even though my apathy is strong too.

Yea, apparently, the nuke that was exploded 200 miles off the coast was one of 3 that were planned for total wipe-out of the US, 2 ground explosions, and one in the sky to wipe out all the electronics.

The 2 that were not on the ship that took that out there and did that are currently off the radar and god knows what will happen next !

Flash

29th November 2013, 02:16

You know what, I think we should pout a Jimmini group on this.

We need to recoup and send what is needed to the remaining military and the others ones that are not hiding but were fired.

We also need to send what is needed to foreign troops for them to disobey orders as well.

And we need to surround ourselves with high énergies protecting us, all Avalonians.

jackovesk

29th November 2013, 02:50

TTP = (WAR)..!

US vs CHINA: Why the 'Threat of War' is on our Doorstep

November 29, 2013

The drums of war are beating to our north. Why? In short, a few dozen rocks - and a fortune in oil - are creating tension between the US and China.

http://media.news.com.au/nnd//dfeee5809163cf6654a7f5d9e08d03dd/desktop/assets/01.jpg

http://www.news.com.au/world/the-territorial-flashpoints-making-south-east-asia-a-hotbed-of-international-tensions/story-fndir2ev-1226771012656

PS - You also realize this is nothing but a (BIG GAME) for the PTW re: US & CHINA...:yes4:

Remember how nonchalantly the Chinese (Took Delivery) of Bush, Cheney & Rumsfeld's buckled (911 STEEL) and was sent straight to the (Smelter) upon reaching Chinese land...Remember...:yes4:

That's (ALL) you need to know of just how (CROOKED) these 2 Rogue Govts. are..!!!!!

seleka

29th November 2013, 02:54

Yea, apparently, the nuke that was exploded 200 miles off the coast was one of 3 that were planned for total wipe-out of the US, 2 ground explosions, and one in the sky to wipe out all the electronics.

The 2 that were not on the ship that took that out there and did that are currently off the radar and god knows what will happen next !

right after I read this, my internet stopped working. I reset the modem and it still didn't work. Reboot worked though... but that was eerie.:pop2::clock::wave::bump::peep::scared::focus:

Cognitive Dissident

29th November 2013, 02:55

This is an interesting thread and I think the basic idea - false flag attack leading to clampdown and tightening of the screws on the population - is unfortunately very credible.

However, I also think we need to be more careful and discerning about some of the warnings/events that we are reporting/repeating. To look at the 5 questions from the OP, based on some quick internet searching:

1. Why is the Obama administration permitting and encouraging Russian and Chinese troops to participate in highly sensitive drills with extreme national security implications such as Grid EX II and RIMPAC?
http://www.examiner.com/article/chinese-troops-land-hawaii-for-disaster-relief-exercises-during-grid-ex-ii
This is what I found - Chinese troops in Hawaii durig Grid EX II. Note, they are not part of the "Grid" part of the exercise, only the "disaster relief" part. Worrying, but not unusual given all the other stuff going on.

2. Why is Obama purging the lion’s share of military leadership after they stood down on their orders to invade Syria and later engage in a detonation of a nuclear device in Charleston Harbor?

The purge is interesting, but the reasons why are not clear. I don't think there was ever any order to invade Syria - the plan to invade Syria got sabotaged at the political level before any military order was issues. As for Charleston, see 3.

3. Why would the heads of America’s nuclear arsenal be fired, one for merely using a counterfeit poker chip in a private game of poker, a few short weeks after Senator Lindsay Graham stated that if we did not attack Syria a nuclear bomb would go off in Charleston Harbor? This statement by Graham came less than 24 hours after a nuclear bomb was reported missing from West Texas.

The Graham warning is not credible. See this: http://freedomoutpost.com/2013/09/lindsey-graham-support-war-syria-charleston-will-nuked/ and this quote:

"In a statement responding to Graham's analysis, a high ranking military officer told blogger Joshua Cook, "Graham is going off the deep end with this rhetoric about nuke strikes in Charleston. What a crock." He continued, "He has a deep insecurity complex due to many personal issues and that causes his attachment to John McCain and the attempts to appear like 'Mr. Tough Guy.' He really needs to go."

If you want to know what his personal issues are, Google is your friend.

4. Isn’t the current military purge, as well as the firing of the two heads of our nuclear arsenal signaling that Obama is in command of a military that will not execute a false flag attack against the American people and subsequently impose martial law? Isn’t this why Obama has been forced to forge a bilateral agreement between FEMA and the Russian military? I have over a dozen more questions, but you get the idea.

What is happening with the purge is unclear. There appears to be some sort of behind the scenes power struggle. But, isn't this an ongoing situation? Not trying to say it isn't important, just that this has been happening for a long time. In relation to nukes, obviously there is something going on - but does anyone remember this from 2007? It was a crazy, crazy incident.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2007_United_States_Air_Force_nuclear_weapons_incident

Flash

29th November 2013, 02:57

Chinese are very fierce fighter and extremely well drilled, They also have learn to obey since before Mao. They are disciplined otherwise it is jail and rehabilitation. So anything in fighting the Chinese, US have a good chance to lose. And both side will have viral weapons destroying specific races. Welcome new arrogant and stupid new world.

bodhii71

29th November 2013, 03:07

I realize we have all heard this before yet it seems there may be some truth to this. The brazen use of power in corrupt ways has all but proven the US government has gone haywire if it is working to serve it's own people, without going down the road most of us fear to tread and look deeper.

I have seen a slow narrowing of allowable content on media sites, from YouTube to Facebook. I have experienced that to some extent (increasing over time), I believe it has meant to slow the dissemination of any real truth.

As to my answer if this happens. I have family, I am constricted in what I can do, where I can go. If it comes, I will face it with my eyes burning bright, with the knowledge of who I really am. I will not turn in fear, I will not bow low. Intern me, kill

me, destroy my family, I stand for truth and the liberation of all beings. What they do to me, they do to themselves. What I do to others, I do to myself. I know no other truth. I know of no other way in which to act, where I know I will not cause any

more harm. I will stand in peace and for truth. There has been evidence by the mass uprisings that it is possible to unite against tyranny. If a few cells in my body start to devour everything and grow abnormally, it is known as cancer. When a few

men do the same, it is know as progress. One does not have to hate the cancer to have a cure. Ignoring it will not make it go away. Perhaps it is soon time for surgery? Perhaps it is too late, IDK.

LivioRazlo

29th November 2013, 03:08

Carmody

29th November 2013, 04:17

This is definitely not off topic: astrology. as above, so below. Lots to explain so people gt it. But, here is the assessment, as right now, ISON is the most influential 'planet' in astrology, as it creating massive disturbance in the electrostatic field sheets that stabilize this solar system.

Here is the astrology for ISON. when you get to the last part, you will see the comment on Sagittarius. The sun is in Sagittarius, and ISON is closest to the sun TODAY...so it is shifting and roiling the vibrational dimensional sheet charge state (rolling the tumbling dice) we call connectivity to that vibration, or Sagittarian behavior. The last line says it all, and that is the moment of now, with ISON right next to the sun:

~~~~~~~~~~~~
Briefly ISON is in Cancer in the summer, Leo in September and October, Virgo in the first week of November, Libra from the 9th of November to the 19th and then Scorpio from 20th November for one week. From the 28th November it is in Sagittarius and there we have the really big news since it then sling shots round the Sun in Sagittarius and appears to go retrograde, moving back through the zodiac from then on.

The effects on Sagittarius I will talk about later, let’s first look at what will be the effect of it moving through all those Zodiac Signs?

In Medieval Europe a comet was a sign that revealed God was changing his mood and this is pretty much how it will feel. If this is your Sun Sign, your mood will change.

Jonathan Cainer has written that “we can expect the comet to raise awareness, promote healing, foster hope, inspire a quest for peace and help us wake up to the potential for higher consciousness.” That’s all a bit fluffy for me, but worth a try if you like.

This comet is about disruption and change, but the sort of change that you can’t really get a handle on. It will feel as if something deep within the bowels of your life is rumbling away, but you just can’t identify it. A key feature will be the experience of something entirely new. This hasn’t happened before, so we can’t expect to easily recognise the feelings or issues that will emerge.

One of the most important times will be when it conjuncts Mars, just around 2nd October at 21 degrees of Leo. I think a few Leo Sun Signs will get a buzz from that. Sagittarians will get their buzz around the 2nd December when it stations and turns back on itself. This should give a few disruptions to a sign that is very capable of dealing with it, so watch the Saggies shrug it off and fly!

The UK is particularly hit hard by both the effects of comet ISON and a clash between two heavy weight planets in 2013, with the time around the 2nd October being a particularly important date.

Julius Caesar said "When beggars die, then are no comets seen; [but] the heavens themselves blaze forth the death of princes." So maybe keep your eye on all the princes?

Another clue comes from an ancient astrologer who wrote that comets can naturally produce wars, hot weather, disturbed conditions and the accompaniments of these and he also said these things `show through the parts of the Zodiac` that the comet is in. So if this is correct, when it is in Cancer, family relationships are highlighted. Leo comes next and rulers, pride, pontification and drama should be obvious.

Virgo is all about health, service and worries, whilst Libra will highlight diplomatic relations world-wide, plus personal relationships and dis-harmony. Scorpio plunges us into intensity and emotionally charged situations, with Sagittarius symbolising a generally fast-paced, reckless, Collective craziness.

http://www.midlandsschoolofastrology.co.uk/astrology_of_great_comet_2013.html

Bubu

29th November 2013, 07:34

I have one simple request to those who knew of a banker or ex intel who have disappeared, please come forward so we can validate this claims of disappearing. The more the better. Claims like these are easy to verify since it supposedly involve people in your neighborhood so it's not so difficult to go shopping for some news from around. I find it hard to believe that not three people in this forum are aware of any.

Limor Wolf

29th November 2013, 09:28

This is all very worrying, it all accomulates to what we thought will happen years ago and now is taking place. There is something absolutely essential in getting ourselves informed on the smallest details of the feat of the PTB and at the same time there is an Achilles hill to it as well. We are (understandably so and hard to avoid) throwing ourselves into the drama they created here and energetically keep feeding the system, just as they intened it to be. Implications for the general public is going to be difficult, the cutting of the umbilical cord is going to be sharp and immediate without warning and the body who was used to getting everything in a certain way will make his first oxygen breathing alone and will be saturated with fear and will immediatly activate it's survival mode which will translate to Anarchy. The head which is a head of a bully will disattach from the body just to try and come back to it later.
And what is the 'event' they are waiting for? if only we knew the answer.. is it natural? is it something that was prepered ahead by them (nueclear, biological or other form of attack)? is it any type of outside intervention they are aware to? is it a false flag attack on a hugh scale? is it a cataclystic event that is coming? is it the 'end times' prophecy thing (3 days of darkness etc)?

Whatever it is, it appears to be something to do with being disconnected from the grid, and the worrysome is the leaving of the system in chaos as well as taking further measures of control of society via robots, technology etc. It is interesting that with the so much inside information and insiders telling and then running with their families for their lives, not one shred of information is being given in respect to the nature of the 'event'. Do they even know what they are running from? It ain't going to be a pretty sight, that's for sure. It is this time where we are (inspite of the grim forecast) sort of requested to take a different perspective and use what we have learned so far to be able to help others around us. the major reason for fear is rooted in the alleged incompetence of the ordinary man against the system or against nature and celestial occurances. The panic and resistance against the breakage of the system may bring us into some greater trouble. This is why I truly understand What CoreyG is saying. Guys, please listen.. The cost here can be expensive. Rebeling against a system that is looking forward to it is no good. Disembarking from it emotionally, physically and energetically, slowly done (as a process), will allow a shift to take place and will push us to our most creative selves so far guided by higher wisdom.

We must believe that we are placed at this tipping point for a reason. Systems will break via turmoil. Inside people's minds there are also systems, these systems need now to deprogram itself. This is society's biggest chance. This world is not a great place as it is, we are the ones who are depleting this planet and ourselves, all the others are just emissaries for us to understand this. society has failed to diagnose it's own disease, a one last chance is given to us now, alas, quite a radical one. We can do this by taking a stand (inner and outer) which is clear to how we think things should be via a complete integrity, by a non cooperation with the deeds of others who seek to control us whether on earth or from other places, by not acting reactively or initiating violence out of our own fear, by reserving the right to defend ourselves and by letting others know how we feel and what we are aware of. This is all that can be done at this point. I hope and pray that we consider carefully how we should act instead of react, at least us who have awaken, keep in mind our infinacy as beings and radiate this outwards. There are stages of the game that are not yet seen at this point, this is what they are scared of, this may be partly what they are hiding from.

God bless America ~

waves

29th November 2013, 09:46

Man, I see this willingness to jump on the fear mongering train as just as programming laden and propoganda pushing as the mainstream news. You can leave without me.

No one has contributed any list of factors that contradict this current doomsday prediction. I'll do it, and will make a prediction too.

As Google happily proceeds with the construction of their huge new state-of-the-art circular building in my SF Bay area backyard....I predict no predictions of financial collapse, martial law, chinese invasion, (what are the others?...) will happen in even any years-near future, as far as I suspect now.

Here's a repeat of my list of contradictory factors, a quote from my Feb. 6 2013 reply to another thread full of 'proof' of dire indications of imminent doom:

Bottom line to me, there's a gigantic, complex, great system in place that produces endless obedient slaves that would also collapse and it's not in the PTB's best interest to motivate people to organize and survive without them which would also happen bigtime.

Where's the evidence of impending collapse now in the big corporate world? All the big money corporations, pharmaceuticals, auto, military, manufacturing, oil companies, etc... who are kind of one big 'inside' bed, are ALL doing dirty business as usual right now, expanding, building and planning their product lines far into the future..... expecting a world full of people able to buy their stuff and need their services for a long time.

If a collapse gets triggered by the psychotic few their whole network of rich cronies, CEO's and their little empires would be totally surprised, get screwed and be very mad when their lifestyle and money streams dry up. It's a far bigger, more savvy, complex and intelligent world than in the 20's needing lots more happy cronies to run it.

Ultimately if this collapse happens, where's the benefit to who and how many?

aranuk

29th November 2013, 11:07

If all these prophesies of marshal law and collapse of liberties in the US occur, what could be the ramifications for the rest of us living elsewhere around the world? Clearly the happenings in USA will not be isolated to that particular geographical area. The world is interconnected so much nowadays that it is impossible to imagine otherwise. There is no doubt that the British government and establishment powers that be would support the oppressors in the US. It is also clear to me that in order to take control of the planet, TPTB will begin with the US are their first step as the people there are armed. The people in Britain and Australia have no arms to bear in any kind of violent catastrophe. I don't know for sure what the situation is in the countries of Europe, but I guess there aren't sufficient arms that could be any use. If a global economic meltdown happened in the US then mainly Europe would of course be next for TPTB to control the people. This would logistically be a much easier thing to achieve. With Russia and China, it would be anybody's guess. Seriously, I don't think TPTB can pull it all off. For everyone's sake we should support the American people as it is they who the rest of the world depends on to preserve what little freedom we do have. I look forward to The Peoples Voice for spreading hope to us all.

Stan

golden lady

29th November 2013, 12:13

Very insightful post Limor

And what is the 'event' they are waiting for? if only we knew the answer.. is it natural? is it something that was prepered ahead by them (nueclear, biological or other form of attack)? is it any type of outside intervention they are aware to? is it a false flag attack on a hugh scale? is it a cataclystic event that darkness the system in chaos as well as taking further measures of control of society via robots, technology etc.
~

We know their "deeds" are Avent driven. Back in the summer I thought they had quite a few balls, so to speak, all lined up. But something happened, something stopped the dominoes from falling. Now, this could just be a pause in the road to chaos, a yellow light if you like and they are just waiting for the next green light.
The problem we have at the moment, and this is just my point of view, is that we have some very deluded people in charge. I'm not talking of the top illuminati, who at least use their ancient craft with respect. I believe there is another group who are completely deluded, totally unspirtual, believe in nothing apart from their own power, their science and of course no one (God) to answer to. We also have ordinary people caught up in all of this, that have bought into the programme hook line and sinker and are increasing the agenda.
I'm just hoping something, something will keep happening to put on red lights, to stop their sick games, to give us a chance to make it through.
I do believe we are here at this moment for a reason.

WHOMADEGOD

29th November 2013, 13:22

The truth, is that no one can hide from ANYTHING.

Fear and fear alone drives this belief.

It should come as no surprise that the self appointed elite are not capable of seeing the futility of trying to avoid the inevitable, for the thing they seek to hide from is themselves.

spiritguide

29th November 2013, 15:34

soleil

29th November 2013, 16:18

Flash

29th November 2013, 17:04

PS - You also realize this is nothing but a (BIG GAME) for the PTW re: US & CHINA...:yes4:

Remember how nonchalantly the Chinese (Took Delivery) of Bush, Cheney & Rumsfeld's buckled (911 STEEL) and was sent straight to the (Smelter) upon reaching Chinese land...Remember...:yes4:

That's (ALL) you need to know of just how (CROOKED) these 2 Rogue Govts. are..!!!!!

Question? Was that free Nationalist China or Red China that smelted the steel? There is a difference between the two. China is too general a term.

Peace!

They one and the same now. Free nationalist China has been returned by the British to communist China in 1997 (I should add to the desperation of the Hong Kong Chinese). The only one remaining not Under communist China is Singapour Island.

To answer your question, I think it was melted in mainland China (communist).

Cristian

29th November 2013, 17:24

Here is my problem :

Both Steve Quayle And Doug Hagmann have been wrong on numerous occasions in the past.

I ‘m not saying they don’t have good intentions. I’m saying they got things wrong over and over again. I can post a LONG list of things they said were imminent and didn’t come to pass.

I know I was wrong in the past. I even wrote silly PM’s when I really thought I was seeing the truth. But I did learned my lesson .

Steve Quayle sells survival stuff. That is not a bad thing , and he may very well have honorable intentions. I just don’t know.

As for the scenario presented ….yes , it sounds realistic to me. It can happen tomorrow . Or in 5 years, or never…

What bothers me is the fact that , the same guys , over and over come up with “insider” knowledge of future events , they always get things wrong and here on Avalon we don’t care about that.

It can happen tomorrow …but this guys again , really?

Hervé

29th November 2013, 17:29

I find the following very disturbing:

At a meeting in Copenhagen June 10, 1931: Arnold Toynbee, "Director of Studies" at Chatham House, London, said:

"It is just because we are really attacking the principle of local sovereignty that we keep on protesting our loyalty to it so loudly.
The harder we press our attack upon the idol, the more pains we take to keep its priests and devotees in a fool's paradise - lapped in a false sense of security which will inhibit them from taking up arms in their idol's defense....
We are at present working, discreetly with all our might, to wrest this mysterious political force called sovereignty out of the clutches of the local national states of the world. And all the time, we are denying with our lips what we are doing with our hands." [in: http://henrymakow.com/confessions_of_a_dupe_me.html]

Why disturbing?

Because either no-one lifts a finger and the above goes through unhindered or, else, fingers pull triggers to end up in the hands of bankers with an exorbitant debt...

... dreaming of feathers and soft places...

AutumnW

29th November 2013, 18:00

seleka

29th November 2013, 18:24

I saw this video (http://youtu.be/63jjnobGh8U) yesterday and it is related. I will not post it because it has parts which are in direct opposition to my current paradigm (some of the imagery is disturbing), but I feel it is useful to this thread and those that are following it. I wanted to just transcribe some of the blurbs they show, but I don't have the energy to throw into it right now.

Rocky_Shorz

29th November 2013, 18:45

Praxis

29th November 2013, 19:01

I would just like to point out that even though they have gotten rid of many military commanders, power is in influence with peers and not titles. Just because these generals are sacked does not mean that they do not have supporters and networks of their own. Yes many peons would follow orders. However, as long as they dont kill the fired generals, which I worry about, they are still potential counter coup agents.

never under estimate the power of people and presence to change the tide of history.

spiritguide

29th November 2013, 19:54

WhiteFeather

29th November 2013, 23:01

If they (TPTW) decide to utilize or engage the nuke card, it is to my inner understanding that a higher intervention will take place from our benevolent star family, if you will. The nukes will be dismantled and turned into Milk Duds. They have done so before. And they will do so again.

Hence: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?30352-Are-UFO-s-Intervening-On-Planet-Earth-By-Shutting-Down-Nuclear-Facilities

Rocky_Shorz

29th November 2013, 23:47

When I read that there was a purge of military brass, the first thought which came to mind was - these are individuals who still have a conscience and will not attack their own. The purging is just a means to get those in control who will obey unconstitutional and unethical orders - no questions asked. Dark times are in store for America, as well as the world.

Ben might be right and all the shadow government puppets are slowly being cut out like cancer...

Cheney, Bush, Kissinger all had loyal friends in senior positions across government in power positions, I think they are being exposed and relieved of duty...

We really don't know if they were actually part of the false flag attack, which was aborted and they were removed, we've heard of several attempts and plans for killing Obama, and afterwards a sudden firing across spy agencies and military command...

they aren't charged with treason, just quietly tossed out...

no one has to wonder if they're being watched, no one has to wonder why some are disappearing...

who thought FEMA camps would become a military and banker retirement center someday...

we never saw that coming...

Go Ninjas!!!

mosquito

30th November 2013, 05:06

mosquito

30th November 2013, 05:19

Question? Was that free Nationalist China or Red China that smelted the steel? There is a difference between the two. China is too general a term.

Peace!

They one and the same now. Free nationalist China has been returned by the British to communist China in 1997 (I should add to the desperation of the Hong Kong Chinese). The only one remaining not Under communist China is Singapour Island.

Wrong on 3 counts. Spiritguide was referring to Taiwan, NOT Hong Kong. And if you'd ever been to Hong Kong (which you haven't) you'd know that there is still one hell of a lot of independent spirit burning there, it is by no means "one and the same".

Singapore never was under the rule of China, so cannot be said to "remain not under communist China".

thunder24

30th November 2013, 05:33

. Can anyone reference the smelt of the steel?
this reference???
http://911scholars.ning.com/profiles/blogs/world-trade-center-ground-zero

"China's biggest steel firm says it will receive its first shipment of scrap metal from the World Trade Center wreckage soon and turn it into steel plates -- not, as some newspaper reports had suggested, souvenirs.
Chinese state newspapers had earlier reported that Shanghai Baosteel Group Corp. planned to turn 50,000 tons of Ground Zero steel into souvenirs -- including models of the twin towers.

But a company spokesman told Reuters news agency on Wednesday that the shipment would not be treated any differently from ordinary purchases of scrap, and would be turned into steel plates....

...Baosteel Group, the nation's largest steel firm, has purchased 50,000 tons of the scrap steel from "Ground Zero," the ruins of the September 11 terrorist attack, at no more than US$120 each ton, according to yesterday's Beijing Youth Daily.
Most of the scrap will be recycled into ingots, but part of the relics will be mold-ed into WTC souvenirs, the paper said....

peace

araucaria

30th November 2013, 07:49

Rocky_Shorz

30th November 2013, 08:51

as an x letter agency employee, he could still be used to pass info, knowing every story is debunkable with a tidbit of important info needed to be given to agents WW in a site completely disregarded by all forms of media, mainstream to conspiracy...

every time I hear a new spin from conspiracy radio, I pop by Sorcha and dang if I don't see the same story...

repackaged as insider info... shhhh.... ;)

norman

30th November 2013, 16:24

........One of my sources has told me that the majority of the population has been exposed to a pathogen which can be triggered electronically activating a deadly virus. I was told that this was one of the purposes of the chemtrails and the GWEN towers........

I find this believable ( so many dead microbiologists ) and I think it should be verifiable by ourselves somehow.

If they have been 'dusting' the population they must need a way to check that they have done enough of it or done it well enough to be ready to move on to the next stage.

Blood tests might reveal the presence of this pathogen if we know what we are looking for. There may even have been a 'symptom' of our initial infection with it that has gone unnoticed so far. The people behind this will have needed some kind of detectability of it for their own management purposes.

GoodETxSG

30th November 2013, 17:56

That quote was from the linked/posted article,
To be honest I have seen and been told quite a bit (Government & Economic Corruption on up to Certain aspects of Secret Space) but very little about the Chemtrails. I KNOW they exist and have a purpose and possible multiple purposes. I just have not been directly read in or told what they are other than what I have seen on the Internet like you fine Ladies and Gent's. That is not an invitation to segway this threat into a chemtrail topic but I wanted to make sure to note that the quote above was from the article and not from my sources. The info could very well be true, I just cannot confirm or deny. ;)

........One of my sources has told me that the majority of the population has been exposed to a pathogen which can be triggered electronically activating a deadly virus. I was told that this was one of the purposes of the chemtrails and the GWEN towers........

I find this believable ( so many dead microbiologists ) and I think it should be verifiable by ourselves somehow.

If they have been 'dusting' the population they must need a way to check that they have done enough of it or done it well enough to be ready to move on to the next stage.

Blood tests might reveal the presence of this pathogen if we know what we are looking for. There may even have been a 'symptom' of our initial infection with it that has gone unnoticed so far. The people behind this will have needed some kind of detectability of it for their own management purposes.

LivioRazlo

1st December 2013, 02:45

Just a random thought and by no means should anyone take this seriously, but what if that which is being sprayed out of airliners as chemtrails is actually nano-machines, like those which can be found in the NBC television series "Revolution" and the TPTB are planning a nation-wide electronic blackout? Like I said, not to be taken seriously, but it seems that Hollywood may have its own ways of informing the public through their media - no matter how bogus the concept may seem.

Rocky_Shorz

1st December 2013, 04:15

anything is possible, maybe the Thorium they are pumping into the air is for powering the nano machines...

Carmody

1st December 2013, 17:54

All we know is that the sacking of military command structures is a sign that things are shifting. Shifting at a fundamental level, in the depths of the gearworks of the layers of the machine. That in itself is unusual, in the past 60-70 years (at the least) of the western system.

This cannot be hidden from the general knowledge of the public, for long.

This means that some form of change will emerge in the public eye sooner rather than later, as things do finally move like some form of a domino, as it must effect change in the general public, eventually.

Watching for the spin components of that story to be told, is a key aspect, to get to the root of it and get a more corrected version out, as soon as possible.

This is about spinning the public, as games go, which is key to clandestine and hidden efforts, with regard to their 'emergent to the public' manipulation stages. propaganda, by it's very nature, requires components of ignorance to exist, in order to implant the shift, or the lie.

GoodETxSG

2nd December 2013, 16:25

mountain_jim

2nd December 2013, 17:31

I admit I have been a big fan of Greenwald's research and writing since he first started his self-published blog, Unclaimed Territory.

The above piece does raise some valid concerns, but reads like a hit-piece to me, as Greenwald has exhibited the highest ethics and adversarial reporting against the (political power) elites over the last decade of any journalist in the world, in my opinion.

A comment in the article states:

the author of this article, works for PandoDaily. Do a search of who funds PandoDaily, and the first name on the list is "Accel Partners". One of those "partners" is Jim Breyer, who is not only a member of CFR, but attended the World Economic Forum in Davos in 2011.

He certainly was not going to be able to continue to freely report on these leaks at the Guardian, whose computers had already been trashed and executives threatened by Great Britain, which has no freedom of the press.

Time will Tell, but as I watch Greenwald getting trashed by the BBC, the Washington Post, and many other major media outlets, I still think he has done better to responsibly release this info than any other existing journalistic outlet would have, and to stand up to pressures all around. I still think the reasons Snowden chose him were the same ones as I would have come up with, given Greenwald's performance over the last decade.

But I also want to see everything that would not get people directly killed released, let the chips fall where they may. I am sure Greenwald has his own cache's established for protection, he is brave but no dummy.

If his new employers attempt to restrict his journalistic intentions he will out them and move on again, that is what I believe based on his history of righteous and ethical journalism.

GoodETxSG

2nd December 2013, 18:47

Mountain_jim, I agree w/a lot of what you have to say... Both Snowden and Greenwald are playing a very dangerous (Hate to use the word "Game") game of Brinksmanship and Blackmail out of necessity to survive while also fulfilling a "Mission".

I do not believe it is a mission they decided to take on purely by them selves and without tactical support and serious OPSEC assistance/training/preparations. What was pulled off would take a well trained team with an operation center and serious inner agency infiltration. Anyone who buys the "Lone Keyboardman Theory" probably also buy the JFK "Lone Gunman Theory" as well. But as conditioned as almost all Westerners are to mass media manipulation one wouldn't be surprised.

Although I was quite surprised by the young British fellow with an outdated modem who hacked into NASA I must admit. Those days of garage hacking the secret space program and launch codes for ICBMS bein "00000000" (Or an IT "Contractor" w/a clearance and a Thumb Drive stealing the kingdom) are gone now for the most part. Though the bigger the "Government Machine" gets the harder it is to manage and keep nailed down.

This initiative has been undertaken fairly recently and a Fascist Nazi clamp down is underway presently. What is coming out IS OUT... though not released (IMHO)... Until/IF there is some drastic action and people are put on trial someday. I am not holding my breath... but this is just conjecture on my part.

GoodETxSG

2nd December 2013, 19:27

SOME INFO FROM SOME VERY UNCERTAIN SOURCES IMHO... But an interesting barometer on what I have been saying about the Military and it's current state and their trust issues (Both internal and external).

X-Xfti7qtT0

NOTE THE "PUBLISHED DATE"
Published on Aug 15, 2012
Intelligence and Special Operations forces are furious and frustrated at how President Obama and those in positions of authority have exploited their service for political advantage. Countless leaks, interviews and decisions by the Obama Administration and other government officials have undermined the success of our Intelligence and Special Operations forces and put future missions and personnel at risk.

The unwarranted and dangerous public disclosure of Special Forces Operations is so serious -- that for the first time ever -- former operators have agreed to risk their reputations and go 'on the record' in a special documentary titled "Dishonorable Disclosures." Its goal is to educate America about serious breaches of security and prevent them from ever happening again.

Use of military ranks, titles & photographs in uniform does not imply endorsement of the Dept of the Army or the Department of Defense. All individuals are no longer in active service with any federal agency or military service.
----------------------------------------------------

Seal Commander Says Special Operations Assault On Obama Has Begun!

http://www.wikiarmy.com/index.php/15-breaking-news/63-seal-commander-says-special-operations-assault-on-obama-has-begun

William Wallace
Last week saw US Military Special Forces be raised to the forefront of the political picture. Retired Navy Seal Commander Ryan Zinke stepped up and says that the Special Operations Assault on President Obama has just begun.

Last week it seemed like your typical week in the saga of President Obama accusing Republicans of unfairly criticizing him over the Benghazi situation and leaked classified information. Trouble is, it wasn’t the pesky Republicans he should have been blaming for the attack on his presidency. It is not an unfair assessment either, considering the sources.

Ryan Zinke is a retired Navy Seal Commander. He wasn’t the commander of just any Seal Team, he was the commander of Seal Team Six. He is now a Montana State Senator and has launched his own personal finances at starting the new Super Pac, Special Operations OPSEC Education Fund Inc. Along with the now fired Generals that say they are watching President Obama, his new organization is doing more than saying that President Obama leaked National Security information and unfairly took credit for killing Osama Bin Laden, they intend to prove it.

In a fired up interview with Politicker, Mr. Zinke spoke rather candidly about the feelings of many former military and Special Operations members.

“There’s a number of groups out there. I think what it demonstrates is, there’s a lot of anger, there’s a lot of concern among the former military community.”~Ryan Zinke

He stated that a lot of the anger stemmed from a lot of White House leaks of classified information that got people killed and a television add by former President William J. Clinton that questioned if Mitt Romney would have made the call to get Bin Laden. He said it has snow balled from there.

Here is the add he said started a lot of military anger back in 2012.

BD75KOoNR9k

“I think there is huge concern that the administration is using and continues to leak class documents for less than–well, for political gain,” said Mr. Zinke. “I think when the commercial came out with President Clinton and President Obama, and they talked about the political ramifications of failure, they didn’t talk about the families that would be left without a father. They talked about political consequences—that was a bridge too far.”~Last Great Stand

He also criticized the leaking of classified information to make the film Zero Dark 30.

There’s a lot of reasons you can release classified information, a lot of justifiable reasons, but making a movie for political gain isn’t one of them,” Mr. Zinke said.
According to Mr. Zinke, there are currently at least four other anti-Obama groups made up of former elite military operatives: Special Operations Speaks, Veterans for a Strong America, Special Operations OPSEC Education Fund Inc. and his group, Special Operations for America. He said he expects that number to climb. Because active-duty soldiers are barred from engaging in political activity, Mr. Zinke believes it is especially important for retired military personnel to speak up.
“It’s really incumbent upon the retired guys to articulate a message. You look at the approval ratings of the president, Congress is in single-digits, the president is not far behind, and I think Americans still appreciate the credibility of our military,” he said.~ Last Great Stand
As for Obama calling for everyone making “swift boat” attacks on his administration, Mr. Zinke had something to say about that too.

There’s going to be attempts to discredit,” Mr. Zinke said. “I guess when you take a stand, you expose yourself to rocks. And so be it.”
For his part, Mr. Zinke said his organization is “not swift boat.”
“I can speak for SOFA—we are not swift boat in that what we are articulat[ing] is factual, and we’re very careful not to make personal attacks. We are making a complete argument of why the administration’s actions and policies are not in the best interests of national defense and national security,” said Mr. Zinke.
Special Operations for America’s upcoming plans include a television commercial. Mr. Zinke said the ad would be “edgy,” but wouldn’t be “a personal attack.”
“I don’t stoop to personal attacks,” he said. “You know, I’m not from Chicago. In Montana, we do things a little differently.”~ Last Great Stand
Special Operations movie about leaking classified information from this administration for personal gain has had over 53 million views. You can see it here.
==============

OPgZJj07fWA

THE VIDEO BELOW WOW!!! WATCH!

zj8K2Q8ieDk

Limor Wolf

2nd December 2013, 20:08

GoodETxSG

2nd December 2013, 20:35

AMEN... :cool:

Below should say WORLD IS RAN BY INTEL AGENCIES...

CIA Director Michael Hayden: "US is run by Intel. Agencies"

ajmCoN5WqQg

It is interesting to see a paralleism between the US and other places. in recent years a lot of talks and media reviews has been done on the Mossad and some things were discussed openly, now there is also a movie. There is definitely a deliberated exit out of the closet of the most hidden secrets of those intelligences agencies, the way they like to operate and sometimes even names, where once it used to be in a complete darkness. What are the reasons for such a 'disclosure' in days and times where it could be most useful for them to keep all information shut and finish with their plans earlier? all is not in their hands, but most.. a question to ponder.

Originally posted by GoodeTZSG: " What was pulled off would take a well trained team with an operation center and serious inner agency infiltration. Anyone who buys the "Lone Keyboardman Theory" probably also buy the JFK "Lone Gunman Theory" as well"

That goes as well to Julian Assange, even though he is not alone, he is taking the fire all to himself. One can go further and say that there are other forces supporting such acts. There is a real game played on earth and each is pulling their rope ends to allow the big screen image to be revealed and everyone wants to control the disclosure in their own way.. But, yes, no 'lone man', not in leaks and not in terrorist attacks.

norman

2nd December 2013, 20:39

It is interesting to see a paralleism between the US and other places. in recent years a lot of talks and media reviews has been done on the Mossad and some things were discussed openly, now there is also a movie. There is definitely a deliberated exit out of the closet of the most hidden secrets of those intelligences agencies, the way they like to operate and sometimes even names, where once it used to be in a complete darkness. What are the reasons for such a 'disclosure' in days and times where it could be most useful for them to keep all information shut and finish with their plans earlier? all is not in their hands, but most.. a question to ponder.

Originally posted by GoodeTZSG: " What was pulled off would take a well trained team with an operation center and serious inner agency infiltration. Anyone who buys the "Lone Keyboardman Theory" probably also buy the JFK "Lone Gunman Theory" as well"That goes as well to Julian Assange, even though he is not alone, he is taking the fire all to himself. One can go further and say that there are other forces supporting such acts. There is a real game played on earth (I understand you don't appreciate the word 'game') and each is pulling their rope ends to allow the big screen image to be revealed and everyone wants to control the disclosure in their own way..

The political kinetics involved in what they are trying to pull off are incredibly complex. While tightening their grip on global rulership they also have to trash nationhood.

Identities are the pieces on the board. Not the actual people pulling the strings.

Spy agencies etc are associated, in the minds of the public, with nation states. Therefore their popular identities are sacrificial in the big scheme. Anything else that's identified as part of nationhood is also sacrificial.

The general public, I'm affraid, are very far behind in realising how they are making this morph into a global state. The people doing this are pressing the gas pedal while the road is still quiet. The public are still perfectly primed to cheer and party at every move that's made to demolish nationhood - this is bloody clever stuff !

To my mind, Wikileaks, consciously or not, are part of the wrecking gang that's swinging the steel ball across nationhood. So are all the pedophile scandals etc. Yes, even spoilt pop stars and fat corporate executives are played patsies in the long game. As things stand right now, in the numbers game, nearly all the people of the world cannot accurately differentiate between the part that's wrecking the old structures and the immaculately disguised parts of the new order that hardly have to do anything yet but be present and ready to be inhaled or consumed into being by popular folly.

I know that in a place like Avalon it's less obvious that people are so gullible but we are a speck in the ocean. The big boys are playing with very big numbers. That, in itself, is a good enough reason for me to believe that they are not yet ready to drastically exterminate those big numbers. They need them to make this huge thing swing tight shut. After that, well, I dunno, who knows ?

Limor Wolf

2nd December 2013, 21:35

originally posted by norman : "Spy agencies etc are associated, in the minds of the public, with nation states. Therefore their popular identities are sacrificial in the big scheme. Anything else that's identified as part of nationhood is also sacrificial."

That very well can be. They sacrifice the agencies on the base of nationhood like they sacrifice currencies for the sake of a one planet currency, same old story of one world domination. Tearing what they build for so long, building in order to break.. sacrifice. Tearing to pieces. All those who are running for their comfortable refuge may soon find out that they were sacrificed for others playing a higher game then they and the highers are simply nothing but tools themselves for an empire in the brink of a collapse. Those who distort will end up being twisted. The dragon will fall on his own sword.

Ron Mauer Sr

2nd December 2013, 22:45

[snip] All those who are running for their comfortable refuge may soon find out that they were sacrificed for others playing a higher game then they and the highers are simply nothing but tools themselves for an empire in the brink of a collapse. Those who distort will end up being twisted. The dragon will fall on his own sword.

There is little doubt (here) that those running for their comfortable refuge will be sacrificed by others playing a higher game. Many of them have turned their back on their fellow humans and have been purchased by those playing at the next higher level. The usefulness of those running for their comfortable refuge will soon be over once underground. Perhaps their comfortable refuge will become a holding pen, food for the next higher level of controllers.

There is a pattern here. Those going underground have also have been lied to and manipulated by those playing this game at a higher level.

sigma6

3rd December 2013, 13:39

Just a quick comment on the Obama purge of certain higher ranking military members. First, understand I don't like Obama--think he is basically a fascist, so this opinion has zero to do with my attitude towards POTUS.

I read on a few hard right fundamentalist Christian sites that Obama was purging Christian fundamentalists from the higher ranks. Many of them were promoted when Bush was in power. The powers that be, at the present time, may consider these types to be a real threat to national security. Would it really be wise to have rapture ready nutcases, trying to provoke WW3 to bring back Jesus, in control of the military?

If Bush was promoting them, they were probably all Satanists... they don't operate in the open... they maintain two personalities... that is the whole power of Satanism... operating in secrecy, behind peoples back... perfecting the art of the deception... the definition of evil imo...

sigma6

3rd December 2013, 15:38

from Sorcha, but interesting if true and possibly a reason for bankers hiding...

The Ministry of Defense (MoD) is reporting today that the Vityaz early-warning radar system deployed along the entire Russian border has confirmed the Republic of China Navy (ROCN) launching from their Type 092 Xia-class nuclear ballistic-missile submarine (SSBN) of two atomic JL-2 missiles off the Northeast American coastline near the State of Oregon on Wednesday 30 October and Wednesday 20 November.
According to this report, these two latest sub-launched nuclear ballistic tests by China off the west coast of the United States were preceded by a similar test conducted on Monday 10 November 2010 when a Chinese Navy Jin class ballistic missile nuclear submarine, deployed secretly from its underground home base on the south coast of Hainan island, launched an intercontinental ballistic missile from international waters off the southern California coast in full view of Los Angeles.
As the Pentagon and their US mainstream media sycophants covered up the 10 November 2010 China missile launch, this MoD report continues, they have likewise labeled the 30 October missile launch as a fireball-meteor and the 20 November one as ‘maybe’ another fireball-meteor or contrail.
Important to note, Russian intelligence analysts in this report say, was that China “cryptically warned” the US about its planned 30 October launch test when on Sunday 27 October the world was given a rare glimpse into China's nuclear-powered submarine fleet, with State-owned media carrying extensive coverage of the previously mysterious strategic deterrence force.
The unprecedented revealing of the underwater fleet was a demonstration of China's confidence in its sea-based nuclear strike capability and serves as a deterrent to any attempted provocation amid the changing geopolitical situation, said military observers.
Starting on Sunday 27 October, China Central Television carried serial coverage two days in a row on the submarine force of the People's Liberation Army (PLA) Navy's Beihai fleet in its flagship news program Xinwen Lianbo.
The People's Daily, the PLA Daily and the China Youth Daily on Monday all carried front-page stories, features and commentaries on the submarine force, applauding its achievements since the launch of China's first nuclear-powered submarine in December 1970...
link to full story... (http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index1723.htm)
No one is going to launch a nuke on another country...
the moment china launched on California 1000 missiles would be in route to turn China into a glass parking lot... they would wipe out 2 billion wonderful people who don't deserve it any more than we do in 20 minutes...
the true weapon China holds is what would be a nuke on the fed reserve banking system...
can the military be trusted not to bow to the bankers and launch an attack for China's use of a financial nuke?
old time officers had to swear a pact to the American financial system that they would.
is that why these old farts are getting launched from top positions, they're friggen nuts?
or is the real reason that 500 salaries of soldiers = 1 commander and this is all just cost reduction related because of Sequester cuts...

In further reporting on China’s move against the US Dollar the dissident American website InfoWars.com states:
“China just dropped an absolute bombshell, but it was almost entirely ignored by the mainstream media in the United States. The central bank of China has decided that it is “no longer in China’s favor to accumulate foreign-exchange reserves”. During the third quarter of 2013, China’s foreign-exchange reserves were valued at approximately $3.66 trillion.
For years, China has been systematically propping up the value of the U.S. dollar and keeping the value of the yuan artificially low. This has resulted in a massive flood of super cheap products from across the Pacific that U.S. consumers have been eagerly gobbling up.
And now China has apparently decided that there is not much gutting of our economy left to do and that it is time to let the dollar collapse.”

This is more to the point, I have still maintain it has to have a financial interpretation... All wars have a commercial interpretation... that's why they offered the million Satanists in the US a new home (if anyone will take them) because even those sick perverts still want to live, and it presents them with two probabilities to weigh... it's all money and economics. There is an undeniable transfer of power from the West to the East, good or bad and for whatever reason... The US had the ball for over 60 years and blew it... on drugs, expensive toys and debauchery... i.e. they pushed the limits of materialism to its absolute end. Institutions via their bureaucracy always create (and control) the opposite what they claim is their mission. This is the oldest scam in the book. It may very well be the engine of Imperialism. The US created a monster military. And what do they like to call themselves "Peace Keepers" The military had a hand in the spawning of the current government that exists today. A criminal syndicate bigger then what existed in the 30s and 40s.

Try to imagine a bunch of the most evil ruthless Gangsters finally in control of a wealth producing corporation summoning in their corporate lawyers. What do you think would be the topic of discussion... how to hijack the legal system... The system created in the '33 bankruptcy may have been for the good, but since it was kept secret it was once again taken over and used as a form of corporate welfare for the elite (all roads lead to Rome...) Just like price action is a system of distribution, this system was based on education, specifically how trust law works... I know there is no one on this site that has an education in trust law, why? ...because it has been removed from the public! You would have to dig up old dusty books written in the 1800s! The last courses on on trust law were REMOVED from public education in the late 60's. So just as the Roman Catholic Church controlled education and governance in the dark ages, Lawyers control the system today, and specialized lawyers control them.

The corollary to all this, imagine, if the education system was geared toward teaching those principles of trust that were pretty much perfected by the late 1800s. People would understand their power, would be in control of their government servants, wealth would be equally distributed according to peoples interpretation and implementation of the trust, the 33 bankruptcy would have fit hand in hand with that. The integration of philosophical principles and trust law is what it was all about. I study the Bible more today for it's ethics, laws, principles, all hidden allegorically in that book to elucidate what trust is more then anything else. Once again this was all kept secret. Many trust "experts" say everyone is lazy... which is just an arrogant justification to deify their own struggle. No we have been lied to, the truth has been hidden. Every book, every movie, every UFO pro government argument has pushed the Freemason philosophy that there is a NEED and JUSTIFICATION to LIE to people for their benefit. They are using a contract law to undermine the system before it starts. As soon as you join you just compromised yourself. The purpose is clear in such a system by whoever started it... It would give absolute power to the people at the top.

The idea that people are ignorant and need to be lied to even more for the benefit is insanity. It is the worship of sadism and manipulation. It was always about controlling the distribution of knowledge so that a small few could control the many. The Roman Catholic Church and the Freemasons and all the rest are all operating on the same system. Control of the many by the few through LIES, MANIPULATION. Anyone who accepts they don't want to know the truth, but to leave it in the hands of a few is an idiot. and deserves to be treated as such. The proof is when people try to learn their system. The game is up. They can no longer argue they our doing it for our benefit when they try to attack, rape and pillage you and your property for the sole purpose of keeping you ignorant...

Kennedy saw the writing on the wall. Made a last ditched effort, got his head blown off in the public and proving that less then a few hundred criminals operating in secret cabal bribing enough scum who would shoot their own mothers for medal and paycheck could manipulate and cow 250 million sheep. Then arguing that Secrecy and Crime was a superior "power" (false argument) became the model of American Politics. Went too far with Nixon, and perfected it with the crowning of the most Satanic President of all George Bush Sr.

Maybe Karen Hudes is right, this does sound like a Roman Jesuit plot. Vatican Assassins lays out everything required to prove it... Today a corporation using commercial law, and ironically deriving their power from a trust interpretation spawned out of the bankruptcy in 33, have given themselves the ultimate trustee obligation to collect an endless stream of funds to pay a debt on the one hand, that they also responsible for ballooning into infinity on the other hand.

It is interesting the US generals in one article clearly stated that they are finally moving to create citizen groups... that is exactly what Sam Kennedy was trying to do a few years back before his entire program got infiltrated and then eventually imploded and ripped apart, when it became every man for himself, the power was too tempting for Tim Turner who declared himself the President? and eventually got arrested posting one too many liens? (I think) Restore America Plan was based on private citizen group creating true Government posts and filling (still empty to this day) REAL government positions. (problem is no one is educated enough to do it) Every corporate government entity is actually a corporate public entity that corresponds to a (hidden) true government entity with empty seats manned by no one because it can only be chaired by private citizens... who don't realize THEY are the real government. because they are too uneducated to even know this exists. This is the real dumbing down of America. The bible is most certainly flawed, but like it or not, it was the only (Western) institution that embodied the principles of peace and love, even if it was only in the minds of its followers and not the institution itself. Once that was destroyed, pure commercialism (materialism) took over. This is another advantage the East has over the West, they are not as infiltrated with institution of Roman Catholicism as the West.

Will follow with info that clearly points up the above premises... in particular material from Rod Class and a reference from Karen Hudes that she made in an interview with Rod Class... which is in line with "US Generals seeking to establish Private Citizens groups"...

in a nutshell, some how, some way ... the people have to take the control over the law back in their own hands...(trust law would do that and it is still operating! it has to be!) and the people have to take the institution of Christianity (if that is that is what their philosophy is based on) back into their own hands... As soon as you have an institution that you don't control, but only a select few ... you have built in the seeds of your own destruction. The creators were never meant to be controlled by what they created... One of the major themes hidden in the Matrix...

sigma6

3rd December 2013, 16:06

We have someone in Canada following the same line and trying to build a movement (Dean Clifford) and "they" are trying to do everything in their power to stop him, and he is nowhere as articulate, detailed and thorough as Rod Class... If I were an American I would be living breathing and studying this man's work as one of the quickest ways to get up to speed on the legal environment you are swimming in... And Rod is open and loves to share and really teach what he is doing...

Bombshell: Rod Class gets FOURTH Administrative Ruling "Gov't Offices are Vacant"- All Gov't Officials are "Private Contractors" (http://www.dailypaul.com/258853/bombshell-rod-class-gets-fourth-administrative-ruling-govt-offices-are-vacant-all-govt-officials-are-private-contractors)

Bombshell: Rod Class gets FOURTH Administrative Ruling "Gov't Offices are Vacant"- All Gov't Officials are "Private Contractors"

Submitted by The South (http://www.dailypaul.com/user/21952) on Sun, 10/14/2012 (http://www.dailypaul.com/date/2012/10/14) - 18:25
in

Politics, General + Law(s) (http://www.dailypaul.com/forums/politics-law)

Yes, you read that correctly; it is true, and is now on the court record; black ink on white paper. Please read on:

A lot of us have been exposing the crime of the UNITED STATES corporation for many years, but until recently, no one has had the proof that all government offices are vacant; no one is home; those supposed government offices/agencies are being occupied by PRIVATE CONTRACTORS and are NOT being occupied by a legitimate government body.

This is equivalent to the ice cream man knocking on your door and extorting taxes from you. He has no lawful authority to do anything other than drive the ice cream truck - he's not a government official; he's an ice cream man.

Your supposed government officials are nothing more than ice cream men/women who are fraudulently extorting money from you and your family; throwing you in prison; taxing you to death; stealing your children and imposing their will on you, and enforcing their own internal-statutory rules and codes upon you and your family.

Rod Class has now received FOUR Administrative Rulings that prove what many of us have felt to be truth: What you think is government; what you think are legitimate Government Officials/Senators/Congressman/Policeman/Governors/Tax Collectors, etc. are nothing more than private contractors, extorting money from American Citizens and failing to pay off the public debt as they are instructed to do by the 1933 bankruptcy.

What they have done is this:

These people have switched places with the average American Citizen. They are enforcing their own Administrative codes, that are only meant for THEM, upon regular Citizens who are not being paid by the corporation. The supposed elected officials have hoodwinked the country into an employment position without pay. They themselves are taking public money to occupy government seats/positions/agencies, when they are nothing more than private contractors ... Felony!

They are treating us as if we are paid government employees; enforcing their own internal rules-regulations-codes, and statutes on the average Citizen, as well as conveniently forgetting to send us our weekly/monthly government employment check.

I've been preaching this for the last year + with no avail on this forum. Perhaps now, people will begin to listen and take action.

In these radio shows, Rod explains his Administrative Rulings from the various Judges; explains the con, and shows you, where in their very own US Codes the above aforementioned information is spot on.

There are a few shows you need to listen to, and here are some bullet points of those shows:

1. All BAR attorneys are prohibited from representing John Q. Public; can only represent gov't officials and employees within their own agencies, their BAR Charter says so.

2. Any Judge that prohibits you from representing yourself or hiring a defense other than a BAR attorney, are in fact, committing a felony on the bench in violation of the Taft-Hartly Act (running a closed union shop) and the Smith Act (overthrow of Constitutional form of Gov't)

3. Anytime an BAR attorney represents someone in a case against you, you can now claim that person is incompetent; a ward of the state, with no standing to sue.

4. Any and all tax collectors, police officers, sheriffs dept's, DOT, tag agencies, BAR attorneys, Judges, Highway Patrol, supposed elected officials, are nothing more than private contractors, who can now be brought up on fraud charges for impersonating a public official while receiving federal funding.

5. Any and all home, vehicle, credit card loans are supposed to be discharged through the Treasury window, in compliance with the 1933 bankruptcy laws. These scumbags are double dipping and never discharging the debt like they are supposed to. They are embezzling the funds and pocketing them for themselves.

6. Every person sitting in prison today was railroading by a BAR attorney who's first allegiance is to the State; who had no lawful authority to represent them; who worked in concert with the State to perpetrate a fraud upon it's victims.

7. Orders from Administrative courts prove for the fourth time, an agency of the State is NOT an agency under the State.

8. Elected Officials are claiming 11th Amendment sovereignty, when it's actually you and I that hold 11th Amendment sovereignty. They are getting paid by the corporation, you and I are not.

9. They have admitted to the crime of no one actually holding a public office; they are filling corporate seats and defrauding the public.

10. Political subdivisions are not getting their 40% funding from the Feds as they are supposed to get.

11. These Judges have admitted (black ink on white paper) that all these State Offices are ........... EMPTY!

12. Now we have Administrative paperwork - ruling these public offices aren't part of the State agencies.

13. Attorney Generals may not practice law; can't represent the people who are not public officials.

14. If the State is a 3rd party interloper in your Marriage (marriage license); Vehicle Title (State Registration), etc. then they are liable for 1/3rd of the cost to manage the daily activities of that contract.

15. If the State demands you have a Drivers License and Tag your vehicle because it is registered with the State, then as the owner of the vehicle, the State is required to pay for the vehicle, the tags, licensing, fuel, tires, oil, etc. and they are also to pay you a salary for driving a State owned vehicle; it says so in their own Highway Safety Act and USC - CFR rules and regulations.

16. We now have the court orders that goes back and nullifies any and all IRS and Tax cases, Foreclosures, Credit Card Debt, cases or actions. These people never had the lawful right to demand anything of you; they are corporate actors, not a legitimate government body.

17. Judge admits the 1933 bankruptcy, and no way to pay off anything because of Federal Reserve Notes; all public debt is t be discharged through the Treasury.

18. Only the Secretary of Transportation can hear traffic cases; all traffic cases are civil, not criminal.

19. If you're not being paid for you time, you are not required to have one of their CDL or CMV licenses; it's prohibited.

20. Says we now have a major labor dispute on our hands; US corporation running a slave racket against American Citizens without the pay.

21. United States Codes (USC) and Titles #1 thru #50 are void; have never been passed by Congress; all have been repealed.

As I've been saying for a very long time on this forum: If you are not getting a weekly or monthly paycheck from the so called federal government aka UNITED STATES or one of it's sub corporations such as the STATE OF ***, then their statutory rules (not laws), codes and regulations DO NOT APPLY TO YOU ......... Period!

There is so much information packed into these last six calls, I can't even begin to share it in this post. If you want your freedom; if you want to know with 100% surety that the foreign corporation known as the UNITED STATES has zero authority over you unless you are receiving a weekly paycheck from them, take the time to

listen to call #646 through #651 here:
Rod Class Talkshoe
www.talkshoe.com/talkshoe/web/talkCast.jsp?masterId=48361&cmd=tc (http://www.talkshoe.com/talkshoe/web/talkCast.jsp?masterId=48361&cmd=tc)

Scroll down the page and click on the orange "Listen" button; a pop up player will appear for your listening pleasure. And believe me: This is pure listening pleasure, with the court filings; rulings and US Code to back it all up. By the time you finish these few short shows, your fear of the government will be a thing of the past. [assuming you follow up and LEARN it]

Also, many of Rod’s current filings against the infrastructure are at: http://harveyw26.minus.com (http://harveyw26.minus.com/) ...some may be easy to download, some may not !

And for those of you who are new to the forum and want to get a better grasp of all this prior to or after listening to the calls, here are some of my more informative posts on the matter at hand:

Public Notice to Gun Grabbing Politicians:
http://www.dailypaul.com/246514/public-notice-attention-to-a... (http://www.dailypaul.com/246514/public-notice-attention-to-all-gun-grabbing-politicians-the-jig-is-up-govern-yourselves-accordingly)

So the Government wants you to collect a sales tax?
http://www.dailypaul.com/245362/have-a-business-and-the-govt... (http://www.dailypaul.com/245362/have-a-business-and-the-govt-wants-you-to-collect-a-sales-tax-is-it-time-you-started-charging-them-an-administrative-fee)

Your Home Loan was paid the day you signed the note:
http://www.dailypaul.com/244590/want-to-stick-it-to-the-bank... (http://www.dailypaul.com/244590/want-to-stick-it-to-the-bankers-did-you-know-the-day-you-signed-the-note-your-house-was-paid-in-full)

The real reason for the 14th Amendment:
http://www.dailypaul.com/244553/they-created-the-14th-amendm... (http://www.dailypaul.com/244553/they-created-the-14th-amendment-to-exempt-themselves-from-the-slavery-they-were-about-to-impose-on-us-bingo)

What's the One Document in your possession that gives you the authority to rule over my life?
http://www.dailypaul.com/244165/whats-the-one-document-you-h... (http://www.dailypaul.com/244165/whats-the-one-document-you-have-in-your-possession-that-gives-you-the-authority-or-jurisdiction-to-control-my-life)

Can the State be an actual injured party? ..... No, it cannot!
http://www.dailypaul.com/243521/can-the-state-be-an-injured-party-how-about-the-prosecutor-for-that-state-can-the-state-bring-charges-against-a-living-ma

Having a Social Security # is not a contract with the State/Feds:
http://www.dailypaul.com/243164/social-security-is-not-a-con... (http://www.dailypaul.com/243164/social-security-is-not-a-contract-and-here-is-your-undeniable-proof)

Trust Law, your Rights and how to enforce them:
http://www.dailypaul.com/243090/trust-law-your-rights-and-ho... (http://www.dailypaul.com/243090/trust-law-your-rights-and-how-to-enforce-them-are-you-sitting-down)

Why you should never hire an attorney:
http://www.dailypaul.com/242260/this-is-why-you-should-never... (http://www.dailypaul.com/242260/this-is-why-you-should-never-hire-an-attorney-because-when-you-do-you-are-considered-a-ward-of-the-state)

Hopefully now in light of these Administrative Court Rulings people will now come to realize the fact, that Unless You Are Getting A Weekly Check From Government, Their Statutory Rules-Codes-Regulations They Put Off As Laws, Have Zero Force Or Effect On You Personally

No Contract = No Jurisdiction

Did you fill out an employment contract with the State?; are they paying you for your services? If not, why the hell are you following their rules?

This is how we change our current form of Government back to the Republic is was initially intended to be.

If you don't take the time to listen to at least those last six shows at the link above, you are overlooking the most important information ever to come to light within the Liberty Movement.

Stop looking for a savior to save us from tyranny and listen to the shows I've provided. Now you are your own savior - Individually, now you can make a HUGE difference in our political structure and form of government.

In Liberty!

sigma6

3rd December 2013, 17:46

Surety No More:
http://associationforsovereignhomerulewithin.org/

It is impossible to get any information unless you submit a payment agreement and certified information, etc. which I am a little suspicious of... However I do give it special attention because Karen Hudes has given it her endorsement, which is right on the site!? I am not saying that is a guarantee, but it is what it is, how much Karen vetted this guy I don't know but she insists this guy is all good in her Rod Class Karen Hudes Interview...

It does look like this guy (a lawyer according to Karen Hudes... what type of lawyer would be interesting to know...) has what appears to be an interpretation of Winston's famous BC Bond process... i.e. creating a process whereby we unequivocally break the link between our current relationship as surety for the BC corporate/trust entity represented by the Birth Certificate. And start allowing the Government to charge the corporation directly, which they are doing more or less behind your back anyway with the issuance of Bid Bonds, Performance Bonds and Payment Bonds. (see my other post... Destroying 40,000 lives Post#
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65984-Destorying-40-000-lives&p=765654&viewfull=1#post765654

Why else would he require a certified copy of the BC? And there is word it would involve sending it to the Treasury similar to Winston's process... It is also apparent from the website that until you get this "process done"... all US Citizens are surety for the debtor (B.C., strawman, NAME, Corporation, etc)

The thing I don't like about this is how the choice to be free is tied to paying $1500. That is outrageous, and do you actually learn what paperwork he has done? Because having this paperwork with no understanding would be ineffectively dangerous... and the non-disclosure looks like he could be potentially tying you into further required fees if you needed to learn more?

some additional context publicly available from the site itself...

5. All Emergency War Powers courts--(federal and state) act upon the quasi-corporate, ARTIFICIAL PERSON/Public U.S. citizen to which the Private Citizen of the United States of America/Natural Person/Judeo-Christian Man is bonded, wedded, attached and serving as the servile Surety indenture.

6. It is the—Martial Process—of the Court that secures In Personam jurisdiction over the defendant for the Court. This Martial Process acts upon the ARTIFICIAL PERSON/Public U.S. citizen to which the Private Citizen of the United States of America Natural Person/Judeo-Christian Man is bonded, wedded, attached and serving as servile Surety.

7. The—Martial In Personam Jurisdiction—of all Emergency War Powers courts (federal and state) acts directly upon the ARTIFICIAL PERSON/Public U.S. citizen (subject to a prior and complete Martial Process) to which the Private Citizen of the United States of America Natural Person/Christian Man is bonded, wedded, attached and serving as servile Surety.

8. That under the Military Law process that has existed since the Proclamations (2038,2039,2040 see the right column) of 1933 (FDR) and December 16, 1950 National Emergency Proclamation 2914 (Truman) with the annual re-declaration of National Emergency repeated thereafter by the Respondent Usurper too, the duties of the Commander–in-Chief associated with Article 2 section 2 personally imposes military process upon all statutory Public US Citizens and sureties.

The one major take away everyone get at least get from this... these lawyers are confirming indirectly that this GAME really exists... and that how to operate is so secret you have to sign a non disclosure and fork out $1500 ... and I think I heard somewhere it takes 3 months to process... hmm... now consider what kind of a commercial process would take 3 months to process? hmm... anyone?

mountain_jim

3rd December 2013, 22:22

The Lion Share of REAL Snowden Info has not been released. I think even Snowden fears the sudden shift or avalanche of public outrage if it was... But the PTB are so incredibly freaked out about what they KNOW and Believe he MAY have in his possession that they are going to try to appeal to the human short comes they have (Assuming everyone would do the same) to see if they can coax out some of the cards Snowden is holding from his Reporter "Friend"... Using $Greed$ and leveraging threats of life in prison against his "Partner" who was convicted of "Espionage" in the UK.

I wish the guy would just do a full "Data Dump" and release the info (Giving up his leverage) to the world so we can get on with it... From what I hear the info he has is one Hell of a Can Opener!
(I was told it was info on expenses of multinational/ultra-national bases and beyond, that he has this info setup somehow to be released in the event of his death... If the Russians have nothing to loose why wouldn't they "Off Him" instead of keeping him safe? This shows he has the "Big Stuff" on EVERYONE! IMHO)

KEEPING SECRETS: PIERRE OMIDYAR, GLENN GREENWALD AND THE PRIVATIZATION OF SNOWDEN’S LEAKS

http://www.blacklistednews.com/Keeping_Secrets%3A_Pierre_Omidyar%2C_Glenn_Greenwald_and_the_privatization_of_Snowden%E2%80%99s_leak s/30784/0/38/38/Y/M.html

I feel Greenwald's response to this attack is appropriate for this thread

http://readersupportednews.org/opinion2/276-74/20748-focus-my-response-to-my-critics

(please read it at the link for all the supporting documentation links he provides)

*excerpts below

My Response to My Critics

By Glenn Greenwald, UT Documents

03 December 13

Questions/responses for journalists linking to the Pando post - and other matters

The other day I referred to those who "evince zero interest in the substance of the revelations about NSA and GCHQ spying which we're reporting on around the world", but "are instead obsessed with spending their time personally attacking the journalists, whistleblowers and other messengers who enable the world to know about what is being done." There are dozens of examples, one of whom is the author of a post this week at Pando.com which accuses me and Laura Poitras of having "promptly sold [the Snowden] secrets to a billionaire", Pierre Omidyar, and claims we made "a decision to privatize the NSA cache" by joining Omidyar's new media organization and vesting it with a "monopoly" over those documents.

I've steadfastly ignored the multiple attacks from this particular writer over the years because his recklessness with the facts is so well-known (ask others about whom he's written), and because his fixation is quite personal: it began with and still is fueled by an incident where The Nation retracted and apologized for an error-strewn hit piece he wrote which I had criticized (see here and here).

But now, this week's attack has been seized on by various national security establishment functionaries and DC journalists to impugn our NSA reporting and, in some cases, to argue that this "privatizing" theory should be used as a basis to prosecute me for the journalism I'm doing. Amazingly, it's being cited by all sorts of DC journalists and think tank advocates whose own work is paid for by billionaires and other assorted plutocrats: such as Josh Marshall, whose TPM journalism has been "privatized" and funded by the Romney-supporting Silicon Valley oligarch Marc Andreesen, and former Bush Homeland Security Adviser and current CNN analyst Fran Townsend ("profiteering!", exclaims the Time Warner Corp. employee and advocate of the American plundering of Iraq).

Indeed, Pando.com itself is partially funded by libertarian billionaire Peter Thiel, the co-founder of Paypal and CIA-serving Palantir Technologies. The very same author of this week's Pando post had previously described Thiel (before he was funded by him) as "an enemy of democracy" and the head of a firm "which last year was caught organizing an illegal spy ring targeting American political opponents of the US Chamber of Commerce, including journalists, progressive activists and union leaders" (one of whom happened to be me, targeted with threatened career destruction for the crime of advocating for WikiLeaks)).

Moreover, the rhetorical innuendo in the Pando post tracks perfectly with that used by NSA chief Keith Alexander a few weeks ago when he called on the US government to somehow put a stop to the NSA reporting: "I think it's wrong that newspaper reporters have all these documents, the 50,000-- whatever they are, and are selling them and giving them out as if these-- you know, it just doesn't make sense," decreed the NSA chief. This attack is also the same one that was quickly embraced by the Canadian right to try to malign the reporting we're now doing with the CBC on joint US/Canada surveillance programs.

I would think journalists would want to be very careful about embracing this pernicious theory of "privatizing" journalism given how virtually all of you are not only are paid for the journalism you do, but also have your own journalism funded by all sorts of extremely rich people and other corporate interests.

Obviously, the rancid accusation that paid investigative journalism is tantamount to the buying and selling of government secrets is being made quite deliberately by the US government and its apologists with the knowledge that this is what sends people to prison. That language didn't fall out of Keith Alexander's mouth by accident. This Pando post is not only reckless with the facts but espouses a theory very few of the journalists cheering for it could or would apply to themselves. Standing alone, I'd simply ignore it.

But any theory that is being simultaneously embraced by Gen. Keith Alexander, foreign governments on whom we're reporting, and DC functionaries to insinuate that there is something untoward or even criminal about our journalism is one I'm going to answer.

So let's get to that. Here are a few questions about this theory, along with some facts. Moreover, in the spirit of what the Washington Post's Erik Wemple has noted is the extreme and very unusual transparency I've offered from the beginning on how this reporting is being done, I'll also address here once and for all a few other claims made and questions asked periodically about our methods of reporting:

1) How is our reporting arrangement any different than the standard means used to report classified information?

Bart Gellman has thousands of top secret documents from Snowden. He's repeatedly reported on them and published them in the Washington Post. He's not on the paper's staff, but is paid for the articles he writes for the Post. Shortly after he published his first article on the NSA documents at the Post (for pay!), it was announced that Gellman is writing a book about US surveillance.

Does this mean that Gellman has "privatized" the NSA documents, is "profiteering" off of them, and that he sold US secrets to the Washington Post?

Last month, it was announced that Jeff Bezos purchased the Washington Post for $250 million. Are any of you intrepid DC journalists citing this Pando post going to accuse Gellman of selling US secrets to his publisher and profiteering off of them, or Bezos of having bought secrets? Speak up, bold and principled Josh Marshall and Fran Townsend.

Or let's take the revered-in-DC Bob Woodward, who has become America's richest journalist by writing book after book over the last decade that has spilled many of America's most sensitive secrets fed to him by top US government officials. In fact, his books are so filled with vital and sensitive secrets that Osama bin Laden personally recommended that they be read. Shall we accuse Woodward of selling US secrets to his publisher and profiteering off of them, and suggest he be prosecuted?

Or let's take the New York Times. They reported that they received 50,000 classified Snowden documents from the Guardian. Rather than simultaneously publish them all on the internet, they've been reporting on selective documents while keeping the rest for themselves. They have published very well-linked articles by reporters such as Scott Shane, who are paid money to read through these documents and then write about them. Are the New York Times and Scott Shane also now guilty of "privatizing" the nation's secrets?

Or how about Jim Risen, who in 2004 learned about one of the nation's most sensitive secrets: the NSA's top secret warrantless eavesdropping program. He wrote a best-selling book (for which he was paid!) in which he reported on that top secret program and others, and was also paid to write an article about it for the New York Times. Are Risen, his publisher, and the NYT now also guilty of "privatizing" secrets and "profiteering" off them? Should they be prosecuted for it?

Since the NSA story began, Laura Poitras has reported on these documents in a freelance capacity with the New York Times (multiple times with Jim Risen), the Washington Post (bylined with Gellman), the Guardian (bylined with me and others), and der Spiegel (with that paper's staff reporters). Are these four newspapers, all of whom paid Poitras and her fellow reporters for this reporting, guilty of buying US secrets?

Over the last three decades, Seymour Hersh has received all sorts of classified information from his sources. So has Jane Mayer. They do not dump it publicly on the internet. They keep it inside the New Yorker or their publishing company - where they vet it, understand it, verify it, and then report on it: all for pay! Let's hear all of you step up and accuse Mayer and Hersh of criminally "privatizing" and selling the nation's secrets and the New Yorker and their publishing companies of purchasing them.

Daniel Ellsberg gave the Pentagon Papers to the New York Times. The reporter with whom he worked was paid to write about those documents, and the NYT itself sold lots of papers by virtue of having that story. Was the NYT guilty of "privatizing" the Pentagon Papers, and Neil Sheehan guilty of selling them by being paid to write about them?

Every worthwhile investigative journalist - by definition - at some point receives, and then publishes, classified information. They are virtually always paid for their work in exposing that information, because that's how professional journalists earn a living. It's also a necessary arrangement for journalists to report on these matters with legal protections (see below). And rather than mail the material they get from their sources around to other media organizations, they keep it themselves, work on reporting it, and then write about it in their own media outlets.

If you are so infuriated by this NSA reporting that you short-sightedly embrace theories that suggest there's something untoward or criminal about this process, then you're essentially criminalizing all professional investigative journalism. Do you not see where this idiocy takes you?

2) What better alternatives exist for our reporting on these documents?

The strategy Laura Poitras and I used to report these documents is clear: I reported on most of them under a freelance contract with the Guardian, and she has reported on most under similar contracts with the NYT, the Washington Post, the Guardian and especially der Spiegel. But we also have partnered with multiple media outlets around the world - in Germany, Brazil, Canada, France, India, Spain, Holland, Mexico, and Norway, with more shortly to come - to ensure that the documents are reported on in those places where the interest level is highest and are closest to those individuals whose privacy has been invaded.

Feel free to criticize that method all you want. I'm extremely proud of the model we've created, one that borrows heavily from the WikiLeaks model of worldwide media partnerships, as it's ensured that no one media outlet has monopolized these documents. Instead, all the stories are reported with the benefit of journalists most familiar with the climate and landscape in the affected countries. That has made the story international in scope, and has made the reporting far better than if it had all been centralized in one place.

The result has been - in just six months - the publication of more classified documents and revelations about the NSA than have appeared in the entire history of the organization before that. Six months is hardly a long time: WikiLeaks did not publish their first war log until five months after they received them from Manning, and did not publish their first diplomatic cable until nine months after they first received them. That's because these documents are complex, take time to understand, vet, and process. We have published a huge number in countries around the world in a short period of time, and there are still many, many more stories and documents to be reported in countries all over the world.

But those that want to criticize that method are compelled to identify one that is superior. Let's examine those alternatives:

Dump all the documents at once on the internet. As one of the most vocal and long-time supporters of WikiLeaks, this is a model that I endorse in some cases (though WikiLeaks also redacted documents it published and still withholds others it possesses for very justifiable reasons; they also only publish documents once they've vetted, authenticated and understood them). I completely empathize with those arguing this: as I've said many times, the complaint that we've published too little is infinitely more valid than the complaint that we've published too much. But there are so many reasons why this dump-it-all approach makes no sense in this particular case.

To begin with, doing this would violently breach the agreement we made with our source. Edward Snowden knows how the internet works. If he had wanted all the documents uploaded onto the internet, he could have - and would have - done that himself. Or he could have told us to do it, or given it to a group with instructions to do that. Quite obviously, he did none none of that.

He did the opposite: he came to journalists he personally selected, and asked that we only publish with media organizations. He also asked that we very carefully vet the material he gave us and only publish that which would be recognized as in the public interest but not anything which could be said to endanger the lives of innocent people. His primary concern has always been that the focus be on the substance of what the NSA is doing, and knew that mass, indiscriminate publication would drown meaningful discussions with accusations of how we recklessly helped The Terrorists™, the Chinese, and every other World Villain.

I'm absolutely convinced that the agreement we made with our source for how these documents were to be reported was the right one. Had we just published them all without any context, discrimination or reporting, the impact - for so many reasons - would have been far, far less than the slow, incremental and careful reporting we've done.

But at this point, that debate doesn't matter: those demanding that we just publish all of the documents without regard to their consequences or content are demanding that we ignore and violate our agreement with our source, and we're never going to do that no matter who doesn't like it. And as our source has repeatedly proven: if he's unhappy about how matters are proceeding or has something to say, he's more than willing and able to speak out. He hasn't done so about this because the way we've reported these documents is completely consistent with the agreement and methodology he insisted upon.

Moreover, those demanding that all of these documents be published indiscriminately are completely ignoring the very real legal risks for everyone involved in this process, beginning with Snowden, who already faces 30 years in prison and is currently protected only by 9 more months of temporary asylum in Russia. Everyone involved in the publication of these materials has already undertaken substantial legal risk.

Just like it's cheap and easy for war advocates to demand that others go and risk their lives to fight the wars they cheer, it's very cheap and easy to demand that others (including Snowden) undertake even more legal risk by publishing all of these documents. Everyone has the right to decide for themselves what risks they're willing to endure, and if you aren't taking any yourselves for the cause you claim to support, then perhaps it's worth considering whether others are entitled to the same consideration you give yourself.

(much more at link)

....
After all these years of toiling on these issues, I'm thrilled to have a loud platform to warn of the dangers of state surveillance, US militarism, and government secrecy, and to herald the importance of individual privacy, internet freedom, and transparency for the world's most powerful factions. Refusing to do what one can to have the greatest impact in defense of one's political values is just self-indulgent.

Being skeptical and asking questions about any new media organization is completely appropriate. I'm sure I'd be doing the same thing of other new organizations. But we haven't even begun yet. When I moved to Salon and then to the Guardian, I heard all sorts of claims about how I'd have to moderate or dilute my work to accommodate those environments and the interests and views of those who own and run them. I don't think anyone can reasonably claim that happened. And I am quite certain that the same will be true here. The people we have hired and will continue to hire - and, ultimately, the journalism we produce - will speak volumes about exactly the reasons we're doing this and why I'm so excited about it.

Bill Ryan

4th December 2013, 21:11

-------

Interesting corroborating info here from 'V', the Guerilla Economist, reporting yesterday on one of Steve Quayle's 'Q-Alerts':

http://stevequayle.com/index.php?s=33&d=693

The situation is so dire that the one main thing that I am warning about is happening now. I have it from some of my key sources, straight from the board rooms to this site, that top banksters are already moving out to safe houses and getaway locations. From what I am getting is that the rectal orfice par -excellance Jamie Dimon is operating out of various international locations and that his family has been prepped and ready to bug out to one of the island retreats. Dimon owns various islands through various holdings companies so which island I do NOT know.

Michael Corbat CEO of CitiGroup has been prepped and will be moving his operations off shore, Lloyd Blankfein of Goldman Sachs fame is operating currently from his upstate New York abode and is planning on offshoring very very soon. Folks since 2011 till today there have been over a thousand banksters that have left the field.

I knew that once the front line big players are beginning to leave then the end would be soon. With banks about to go bust this year due to various regulations like Dodd Frank and the Fed capital injections leading to hyperinflation it does not take a genius to know that the hand writing is on the wall.

Calz

4th December 2013, 21:26

GoodETxSG

4th December 2013, 21:26

THE NEWS ALL POINTS TO ONLY ONE OUTCOME!

KEEP AN EYE ON THE EXTREMELY WEALTHY AND SELF PROCLAIMED "ELITE" RIGHT NOW, THEIR ACTIONS WILL TELEGRAPH WHAT IS COMING... HIGH LEVEL PEOPLE DISAPPEARING IS BIG, HARD TO VERIFY... LOWER LEVEL PEOPLE BUILDING BUNKERS AND PREPPING (Poorer people do it and they are "Crazy" right?) IS A BIG RED FLAG!
WHY ARE SO MANY WEALTHY PEOPLE BUILDING FUTURISTIC HIGH TECH SECURITY BUNKERS?
http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/why-are-so-many-wealthy-people-building-futuristic-high-tech-security-bunkers

MORE RUMOR'S OF FALSE FLAG ATTACKS (RUMORS!!!):

False Flag Alert! Truck Carrying Cobalt 60 Stolen In Mexico! Highly Dangerous & Radioactive!
http://beforeitsnews.com/alternative/2013/12/false-flag-alert-truck-carrying-cobalt-60-stolen-in-mexico-2839556.html?utm_source=direct-b4in.info&utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FdOGx&utm_medium=verticalresponse&utm_campaign=&utm_content=beforeit39snews-verticalresponse

Institutions Dumping Billions In Stock Before Economic Collapse? X22Report
MhoslJ-lr8o

EYES ARE ON THE "BOND BUBBLE", "STOCK MARKET BUBBLE", & OF COURSE "DERIVATIVES BUBBLE" AND HOW THE ELITE ARE MANAGING THEM... & HOW THEY WILL DOMINO THE REST OF THE RECOVERING MARKETS FROM PREVIOUS 2008 "BUBBLES"...

With Top 4 US Banks Holding $217 Trillion In Derivatives, Total Number Of US Banks Drops To Record Low
http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2013-12-03/top-4-us-banks-holding-217-trillion-derivatives-total-number-us-banks-drops-record-l

THIS IS ONLY A KNOWN LIST!!!

Over 700,000 people on US watch list: Once you get on, there’s no way off
http://rt.com/usa/federal-watch-list-unchecked-612/

ELITE ARE STILL FREAKING ABOUT THAT OTHER 99%!!!

JUST 1% OF SNOWDEN FILES PUBLISHED SAYS GUARDIAN EDITOR
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/media/press/mps-question-guardian-editor-alan-rusbridgers-patriotism-over-edward-snowden-leaks-8981167.html

NOW CONGRESS HAS A 6% APPROVAL RATING... OBAMA IS COMPLETELY UN-TRUSTED BY THE MAJORITY OF US CITIZENS AND THE REST OF THE WORLD AFTER THE SNOWDEN/NSA LEAKS... SO BAD THAT WE ARE WONDERING WHAT THEY ARE "ON"...

Americans Want Congress Members To Pee In Cups To Prove They're Not On Drugs
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/12/02/drug-testing-congress_n_4373472.html?utm_hp_ref=email_share

Americans cannot bring themselves to believe this is orchestrated and planned by their own people ("That cannot happen here, That is ridiculous!")... but has to be gross negligence due to "Cocaine Freaks" and "Sexual Deviants" with a few "America hating Marxists" thrown in "Here and there"...

The true size of the conspiracy behind the decapitation and castration of America is mind boggling even to those who have the inside info. I hope desperation causes these jokers make some major mistakes soon and rattle the cages of Snowden or "Others" holding on to some of this "Dooms Day" info for "Cabal Type Groups" so it will be released.

I hold on to hope that it can happen peacefully via insider "White Hat" action, though it is looking very unlikely... It looks like it is going to be a terrible time and there will be such a social uprising that there will be much on TV and on our streets that will cause anxiety and terror in our hearts.

In the end if it brings the evil control system down and gives humanity a second chance to start over I hope we can look back and say it was worth it. IMHO...

Carmody

4th December 2013, 21:33

It's scary to know that one is going to go onto the operating table and a physical change is going to be made.

It is also important to understand that it is not just an ending. An ending of one situation, in exchange for another.

It is up to the people involved to make sure it does not change for the worse.

In the short term it will be worse. days, weeks, months, it will be worse. But it will clear. The night before the battle is always the scariest, as it is all unknowns.. and subject to the projection of fears.

The country (USA and the west in general) has too much infrastructure and too much flowing commerce, too much in the way of people expecting to feed themselves and too many people who make a living, in the USA and out of it (all tied to the USA), to be able to put up with any form of total termination of all systems.

The fundamentals of all systems WILL remain intact.

Ie, gasoline, food, electricity, those systems WILL remain intact. There will be a after time. A time when everything begins to right itself.

Again, your point of strength is to inject yourself and all you know and understand, into that time and moment...to make sure that the new emergence is a real one, not a fascist nightmare war machine, which is what is going to try and erect itself, when this moment arrives.

Rocky_Shorz

4th December 2013, 21:50

the underground off the books economy of the US is $3 Trillion a year...

knock out the parasitic banks taking fees on every transaction and the 3T is plenty to keep the country floating...

banks are like the casinos that charge a fee for every hand played...

the piles in front of the players will continue to shrink to nothing if played long enough, just from the fees...

how do we prevent major supermarkets from handing cash they collected to bankers?
there are enough small gas stations to not use the cartels that are trying to keep the petro dollar rolling...

GoodETxSG

4th December 2013, 21:52

This will be a very vulnerable time for Humanity and not just America... I hope we graduate and rise to the occasion.

There are many trickster agenda's that will try to exploit us during that time period. This WILL be when we prove that we can pick our selves up and stand on our own and deserve to be FREE... and not look to an "Out Side Alien" force to come and do it all for us (Looking to your religion is not what I am talking about).

I am not too proud to accept help but like you said we do not want to trade one slave master for another. Wisdom and Discernment is in such short supply right now, and Humans will not trust easily in Human leaders again after all is released.

So "WE" very well may be looking for a "Higher Power" to come DOWN and give us a new "Face" and doctrine of wisdom to trust again... A vulnerable time indeed for our species.

I hope everyone realizes exactly how tenuous of a time that will be when it comes.

It's scary to know that one is going to go onto the operating table and a physical change is going to be made.

It is also important to understand that it is not just and ending. An ending of one situation, in exchange for another.

it is up to the people involved to make sure it does not change for the worse.

in the short term it will be worse. days, weeks, months, it will be worse. but it will clear.

The country has too much infrastructure and too much flowing commerce, too much in the way of people expecting to feed themselves and too many people who make a living, in the USA and out of it, to be able to put up with any form of total termination of all systems.

the fundamental of all systems WILL remain intact.

Ie, gasoline, food, electricity, those systems WILL remain intact. there will be a after time. A time when everything begins to right itself.

Again, your point of strength is to inject yourself and all you know and understand, into that time and moment...to make sure that the new emergence is a real one, not a fascist nightmare war machine, which is what is going to try and erect itself, when this moment arrives.

Redstar Kachina

4th December 2013, 22:04

..........

Carmody

5th December 2013, 00:02

Well actually we don't need alternative news sources this time.

China is *not* going to be buying any more useless paper from amerika (aka bonds).

They will start to liquidate what they already hold.

Russia ... has seemingly just passed a law making it *illegal* to hold amerikan dollars???

Really?

I was pretty good in math during my younger years ... but correct me if I am wrong ...

Isn't this a *really really bad* thing for the dollar???

Yes the fed can print worthless paper until the cows come home (no offense cow).

Yet the value is set to plunge dramatically and not in the too distant future.

imho (as always)

And all the little Jimmy Saville-ish FED bank connections are going to run off and try and hide, and some are trying to do it now.

The trick is to collect the names, photographs and fingerprints, even DNA traces....so as to track them down when the time comes. So they can all stand trial like the capitalist-fascist sociopaths that they are.

I want them to name names. I want them to implicate. To tear down what stood behind them.

I know one of the ex(ish) intel types. That one started burning their 20+ year old/long paperwork collections, a good 5 years back. I imagine the rest, the smart ones... have their bug-out paths and methods well in hand. Even though they are still, on the surface, 'on the job'.

Make no mistake about it. They've known for a long time. They know a witch hunt is coming.

Be careful what you ask for, you may get it.

Redstar Kachina

5th December 2013, 01:06

..........

GoodETxSG

5th December 2013, 01:17

In my experience,
No effort or tricks will be needed. All of the bio-metric and genetic identification information for all individuals is already compiled (Some already by White Hats, Some by Black Hats for "Insurance"). This info is compiled for "Security Protocol" and grabbed out of health records (HIPPA be damned).

Getting them to turn on each other once the announcement of "Mass Arrests" then the interrogations begin it is as simple as the content of the reduced sentence (Death Penalty Avoidance) deals are slapped on the tables. I guarantee all blood oaths go out the window.

The higher up the totem pole the prisoner is the more "High Value" their "Get out of jail insurance" information/leverage is. Then you work your way on up the chain until the blood oath is taken seriously where you then play by some of their more "creative" rules. It was no different with the Nazi's, Serbian War Criminals... nor has it been with any organized crime since RICOH ACT... etc.

As far as being careful what you wish for, that is a wise statement. I for one think we have all come to a point to where we are ready to see where the chips fall and the heads roll.

These Criminals Against Humanity have literally enslaved Billions of Souls, Murdered, Raped and Tortured Generations of us. I am comfortable in wishing for their demise!

[QUOTE=Calz;767479]
The trick is to collect the names, photographs and fingerprints, even DNA traces....so as to track them down when the time comes. So they can all stand trial like the capitalist-fascist sociopaths that they are.
I want them to name names. I want them to implicate. To tear down what stood behind them.

Maia Gabrial

5th December 2013, 16:44

gripreaper

6th December 2013, 06:03

I don't buy that the bankers are running for the hills. They may be sequestering themselves in order to implement the next step in their agenda, but its not for lack of power and control or by the strength of any opposition. This is a pretty good 25 minute synopsis of the power force humanity is pushing against.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7OU9AGUv4lk

It is safe to say that all of the power is fully consolidated and that gaining more power through oil, wars and drugs may not be the main motivation any longer. That goal was reached by the early 1930's.

Although I would love to be a fly on the wall at their next meeting, what sticks in my mind is that a shift occurred in the 1930's and a massive underground campaign went forward to bring forth the stellar technology and prepare for about seven possible timelines. The elite have all of the contingencies covered now for all of the potential timelines.

All of the stellar technologies have been engineered, all craft, bases, hidey holes, laser, microwave, biological and energy devices now thousands of years more advanced than what is available in the public sector, are complete.

With this accomplished, and the global fascist totalitarian surveillance and digital control grid virtually in place, what is their agenda? We can speculate, which we have done incessantly here at Avalon, so I will just review a few of the variables which appear to be constant:

1. There is an off world connection which is evident and the elite have the desire to go off world, reconnect with their indigenous off world ancient cultures, or to extend their power to other planets via imperialistic endeavor.

2. There is a perceived off world threat which the elite are protecting themselves against, which could be connected to very ancient instances of old wars, quarantine, or other nefarious occurrences directly perpetrated by these elite.

3. The elite want to exterminate the existing hybrid humans which they consider to have a fatal flaw, one which they themselves engineered and hybridized thousands of years ago, and they now have a completed new human 2.0 they wish to repopulate the planet with, and are setting up the next millennium to use earth as their own personal resort with these new humans as their fully indentured servants who will not complain or rock the boat or threaten them, of which they only need about 500 million.

4. These elite are soulless, psychopathic, narcissistic, inhuman, self aggrandizing pedophilic blood thirsty alien interlopers who are insane and have an ultimate passion without any regard for outcome, even destroying everything including themselves.

And this is probably the most controversial

5. The elite are malevolent creators who consider themselves the best stewards of the human genome and see themselves as gods, the progenitors of an evolution which husbands the resources of this planet, guides the trajectory of evolution towards the best possible outcome based on a moral relativistic stance which they believe is providential.

Myself, I see a combination of all of the above. How this will play out has also been discussed ad nauseam here and I think it is somewhat immaterial and a distraction to some degree, and the salient point of it all, in my opinion is:

For us humans to recognize this force for what it is, and to realize that indigenously we have an internal power which we only use about 10 percent, (only 2 strands of DNA and a partial left brain disconnected from our psychic abilities) and it is incumbent upon us to reawaken the rest of our innate abilities and compel the matrix to turn in the direction of our collective desire.

We have the power to move mountains if we will just realize we do and get to the heart of what we want and focus. The rest of it is just distraction.

Redstar Kachina

6th December 2013, 10:13

..........

mgray

6th December 2013, 12:06

-------

From 'V', the Guerilla Economist:

From what I am getting is that the rectal orfice par -excellance Jamie Dimon is operating out of various international locations and that his family has been prepped and ready to bug out to one of the island retreats. Dimon owns various islands through various holdings companies so which island I do NOT know.

Michael Corbat CEO of CitiGroup has been prepped and will be moving his operations off shore, Lloyd Blankfein of Goldman Sachs fame is operating currently from his upstate New York abode and is planning on offshoring very very soon.

I was at a conference yesterday (Thurs.) in Midtown Manhattan were both Mssrs. Dimon and Blankfein gave presentations on the effects of the Volcker Rule on the banking sector. Neither of these two men seemed nonplussed about anything but Washington's hack-knee response to Wall St.

Flash

6th December 2013, 12:42

They have to run if they don't want to be RFIDed or chipped. I bet they are the first on the chipping line, but for different reasons (they have to be controlled too, maybe more severely) and with different kinds of chips.

ThePythonicCow

6th December 2013, 14:10

hmmm....this kills the whole 'be optimistic about 2014' message:

Global Currency Reset!

The greatest event in the financial world in the past 1,000 years is about to take place. Two hundred and four nations have agreed with the IMF (International Monetary Fund) to reset their currency. Christine Lagarde is the new financial head of the IMF. If she and the Elite have their way, this event will take place within the next ninety days (three months).

The Elite have prepared you for this event with an Electric Smart Meter which has been installed on almost every house in America. Only from my Elite friend will you ever know what has been done to you. Only in my new DVD will you learn these details. No one else will dare to tell you this.

- Chaplin Lindsey Williams
- Author of The Energy Non-Crisis

Two days ago, Pastor Lindsey Williams spoke on GoldSeek Radio about this:xz-Mlomuwes
My synopsis:

A global currency reset, leaving foreign exchange (forex) currency ratios within a narrow band established by the IMF, reducing the value of the US Dollar by 30 per-cent.
Prices of imports within the US (dang near everything) rise accordingly in the weeks and months following.
An IMF mandate to reduce US Federal debt by a substantial amount, I suppose under threat of further reduction of US Dollar forex value.
US surprise confiscation of a substantial portion of all manner of retirement, 401K and IRA funds, as the means to reduce that debt.
The above apparently to happen in 2014, within (according to Lindsey) the next three months.
An economic collapse in 2015, once the remaining mandates of Obamacare are in place, including major bank closings and collapses.

ThePythonicCow

6th December 2013, 14:37

Two days ago, Pastor Lindsey Williams spoke on GoldSeek Radio about this: ...
My synopsis: ...
Here's another synopsis of this same appearance of Lindsey on GoldSeek Radio two days ago.

From Pastor Lindsey Williams interview on Goldseek Radio -4 december 2013 -Global Currency Reset (Planet Infowars) (http://planet.infowars.com/economics/pastor-lindsey-williams-interview-on-goldseek-radio-4-december-2013):

Lindsey Williams on GoldSeek Radio speaking with Chris Waltzek on 4th December 2013 talking about a global currency reset that if the Elite have their way will take place within 90 days. He confirms this is not the collapse or a devaluation of the American dollar, but it will cause the dollar to lose its world reserve status.

This will be the biggest financial event in the last 1,000 years from the prespective of Pastor Williams’ Elite friends. Every person on the globe will be affected. 204 nations have agreed with the IMF (International Monetary Fund) to revalue their currencies to within 3 to 5% of each other based upon the assets of each country. This will end the currency wars and give the New World Order full control with a new gold backed currency. it will mean the US dollar will be reset down by 30% of its current value. He says that bank holidays are still another year off and that 30-50% of private, state and federal retirement funds are to be nationalised and/or confiscated between now and then.

Pastor Williams also discusses the main reason for the dumbing down of America is the smart meter microwave technology being installed in every home, implemented to prevent people revolting over what the Elite are about to do with them. Lindsey Williams verified this information with research from Barrie Trower, a former microwave weapons expert.

Lindsey also refers to an IMF meeting held on 9th October 2013, the minutes of which were recently released. The report is called “Taxing Times”. In this report the IMF recommends the USA does the following: Increase taxes; New capital controls; Sieze retirement funds and Bring the national debt down to pre-banking crisis 2007 levels. You can download the report here: http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fm/2013/02/pdf/fm1302.pdf

Pastor Lindsey Williams also says to watch the news carefully over the next three months. He said that when you see that his source was right about the global currency reset, you will conclude that his Elite friend is also right about everything else too, including smart meters and what they are doing to our brains. Lindsey Williams repeats again to get out of paper assets at all costs.

Flash

6th December 2013, 14:54

I read something in the French Canadian newspaper yesterday saying that China is now turning to its own currency for international trade, rejecting the US dollar to trade. I will try to find it, but to me, this is the first blow from China.

Redstar Kachina

6th December 2013, 15:33

..........

gripreaper

6th December 2013, 15:39

OK, I've got to head out into the bitter cold to go chase Federal Reserve Notes so I can keep the heat on, food in the refrigerator, and pay the rent so I have a warm bed to lay down at night, but before I do...

I'd just like to run with this "hard reset" idea in the next few days, as it appears to be the most likely forward trajectory which covers the elite, blames the economic demise on the people with their agreement, and forces a collective one world digital currency and control grid to be fully implemented without barely a whimper from all of the debt ridden slaves on the planet. It will take place overtly right under our noses, right in our faces, will affect everyone on the planet, and will shift the quantum energetically.

Will we rise up in indignation and take down the elite and restore sovereignty and freedom, self responsibility, and self determination? Will "victimhood" be finally relegated to the dustbin of history, while divisiveness, duality and pitting us against each other for profit, finally be exposed from behind the curtain as the Wizard of control that it is? Do we recognize the game and are we tired enough of playing it?

Till we are sick and tired of being sick and tired of playing the duality game of opposites, using the extreme polarities of greed and avarice against death, poverty, wars and slavery, then it will continue. It is up to all of us to say "that's enough".

Do we have the resolve to ascend?

RunningDeer

6th December 2013, 15:42

More Proof We Are Under A Total Dictatorship

Many topics covered here. Example: 3 minutes into vid is the topic on constitutional free zones. (see map and link below)

teHy93S27lA

Published on Dec 6, 2013

David Knight is joined by Anthony Gucciardi to discuss then Dictatorial actions being perputrated upon the American people by President Obama.

Are You Living in a Constitution Free Zone? (https://www.aclu.org/national-security_technology-and-liberty/are-you-living-constitution-free-zone)

http://i1262.photobucket.com/albums/ii610/WhiteCrowBlackDeer/Image-Map_zps6ff7b894.gif

Flash

6th December 2013, 15:46

article dated December 4th, 2013

by Route Magazine

China and Russia are quitting US dollar or at least significantly cutting the dollar share in their forex reserves. Politically correct American analysts call this process “rapid forex reserves diversification”. In fact, some economists see this trend as a threshold in the unfolding world crisis because the whole pyramid of global finance is based on one simple fact – financial regulators around the world buy the US debt (dollar & treasuries) no matter what.

“It’s no longer in China’s favor to accumulate foreign-exchange reserves,” Yi Gang, a deputy governor at the central bank, said in a speech organized by China Economists 50 Forum at Tsinghua University yesterday.

http://www.globalresearch.ca/china-reduces-its-us-dollar-holdings-the-geopolitics-of-forex-reserves-diversification/5360161

Is the demise of the American dollar globally orchestrated? Of course, by the Rotschild it seems

six steps of the Chinese are as follows:
◾The decision taken by the People’s Bank of China in the summer of 2010 to reinstate a “managed float” of the yuan was the first small step to change its status of this “hermit currency”;
◾The approval, in 2011, of the latest 12th Five Year Plan for China’s socio-economic development;
◾Plans to make yuan an “international currency” (no further details available yet);
◾The reaching of agreements between China and a number of other countries on a transition to the use of national currencies in mutual trade including trade in natural resources;
◾A statement by the central bank of Australia that it is planning on converting 5 percent of its international reserves into Chinese treasury bonds following successful talks with Beijing;
◾The most important one: The agreement reached in October 2013 between Beijing and London that currency trading between the yuan and pound sterling will begin at the Royal Exchange, as well as the permission given by the British authorities to Chinese banks, allowing them to open up branches in the City of London.The agreement between Britain and China virtually involves London’s transformation into a kind of offshore company for Chinese banks and financial companies.

Hervé

6th December 2013, 17:00

Well, when towns, cities, counties are defaulting with their own co-lateral damages... I think there's a game that demonstrates it... dominoes...

Bankrupt Detroit can cut pensions; implications big for California and the whole US (http://www.sacbee.com/2013/12/03/5966594/bankrupt-detroit-can-cut-pensions.html)

Dale Kasler
The Sacramento Bee (http://www.sacbee.com/2013/12/03/5966594/bankrupt-detroit-can-cut-pensions.html)
Wed, 04 Dec 2013 11:25 CST

http://www.sott.net/image/image/s7/159563/medium/Nouog_Em_4.jpg (http://www.sott.net/image/image/s7/159563/full/Nouog_Em_4.jpg)
© Carlos Osorio/The Associated Press

An empty field in Brush Park, north of Detroit's downtown is shown with an abandoned home. Detroit filed the largest municipal bankruptcy case in American history in July and owes as much as $20 million to banks, bondholders and pension funds. The city can get rid of its gargantuan debt, but a bankruptcy judge can't bring back residents or raise its dwindling revenue.

It was a gold-plated promise: A career in government meant a safe and sound pension, no matter what.

All that may have changed Tuesday. In a case with major implications for California, a judge in Michigan ruled that the bankrupt city of Detroit can impose cuts to its municipal pension plans.

The ruling comes as a bankrupt California city, San Bernardino, edges closer to a possible legal showdown with CalPERS over the sanctity of public employee pensions. Although the decision in Detroit doesn't directly affect what happens in San Bernardino, legal experts said it will strengthen the California city's hand as it tries to reduce its multimillion-dollar pension obligations.

In any event, the Detroit ruling was a milestone. Experts long suspected that cities could use bankruptcy to force reductions in their pension expenses, but until now they've never had a court's blessing. Other cities that filed for bankruptcy protection - notably Vallejo and Stockton - have shied away from a confrontation over the issue, choosing instead to continue making all their pension contributions.

Now U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Steven Rhodes has said cities in bankruptcy protection can go after pensions. For San Bernardino - openly chafing over its $24 million-a-year CalPERS bill - that could represent a big victory. The judge hearing the San Bernardino case isn't obligated to follow the Michigan ruling, but is likely to look to it for guidance, said James Spiotto, a bankruptcy lawyer in Chicago who's following both cases.

Bottom line: It's no longer realistic to assume public pensions are inviolable.

"It's a wake-up call to everyone who's been saying this is sacred and you can't touch it," said Karol Denniston, a San Francisco bankruptcy lawyer.

Aside from the legal consequences, the ruling could alter the political climate surrounding public pensions in California. Denniston has advised San Jose Mayor Chuck Reed, who's promoting a statewide ballot initiative that would give municipalities greater freedom to cut pension costs.

Reed seized on the ruling, issuing a statement that said "most struggling cities will not be able to truly pull themselves out of trouble without addressing these unsustainable retirement costs." He said his initiative would keep cities out of bankruptcy and allow them to fix their problems less painfully.

On the other hand, labor unions opposing Reed will likely "redouble their efforts" now that the threat of reduced pensions has become more real, said political scientist Jack Pitney of Claremont McKenna College.

Sacramento political strategist Steve Maviglio, a spokesman for public employee unions added: "In California, teachers, firefighters, police officers and other public employees are fully prepared to resist being scapegoated for the financial mismanagement of elected officials."

The Detroit ruling capped a nine-day trial last month in which unions and retiree groups argued that the city's Chapter 9 bankruptcy filing should be dismissed. Rhodes not only declared that the city, buried under $18 billion in debt, was eligible for bankruptcy, he went a giant step further. He said pension promises made to employees can be treated essentially the same as any other business contract. That means they can be "impaired" - bankruptcy lingo for reduced.

"It has long been understood that bankruptcy law entails the impairment of contracts," he said, according to the Detroit News.

The city hasn't submitted an actual plan to reduce pension costs, but months ago floated the idea of slashing benefits by about 85 percent. The judge, however, warned the city against making draconian cuts.

Spiotto, the expert from Chicago, said the rule of thumb is that expense cuts in bankruptcy must be "the least drastic." Retirees can expect to receive "everything that can be paid practically," he said. The average Detroit pension pays around $19,000 a year.

Detroit city workers protested outside the courthouse, and a lawyer for the unions filed an appeal. It could be months before it's clear if Detroit - or any other city in bankruptcy - can reduce pensions.

http://www.sott.net/image/image/s7/159564/large/4detroitW_1024x664.jpg (http://www.sott.net/image/image/s7/159564/full/4detroitW_1024x664.jpg)
© Associated Press
Detroit city workers protest outside the Federal courthouse in Detroit while awaiting Tuesday's bankruptcy decision.

"If I'm an official of San Bernardino, I don't conclude that the game is over and I've won. But it's a strong signal that pensions can be restructured. That certainly reinforces the position that San Bernardino has taken," said David Skeel, a bankruptcy law expert at the University of Pennsylvania.

Dale Ginter, a Sacramento lawyer who represented retirees in Vallejo's bankruptcy case, agreed that Tuesday's ruling is influential but not necessarily the final word.

"Pension liabilities of cities can probably be altered in bankruptcy," Ginter said. "It hasn't happened yet."

CalPERS, the nation's largest public pension fund, said the Detroit ruling doesn't apply to a statewide entity like the California Public Employees' Retirement System. The pension fund said employees' and retirees' pension rights are still protected by the California Constitution.

"The ruling is short-sighted and does not take into account the promises made in exchange for the financial and physical investments that public employees and retirees make in our communities," CalPERS added. "CalPERS will continue to protect and champion the public employees and retirees who serve California every day."

San Bernardino, unlike Vallejo and Stockton, has fought CalPERS over costs. After filing for bankruptcy last year, it suspended its monthly pension payments. It's resumed paying but still owes CalPERS about $14 million in overdue contributions. For its part, CalPERS has tried unsuccessfully to get San Bernardino's bankruptcy case thrown out of court.

The San Bernardino City Council in October tentatively approved a bankruptcy reorganization plan that lays out how each creditor would be treated, including CalPERS. The plan remains confidential while the parties undergo court-supervised mediation, but city officials have spoken openly about wanting to cut pension costs. Mayor Pat Morris recently described the city's payments to CalPERS as "the giant whale in the general fund deficit that eats the city's services and destroys the city's financial viability."

Officials with San Bernardino couldn't be reached for comment Tuesday.

Denniston said the Detroit ruling could also affect the Stockton bankruptcy. Even though Stockton left its CalPERS payments untouched and made debt-restructuring deals with most of its other creditors in October, the city still hasn't reached agreement with one major lender, Franklin Templeton. The Detroit decision could give the Franklin firm an opening to demand that Stockton officials treat CalPERS like every other creditor, according to Denniston.

Flash

6th December 2013, 17:12

the same will happen in America that is happening in most countries were there is no social benefits at all. Put your pension in bricks and mortar. Rent be make some money. Nothing is sure anymore.

GoodETxSG

6th December 2013, 17:19

Expect to see more sneaking in of "Withdraw Limits" and other "Regulations and Laws" to "Prevent" or "Counteract" BANK RUNS in the very near future.
-----------------
http://www.cnbc.com/id/101222045

Fed's Tarullo details plans to counter bank runs
Text Size

Published: Friday, 22 Nov 2013 | 3:58 PM ET

Twitter
324

LinkedIn
22
Share

Getty Images
Federal Reserve Board Governor Daniel Tarullo.
Global regulators need more policy tools to counter the risk of devastating bank runs and should have powers over a wide array of market participants, U.S. Federal Reserve Governor Dan Tarullo said on Friday.

"There is a need to supplement prudential bank regulation with a third set of policy options in the form of regulatory tools that can be applied on a market-wide basis," Tarullo said at a conference on shadow banking.

He also detailed the Fed's plans to write new rules that would make it less attractive for banks to raise cash in short-term wholesale funding markets, a key factor in the collapse of Lehman Brothers in 2008.

Banks that substantially rely on short-term funding in the interbank market should be required to hold more capital on top of what is already mandated by international rules under the so-called Basel III pact, Tarullo said.

(Read more: The cost of regulation just topped $1 trillion: report)

Tarullo, who is the central bank's main policymaker on financial regulation, announced earlier this year that the Fed was working on a short-term funding rule.

Play Video
Biggest risk is regulatory environment: UBS's Orcel
Andrea Orcel, CEO of UBS Investment Bank, says tough regulation could cause headwinds to the business in the future.
He said that international regulators should also consider ramping up capital requirements for matched books of repurchasing—or repo—agreements, which are a prominent part of the shadow banking system.

"Current versions of capital and liquidity standards do not deal with matched book issues," he said.

(Read more: Policing banks: The feds' big fail)

Thirdly, regulators should address risk in such transactions regardless of whether they were executed by banks or by other market participants, such as hedge funds.

The Financial Stability Board, in which global regulators cooperate, was already working on plans to do so, Tarullo said, but he said he disagreed with some of the details and presented some alternative ideas.
=========================
http://www.lewrockwell.com/2013/10/mac-slavo/bank-runs-ahead/

LOCK DOWN: Your Cash Is No Longer Your Own: “Everything Is Fine”

By Mac Slavo
SHTFplan.com
October 18, 2013
Email Print
FacebookTwitterShare
“Economic martial law will be declared… restrictions will be set on the amounts, times and frequency of withdrawals.”Forecaster Gerald CelenteTrends Journal – Summer 2011

We hope you’re paying attention.

If there were ever a red flag warning about the economic and financial destruction to come, JP Morgan Chase Bank began flying it this morning.

In a shocking report from Infowars we learned that mega-behemoth Chase has issued letters to thousands of business customers indicating that they will no longer be allowing international wire transfers or cash deposits/withdrawals in excess of a $50,000 monthly cap.
Chase Bank confirmed to Infowars that all business account holders were being subjected to these new regulations. Given that even a relatively small grocery store or restaurant is likely to turnover more than $50k a month in cash payments, this appears to be part of a wider move to shut down businesses who mainly deal in cash.

When Mike Adams of Natural News received the same letter he contacted Chase Bank and was able to confirm the new policies.

According to Chase, “everything is fine,” and customers need not worry.

Their response was that these changes were being implemented “to better serve our customers.” They did not explain how blocking all international wire transfers would “better serve” their customers, however.

Chase Bank specifically denied any knowledge of problems with cash on hand, or government debt or any such issue. They basically downplayed the entire issue and had no answers for why capital controls were suddenly being put into place.

This is nothing short of a capital control, which is an economic strategy designed to limit the transfer of money. It is a strategy implemented only during times of economic or financial distress, most often as a precursor to wealth seizures by the state.

Be warned, Chase bank is the first of likely many banks to begin the lock-down of the financial wealth of private individuals in the United States of America.

The new restrictions are particularly ironic because JP Morgan Chase (along with other large banking conglomerates) is a primary shareholder, and thus owner, of the Federal Reserve, which has been responsible for sending trillions of freshly printed dollars outside of the country over the last several years.
There is absolutely no legitimate reason for why one of the world’s biggest banks just restricted the outward flow of cash from domestic businesses to their international contacts, especially considering that we are repeatedly told we live in a globalized world where we need to learn to work with our foreign partners.

It makes no sense.

Unless, of course, you stop to consider that the United States is and has been on the brink of collapse, literally, for nearly a decade. This was first confirmed in January of 2011 in a letter to Congress by then Treasury Secretary Tim Geithner when he spoke of the U.S. debt ceiling.

Even a very short-term or limited default would have catastrophic economic consequences that would last for decades.

Most recently, the U.S. Treasury Department reiterated the seriousness of any misstep in our trillion-dollar debt spending:

In the event that a debt limit impasse were to lead to a default, it could have a catastrophic effect on not just financial markets but also on job creation, consumer spending and economic growth

Think about the recent USDA letter to state food stamp directors, in which they noted that lack of funding would lead to a complete freeze on Supplemental Nutritional Assistance Program distributions to millions of people. Within 24 hours of such a move the entire country from coast-to-coast would be awash in rioting, looting and violence.

This is how close we are.

As we noted, Congress and the President “saved” us yet again in the 11th hour. But we are only pushing out the timeline on the inevitable.

The government knows this – as evidenced by the warnings of the Treasury Department.

The mega-banks know this as well.

And several years ago trend forecaster Gerald Celente warned that this is exactly how it would happen and it would come on the heels of a rogue terror attack that may involve direct targeting of the U.S. populace through violence, or cyber attacks that attack our banking system or take down the U.S. power grid:

Bank holidays will be called, the US and other fragile economies will crumble, gold and silver will soar, and already-troubled currencies will crash. Economic martial law will be declared. Introduced as a temporary measure, once in place it will remain in place (like the curfews and draconian security precautions installed by despots and dictators everywhere). Civil rights will be suspended and, particularly in America, Homeland Security, already intolerably intrusive, will achieve an Orwellian omnipresence.

With banks closed and economic martial law in place, restrictions will be set on the amounts, times and frequency of withdrawals. As we have cautioned before, it will be essential to have a stash of cash on hand. Even though governments will devalue their currencies, it will happen in stages.

Piece by piece, day by day, intrusion after intrusion, the end game should be coming into focus.

Take the following warning from Mike Adams seriously because ignoring it will have severe consequences for you and yours.

This is happening, folks! The capital controls begin on November 17th. The bank runs may follow soon thereafter. Chase Bank is now admitting that you cannot use your own money that you’ve deposited there.
This is clearly stemming from a government policy that is requiring banks to prevent cash from leaving the United States. Such policies are only put into place when a huge financial default event is expected.

It may not happen tomorrow, or next month, or next year. But the consumer paradigm in which we live, the relative peace and stability we experience… it will all come crashing down.

The time to insulate yourself is right here and now.

They are preparing for what they know is coming.
===================================
http://www.infowars.com/chase-bank-limits-cash-withdrawals-bans-international-wire-transfers/

UPDATED: Chase Bank Limits Cash Withdrawals, Bans International Wire Transfers
The Alex Jones Channel Alex Jones Show podcast Infowars.com Twitter Alex Jones' Facebook Infowars store
Capital controls imposed on small business owners
Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Updated October 17, 2013
BREAKING: Chase Bank Claims Concern About Capital Controls is an “Overreaction”

Image: One Chase Manhattan Plaza in NYC.
UPDATE: Alex Jones: The fact that these letters were being sent out to Chase customers was confirmed at the time that we published, but in the last 24 hours we have confirmed that even large businesses doing international transactions have also received the same letters.
I personally visited Chase Bank and inquired about setting up an account and asked if I could wire money out of the country or withdraw the amounts of cash listed in their letter. I was told no, and that I would have to “qualify” with them for a special type of international bank account and would have to deposit huge amounts of money and pay fees to be able to access those services.
What this constitutes is a war on cash and a war on small business and individuals. Two years ago we saw a giant backlash against Bank of America when they announced customers would be charged for using their own money via their debit card. We have crossed the rubicon where now the currency has been so devalued that you will have to pay fees to have your money in a bank or use a debit card.
In saying that international wire transfers are too much of a risk, Chase Bank might as well be bankrupt because it is telling you there is no money to withdraw.
This is where the mega banks have wanted to take us all along – a total cashless society that destroys all privacy and allows them to fine and fee the general population into serfdom. This is clearly a major step towards capital controls as we saw with the Cyprus bail-in.
We are now receiving reports from business partners who we know well that they are being told by their banks that similar regulations to those adopted by Chase are coming within the next few months.
Chase would not be implementing a business killing strategy like this unless all other major banks were also planning to follow suit. What we see is mega banks leading the way to set the precedent that all the others will follow.
Chase needs to issue a statement clarifying exactly why they are imposing these capital controls.
It is clear that these regulations are being enacted for three different but equally plausible reasons, all of which contribute to the ultimate goal of sacrificing the global economy on the altar of derivative monster zombie banks.
1) Capital controls to prevent money leaving the country as the US dollar continues to devalue. Note that Chase will allow international wire transfers coming in, but not going out of the accounts. Note that they are only concerned about “risks” when the money is being moved out of the account.
2) Forcing businesses to abandon cash and switching everything over to digital currency that can be more easily tracked, traced and controlled.
3) Part of the preparatory phase for Cyprus-style bail-ins where the government announces a new “tax” to gouge out a percentage of people’s savings.
Customers need to rally and speak out against this and immediately move their money to smaller and local banks that will promise to give them good service and not rake them over the coals. We need diversity and competition within the banking system, not giant zombie banks endangering the world economy with derivatives and cheating their customers.
It should also be noted that JPMorgan Chase runs most of the welfare system and EBT cards and really constitutes the top of the pyramid in the corporate-banking-governmental structure.
Finally, we’ve seen the IRS attempting to bar Americans from leaving the country simply if the IRS has opened an investigation on them. This isn’t shades of tyranny, this is hardcore authoritarianism and everyone should be concerned. If you were planning on getting your money out of the country, now is the time. If you haven’t withdrawn your cash from the bank, you should have done it yesterday.
———————————————————
Chase Bank has moved to limit cash withdrawals while banning business customers from sending international wire transfers from November 17 onwards, prompting speculation that the bank is preparing for a looming financial crisis in the United States by imposing capital controls.

Numerous business customers with Chase BusinessSelect Checking and Chase BusinessClassic accounts have received letters over the past week informing them that cash activity (both deposits and withdrawals) will be limited to a $50,000 total per statement cycle from November 17 onwards.
The letter reads;
Dear Business Customer,
Starting November 17, 2013:
- You will no longer be able to send international wire transfers. You will still be able to send domestic wires and receive both domestic and international wires. We’ll cancel any international wire transfers, including reccurring ones, you scheduled to be sent after this date.
- Your cash activity limit for these accounts(s) will be $50,000 per statement cycle, per account. Cash activity is the combined total of cash deposits made at branches, night drops and ATMs and cash withdrawals made at branches (including purchases of money orders) and ATMs.
These changes will help us more effectively manage the risks involved with these types of transactions.
Another letter (PDF) received by Peak to Peak Charter School, an Elementary School in Colorado, states that the option to send both international and domestic wire transfers has been withdrawn from Chase business savings account holders.

Shortly after we posted this story, other Chase business customers confirmed they had also received similar or identical letters.
“I’m a Chase customer with both of the type accounts mentioned and got the letter posted,” wrote one.
“I have been a loyal customer of Chase for 11 years and I received the letter for my business and when I called about this I was told basically piss off and find another bank!” added another.
Chase Bank later confirmed in a tweet, “Certain biz accounts will no longer allow intl wire & large cash transactions,but customers can opt for Chase accounts that do,” (in other words accounts that are far more expensive).

Natural News’ Mike Adams also confirmed his company received the letter. “This is happening, folks! The capital controls begin on November 17th. The bank runs may follow soon thereafter. Chase Bank is now admitting that you cannot use your own money that you’ve deposited there,” writes Adams.
Meanwhile, financial expert Gerald Celente said the news was a sign that Americans should prepare for a bank holiday.
Chase is obviously very keen to make it hard for their customers to have any kind of control over their savings and is trying to prevent them from sending dollars abroad, prompting concerns that Cyprus-style account gouging could occur in America.
The move to limit deposits and withdrawals while banning international wire transfers altogether is a bizarre policy and will cripple many small and medium-sized businesses with Chase accounts. Buying stock from abroad in any kind of quantity will now become impossible for many companies, while paying employees will also be a headache. Grocery stores or restaurants that turnover more than $50k a month will be unable to use their account.
Why has Chase announced such a ludicrous and restrictive policy change? Speculation is rife that the bank is preparing for some kind of economic crisis by “locking down” its customers’ money

Others fear the move to restrict international wire transfers is part of a plan to protect against a near-future collapse of the US dollar.
Whatever the truth behind the policy change, Chase really needs to publicly explain its reasoning in order to quell the speculation.
The bank’s reputation was already under scrutiny after an incident earlier this year where Chase Bank customers across the country attempted to withdraw cash from ATMs only to see that their account balance had been reduced to zero. The problem, which Chase attributed to a technical glitch, lasted for hours before it was fixed, prompting panic from some customers.
Earlier this month it was also reported that two of the biggest banks in America were stuffing their ATMs with 20-30 per cent more cash than usual in order to head off a potential bank run if the US defaults on its debt.
The image below shows two more examples of Chase business customers receiving the same letter.

d21tmz6Om8o

CZonisszisw

Redstar Kachina

6th December 2013, 17:48

..........

Redstar Kachina

7th December 2013, 13:19

..........

observer

7th December 2013, 15:13

This is just speculation, but, could the verdict of ‘guilty’ as found by the International Criminal Tribunal For Afghanistan at Tokyo in 2004, be sending ripples down through all the cronies that supported the atrocities against humanity committed under this tyrannical regime supported by the international bankers? Ten years later, the truth has reached a tipping-point in the Mass Consciousness - the 'hundredth monkey', so to speak.

Research Resources:

INTERNATIONAL CRIMINAL TRIBUNAL FOR AFGHANISTAN AT TOKYO -
http://www.ratical.org/radiation/DU/ICTforAatT.html
I direct your attention to Article 2, and 17 of the document.

Beyond Treason FULL LENGTH -
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RRG8nUDbVXU

I could reference many more links, but who among the members will actually watch them?

norman

7th December 2013, 17:02

A 30% devaluation in the dollar equates to a ~43% rise in cost of goods and services...that alone will tank the U.S. economy by the end of Obama's second term, as outlined in www.wonksmedia.com/555plan.pdf. If countries in Asia think they will be isolated from a U.S. economic collapse, think again...

If US stock tanks............ There will be flight.... ( or attempted flight ).

Where can that flight come to rest ?

Is it possible, at that point, an investment market will pop up in private armies?

Carmody

7th December 2013, 19:46

When the origin points of all that financial wrangling is a created fiat currency, then this means it is a simple matter (by the fiat creators) of steering the created fish in the created barrel to the best spot in the barrel for shooting them. To use that created barrel and fish therein as a tool, a lever or what not... as they may see fit. The situation I'm indicating, is provided logic, reality, and function... by the evidence of the fiat currency origin points - which we all know are true.

gripreaper

7th December 2013, 20:09

OK, so there is this group of 200 countries that has agreed to a "hard reset" on currencies in tandem with the United Nations.

So, my thousand bucks I carry in my wallet is now worth 700 bucks, and when I go out to buy groceries and gas, I am to pay 43% more for goods and services? How in the hell can something like this ever get pulled off without total civil disobedience? There are only a handful of upper middle class left who could afford to take such a hit, although they would be pissed, it will be too late for them to wield any power they "think" they have left in their state legislatures or county seats.

Most will fall into abject poverty and starvation. Businesses will not know how to index costs or what to charge for goods and services. So many will lose their jobs, mortgage defaults will skyrocket, and the cities will turn into virtual gang war zones as people begin to wander looking for anything of value they can get to feed themselves. What if they start shooting each other, those who wish to protect what they have against those who wish to take what they don't have? Do you realize how ugly this could get?

Then, what draconian measures will need to be implemented to stop civil disobedience? Marshall Law, labor camps, FEMA retention camps, full electronic surveillance and digital transactions, full executive privilege of the commander in chief? How about your digital card gets turned off and you cannot operate in commerce without one, because you chose to go against some edict of the state? Now they can send you off to the camps?

You see where this goes if we fully embrace this "hard reset"?

norman

7th December 2013, 20:17

gripreaper

7th December 2013, 20:22

You see where this goes if we fully embrace this "hard reset"?

Yeabut Grip, what if we don't ?................. and they still have us out numbered 500 to 1 on the open political TV/sofa battlefield?

Well, if you want to go down that road, the miscreants begin to band together in strongholds and attempt to hold these strongholds while not operating directly with the outside world and the existing commercial realm, and they need to defend these strongholds by force 24 hours a day...

Until the global paramilitary forces come in and destroy these strongholds as an example to others not to go against the "law" and just "go along to get along". It will depend how strong the opposition is and if the military will stand with the people and we wont allow the global banksters to implement their strategy and we can wake enough people up to stand against the totalitarian draconian mandates.

Otherwise, these strongholds will make Waco and the Branch Davidian's and Wounded Knee look like country picnics.

observer

7th December 2013, 20:32

For the content of grip's comment #99, click-on the forwarding icon.

In support of what grip is outlining, the following video is submitted as evidence:

Enemy Of The State full length:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sg8T1zKKrXM

[As an unrelated post scrip to this film, note the reference to a "training op" at around the 17 min. mark.]

Take note of when this movie was made, 1998.... pre 9/11.

If this is the technology the Global Elite where willing to show the public in 1998, what do you suppose they have available now?

norman

7th December 2013, 20:46

..... these strongholds will make Waco and the Branch Davidian's and Wounded Knee look like country picnics.

It's the 500 to 1 thing that's the problem.

Wako and wounded knee are profound images, that stir up other images from when the TV cameras wandered around Quadaffi's relatives 'luxury' homes that had been abandoned in haste. Children's toys scattered and all sorts.

At the time, I wished, I have to admit, that we were watch what TV cameras saw wandering around abandoned Rothschild etc luxury homes.

A pretty wise bloke in the upper house in the UK Parliament once said something critical to this struggle, even though he wasn't referring to this exact situation at all.

He brought up the subject of the skills of the old timer North Wales slate quarriers. He related it to politics and power quite brilliantly.

I'll paraphrase only:

The skill, when faced with a broad face of slate rock, is knowing precisely where to place the chisel, to part the rock exactly where you want the split to be, and so to separate off a portion of it that you can deal with manually.

The cabal are masters of this technique, regarding masses of people. They will always, if they can get away with it, split off a group of dissenters as close to the edge of the group as possible. That leaves a huge slab of humanity still solid as one core lump of influential clout.

The response to those masters should be to split THEM off as close to their edge of influence as possible, leaving a huge undisturbed slab of humanity still solid as one core lump of influential clout.

Redstar Kachina

8th December 2013, 00:35

..........

gripreaper

8th December 2013, 01:47

Sirius White

8th December 2013, 02:17

Very simple, there are astronomical things here and coming- largely avoided and stabilized already. Nevertheless, they are prepared.

Carmody

8th December 2013, 03:32

The context is all wrong. There are two sets of books. If you make reference to assets, you are on the wrong side of the ledger.

On the fiat side, there is nothing but fictitious debts and fictitious electronic numbers which keep us in slavery. To say "Japan has too much debt" or Bernank or Yellen QE to infinity and the Chinese will lob a opening ante across the bow, misses the whole point. The whole facade is a scam.

There is no debt. All of the digital zero's and one's stored on ledgers at server farms all point to a movement of energy upstream into the hands of the few, via energy vampirism on every level, both in the physical realm of the senses and the quantum realm of energetics. They got this one locked, UNTIL we cut the vein which sends the energy upstream, break the curse, disavow the trusts, and learn how important energy is and how to use it.

That is what righteousness is, the "right use of energy". Quit feeding the cancer,and it dies. Keep feeding it and the host goes with it. The host is you.

yes, the earth and particularly the USA is just as viable, economically and work force wise, as it was at any peak time in it's past.

The same goes for any nation that had a 'peak period, or is in one.

The ups and downs, and change arounds ...are simply sleight of hand fiat currency games. Not just in a minor way, but a major way. The whole thing, in totality...every inch of it... is a game with the lives of the people.

A game being played ...just ..sightly out into the fog of the distance of their mental reach/understanding. Just past their mental reach or capacity to see the walls of the facade.

The destruction of the workforce, the capacities of the people, etc, that takes place over time.

So, when the fiat currency game is initiated, and the people are pushed around like chessboard pieces, as the people think that this is what is supposed to be going on (wars, religious wars, economic wars, resource wars, etc..., THAT is the time slam the elites to the ground. before their economic games for greed and personal gain destroy the actual people and economy.

All we are doing right now, is dealing with the aftermath.

This will only end, when they are taken out of operation, before they begin.

I don't usually go for this sort of stuff..but Chris Hedges made some very good points in this discussion. he nailed the problem directly.

Essentially, that the 'elites' are idiots. A bunch of myopic goddamned fools. Who need to be shut down, in all ways. Immediately, if not sooner:

The Pathology of the Rich (http://therealnews.com/t2/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=31&Itemid=74&jumival=11150)

The reality is that specific genotype and methodology has to end. I don't know how, or where or when, but it has to be ended. It is destructive in a way that in my estimation, serves only a negative purpose that brings ultimate destruction. I don't even see the good side, as in how a fire clears a field so it can renew itself, like a fire in a forest. I don't see that here. This is far too wrong, and far too off center to serve as even a reset.

Which means one thing. Those particular genetically originated tendencies are marked for elimination. A humanity that is to live and have a future, seemingly has no other viable choice. This is not a form of racism, as this is spread throughout humanity. Thus, it was always class warfare, no matter the lie of the face that was put on it, in order to get the given group to acquiesce to the given direction.

We're no longer in a race card/game world. We're in a genetic world. (and advanced technology)

This is the next form of racism wars, the next form of religious and ideological wars, the next form of class wars. All of which have had their run. Before, we could not see inside of a person, to witness the minutiae of their construction, their design. Now we can.

It's the gene/technology wars.

And the gene/technology wars will break the back of the ruling class. It will break it so hard that nothing of their game will remain.

This is why they play an end game, the why of the escalation.... to what we are enduring today. They know this.

It is a complex mess. Humanity's fault is that the variance between individuals can be huge. Humanity's grace is that this difference exists.

Redstar Kachina

8th December 2013, 14:29

..........

turiya

8th December 2013, 14:35

naste.de.lumina

8th December 2013, 15:38

I encourage us to position our point of view realizing the great opportunity to collaborate effectively to a change of 360 ° in the current and ancient paradigm.

Posted by gripreaper ( here )
Will we rise up in indignation and take down the elite and restore sovereignty and freedom , self responsibility , and self determination ? Will " victimhood " be finally relegated to the dustbin of history , while divisiveness , duality and pitting us against each other for profit , finally be exposed from behind the curtain of the Wizard 's control is That It ? Do we Recognize the game and we are tired enough of playing it ?

Till we are sick and tired of being sick and tired of playing the game duality of opposites , using the extreme greed and avarice of POLARITIES against death , poverty , wars and slavery , then it will continue. It is up to all of us to say "that's enough" .

Do we have the resolve to ascend ?

I am in full agreement with gripreaper .

It is our responsibility to find strength and initiative to solve our problems .
I think it is clear that it will not be possible to take any action in this direction if the individual consciousness is not expanded enough to understand that the old parameters of comparison are the cause of the problem and not the solution for the same .
I think that awareness thanks the opportunity to ' resolves to ascend ' ....

Naste.

Jeffrey

8th December 2013, 18:24

Cross-posting and establishing a bridge between two threads ... From: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?66184-IMPORTANT-RFID-tatoo-and-whole-walking-body-RFID

-----------

This is not a conspiracy anymore, it has arrived.

Google will put on the market an tatooed FRID saying that the Young will get on the bandwagon fast enough just to resist thier parents, well, obviously, the population has been trained in the last 20years to accept tatoos as normality, going to the next step will be a breeze for PTB.

A second RFID chip is being launched which will make your whole body a chip, detectable anywhere you go, by Google too.

From a different GooTube uploader :

Published on Nov 12, 2013
Learn more at: http://www.beast-technology.com/

Audience applauds as Regina E. Dugan -- former Director of DARPA and current executive at Google -- describes with excitement the coming BEAST TECH smart tattoos and ingestible biochips that are ALREADY FDA APPROVED and that people will want to receive (and then be REQUIRED to receive) by 2017. She glows about the "super powers" the MARK will give her and says today's generation wants them too. Unfortunately, as documented in the book BEAST TECH, she is right.

The "elites/NWO" organize the banking industry in such a way that when it all collapses, they will have strategically positioned us to accept their solution while having us believe that it's a good thing because we are so fed up with the banksters. They have think tanks dedicated to this stuff, and other strange means of developing and implementing their plan for humanity.

In my opinion, this is tied to cryptocurrencies. Bitcoin being the prime example. Everyone will welcome it! Japan's economy collapses, the US economy crashes, and the dominoes start falling. People turn to cryptocurrencies (or have already begun turning). What's the easiest way to facilitate exchange in real world transactions for goods and services? Ultimately, it would be the RFID tagging system (described in the OP) banking on the success of cryptocurrencies and integrating it as a means of payment for everyday things. They are moving chess pieces right in front of us.

This is their strategy! A completely cashless society! First by chipped credit cards, then something like NFC, but ultimately RFID tagging the people themselves. We are talking five years here. They will market it as the only way to buy and sell. People won't have time to think about it because of the stresses they will be under from the fallout of a destroyed economy, they will have to accept it in a hurry. Something will have to be done and done fast, little do they know that this plan has been in development for at least several decades.

The tagging system will also connect us with technology, how convenient! A package deal!

They are arranging this on purpose and we are watching their moves unfold before our eyes. It's tied into so much else.

qNtAuCsIIxU

Of course, it won't be sold as slavery. Initially, it will connect us with the technologies in our homes over the next ten years. The degree of technology available for the home will be radically different with the developments of robotics coming within that same time-frame. People will welcome it in a hurry (under economic stresses), then support it through various technological developments that will interface with it until the paradigm sold to us infects enough minds ... Then, then they will see what situation they are truly in when they realize what's really been done.

It's all connected: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?66167-URGENT--It-will-be-here-soon--Please-be-AWARE

Hervé

8th December 2013, 18:39

Well, importing from another thread as well:

I see that many people follow the logic that with a limited dedicated listeners/observers they cannot follow 7 billion individuals... so, why do they do it and record everything?

It's called fine tuning their social engineering software, test what works now, what's not working yet that needs more MSM preps, etc... in order to hone their modelisation of population REACTION to lead said population where they want it to be. Right now, although RFID chips are nano size (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?66184-IMPORTANT-RFID-tatoo-and-whole-walking-body-RFID&p=769050&viewfull=1#post769050) and can be ingested with any food, or any wild games which ingested it from chemtrails, etc... they are working hard to get populations to AGREE that a tattoo chip to pay bills (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?66184-IMPORTANT-RFID-tatoo-and-whole-walking-body-RFID) is the best thing since slice bread... sigh...

... same end result as Jeffrey envisions...

turiya

8th December 2013, 20:08

Lindsey Williams has been pretty much on with what he has come out with.
Well, all of what this spells out to me is:

The only way to avoid the coming madness is to jump out of the system. Now, one needs to have prepared oneself in order to do that. But there are people that have already done quite a bit of this thus far. Important thing is not not feel you are all alone with this. Having the right mental attitude will be a very healthy attribute to cultivate.

There will be family units & small communities that will be forming which will create the nooks & crannies of the coming alternative societies that will form within the larger 'on-grid' society structure (have to have positioned oneself to not be living within any of the larger cities).

This is something we have known was coming for some time.

Jumping out of the system would entail:
Going completely off grid. Means, one should have no mortgage payment that needs to be paid. Stop depending on electricity - to heat your home or cook your meals, or having an electric or gas bill, water bill to pay. A good stock of firewood to use for alternative heating & cooking. No banking, no credit cards. Having something to barter with (some precious metal coinage could be helpful but not absolutely necessary), growing one's own food (also useful to barter with - microgreens don't take long to harvest), obtain good seeds, no car use, having a good working bicycle), not depending on the medical/hospital system.

A 'kill shot', which would take out the power grid, could be seen as an act of Divine intervention. That is imo. Remember who your real enemies are - and they are not your next door neighbor.

cheers - turiya

Redstar Kachina

8th December 2013, 22:34

..........

GoodETxSG

9th December 2013, 01:50

Dubious times we are in,
Bankers and Insiders are making their ways to their "Safe Places"... Information is coming out about more and more current Administration Scandals... Constitutional Crisis is going to be on the lips of those in the media once the chess board peaces begin to move in earnest on the "Oath Keeper" type Military Front. Keep your eyes open, pantries stocked with food and water and above all do not feed fear. Just be smart and able to ride out the time of uncertainty with your families. There are certain groups that have had quite enough and are getting their acts together and organized. IMHO...

http://beforeitsnews.com/obama-birthplace-controversy/2013/12/obamas-real-birth-certificate-surfaces-2471526.html?utm_source=direct-b4in.info&utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FbOOT&utm_content=beforeit39snews-verticalresponse&utm_campaign=&utm_medium=verticalresponse

Obama’s real BIRTH Certificate Surfaces

THE videographer David Vose, offers enough proof, if all parties in this video will, and do testify, or are given opportunity to swear, and, or, give affidavit, as they all will do, or have already done. Any court of law would and must determine that Barack Obama is indeed not a natural born citizen of the U S of America and is thereby disqualified to be the President. All parts of the law and legislation enacted while Barack was president will and must be made void.

ZrpSZi1TV1M

m8bm_lwG8DU

http://therightscoop.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/285731338.jpg

----------------------------------------------

No matter what you think of Obamacare the roll out of the Law and the latest releases that the "LAW is NOT HIPPA Compliant" along with other Constitutional red flags that are popping up that were written into the law that could not be read until it was passed are now about to all present themselves at the worst possible time for the Presidents Party. I am personally an "Independent" and think both the Ds and the R's are crazy. It is time we give D.C. an Enema and start completely over again... IMHO.

Judge Jeanine Pirro trashes Barack Obama and ‘Obamacare’ once again in her opening statement on December 7th, 2013. While reliving many of the past statements made by members of the Obama administration who promised that the “O-what-a-disaster-care” website would be working by the end of November, the Judge shares that it’s now December and the website and Obamacare is still in utter disarray.

qZLx54g5D4g

-------------------------------------------------

US Govt Destroyed By Microsoft: US Government Now Classified As ‘Cyber Criminals’

Sunday, December 8, 2013 5:49
0
(Before It's News)

Microsoft is now labeling the US government in the same way that they label cyber criminals, as an ‘advanced, persistent threat’ according to this latest story from ZDNet. While Microsoft is now taking measures to protect the data of their users, knowing that they are taking these steps to protect this data FROM the United States government while comparing our government to cyber criminals should be enough to send chills down the backs of anyone who lives in the United States and provides MORE PROOF that this government is nothing but a bunch of criminals masquerading as government.

Summary: Microsoft’s EVP of Legal and Corporate Affairs outlined the company’s new data protection strategy on the basis that the US government is an “advanced persistent threat” — a label used for cyber criminals. More below including an Edward Snowden video.

While Microsoft’s recent move to encrypt user data made the most headlines, the reasoning underlying its new data protection strategies classify the US government in the same category as a cyber-criminal group.

Brad Smith, Microsoft’s EVP of Legal and Corporate Affairs, labeled the American government as an “advanced persistent threat” in a December 4 post on The Official Microsoft Blog.

The term advanced persistent threat (APT) refers to an attacker, usually an organized group of malicious attackers, that should be considered harmful and dangerous — and an overall method of attack that plays a “long game.”

6g7YTapO2rY

----------------------------------

Obama is complaining that the Media has turned against him... which is a switch... they have been his cheer leaders for nearly a decade now!

H9nRrnV4uXo

-----------------------------

Total Breakdown of Mainstream Media’s Use of Neuro-Linguistic Programming (Videos)

Thursday, December 5, 2013 7:45
0
(Before It's News)

Jonathan Adampants gives a full in-depth analysis of the mind manipulation and NLP (neuro-linguistic programming) techniques utilised by Mainstream Media. This example is from Fox News anchors Sean Hannity and Alan Colmes during an interview with Kevin Barrett about 9/11.

http://www.pakalertpress.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Modern-Day-Mind-Control-Overview.jpg

But make no mistake, these techniques are used throughout Mainstream Media in order to program their audience.

3rbussqP7po

Neuro-linguistic programming (NLP) is an approach to communication, personal development, and psychotherapy created by Richard Bandler and John Grinder in California, USA in the 1970s. Its creators claim a connection between the neurological processes (“neuro”), language (“linguistic”) and behavioral patterns learned through experience (“programming”) and that these can be changed to achieve specific goals in life.

giaZnIr-faM

Jonathan Adampants’s blog on Subliminal Manipulation: http://subliminalmanipulation.blogspo…

http://www.veteranstoday.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/TV_Mind_Control.jpg

Hervé

9th December 2013, 02:21

Who says no one can make this stuff up? Someone did!:

Amend the Fed: We Need a Central Bank that Serves Main Street (http://ellenbrown.com/2013/12/07/amend-the-fed-we-need-a-central-bank-that-serves-main-street/)
Posted on December 7, 2013 by Ellen Brown

December 23rd marks the 100th anniversary of the Federal Reserve. Dissatisfaction with its track record has prompted calls to audit the Fed and end the Fed. At the least, Congress needs to amend the Fed, modifying the Federal Reserve Act to give the central bank the tools necessary to carry out its mandates.

The Federal Reserve is the only central bank with a dual mandate. It is charged not only with maintaining low, stable inflation but with promoting maximum sustainable employment. Yet unemployment remains stubbornly high, despite four years of radical tinkering with interest rates and quantitative easing (creating money on the Fed’s books). After pushing interest rates as low as they can go, the Fed has admitted that it has run out of tools.

At an IMF conference on November 8, 2013, former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers suggested that since near-zero interest rates were not adequately promoting people to borrow and spend, it might now be necessary to set interest at below zero. This idea was lauded and expanded upon by other ivory-tower inside-the-box thinkers, including Paul Krugman.

Negative interest would mean that banks would charge the depositor for holding his deposits rather than paying interest on them. Runs on the banks would no doubt follow, but the pundits have a solution for that: move to a cashless society, in which all money would be electronic. “This would make it impossible to hoard cash outside the bank,” wrote Danny Vinik in Business Insider (http://www.businessinsider.com/larry-summers-imf-speech-on-the-zero-lower-bound-2013-11), “allowing the Fed to cut interest rates to below zero, spurring people to spend more.” He concluded:

. . . Summers’ speech is a reminder to all liberals that he is a brilliant economist who grasps the long-term issues of monetary policy and would likely have made an exemplary Fed chair.

Maybe; but to ordinary mortals living in the less rarefied atmosphere of the real world, the proposal to impose negative interest rates looks either inane or like the next giant step toward the totalitarian New World Order. Business Week quotes Douglas Holtz-Eakin, a former director of the Congressional Budget Office: “We’ve had four years of extraordinarily loose monetary policy without satisfactory results, and the only thing they come up with is we need more?”

Paul Craig Roberts (http://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2013/11/29/money-changers-serenade-new-plot-hatches-paul-craig-roberts/), former Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, calls the idea “harebrained.” He is equally skeptical of quantitative easing, the Fed’s other tool for stimulating the economy. Roberts points to Andrew Huszar’s explosive November 11th Wall Street Journal article titled “Confessions of a Quantitative Easer (http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303763804579183680751473884),” in which Huszar says that QE was always intended to serve Wall Street, not Main Street. Huszar’s assignment at the Fed was to manage the purchase of $1.25 trillion in mortgages with dollars created on a computer screen. He says he resigned when he realized that the real purpose of the policy was to drive up the prices of the banks’ holdings of debt instruments, to provide the banks with trillions of dollars at zero cost with which to lend and speculate, and to provide the banks with “fat commissions from brokering most of the Fed’s QE transactions.”

Full article: http://ellenbrown.com/2013/12/07/amend-the-fed-we-need-a-central-bank-that-serves-main-street/

gripreaper

9th December 2013, 02:59

Who says no one can make this stuff up? Someone did!:

The Federal Reserve is the only central bank with a dual mandate. It is charged not only with maintaining low, stable inflation but with promoting maximum sustainable employment.

So this is how they sold it 100 years ago? I bout fell out of my chair and hurled coffee all over my keyboard.

https://scontent-b-pao.xx.fbcdn.net/hphotos-ash4/1460074_10200977808636641_730354536_n.jpg

GoodETxSG

9th December 2013, 14:45

Familiar Tactics found here...

Officer Foundation Standards II

Psychological Operations (37A)

Officer’s Manual

http://info.publicintelligence.net/USArmy-PSYOPS-Officer.pdf

http://info.publicintelligence.net/USArmy-PSYOPS-Officer.pdf

GoodETxSG

9th December 2013, 15:39

Usually there is a list like this for ALL Presidents. This one is unusually full of American Citizens that are non-combatants. This is an OLD LIST... April 2012. What names can we add to it now?
-----------------
http://wtpotus.wordpress.com/2012/04/28/crossing-obama-can-be-deadly/
Crossing Obama Can Be Deadly!
Posted on April 28, 2012 by Bridgette | 236 Comments
Posted by Bridgette

Mysterious Deaths Surround Obama!

Obama’s “Dead Pool”
Deaths connected to the Obama White House
By NACHUMLIST

Andrew Breitbart - Died of a massive heart attack, walking outside late at night, alone, in the dark approximately one week before he was to produce tapes of Obama’s extremist activities in college. More speculation: Breitbart: “Wait ‘Til They See What Happens March 1st”, Breitbart’s Footage Shows Obama ‘Palling Around’ With Terrorists….. Sheriff Joe Arpaio: I Spoke with Andrew Breitbart Shortly Before he Died ……An Eyewitness Speaks Out About Andrew Breitbart’s Death Scene… Breitbart’s skin color described as bright red. … Was Andrew Breitbart assassinated?…More murder speculation: Was Andrew Breitbart Murdered? Los Angeles Coroner: Breitbart Died of Heart Failure.

Steve Bridges Dies At 48 – Impersonator Who Offended 0bama …Steve Bridges as President Obama – August 2011 ….It appeared that he died of natural causes…

The deaths of Seal Team Six …who never would fly an entire company in one helicopter alone.

Kam Kuwata - was found dead inside his Venice home after friend — concerned that they had not heard from him for a few days — alerted police. Political consultant in California. Democratic insider. Possibly the Obama consultant referred to in the Ulsterman Report: Allegedly viewed bizarre drug induced behavior from Obama during the the 2008 campaign: “The Troubling Timeline”…. The Death of a Political Operative – The Troubling Timeline… (UPDATED)

Did Obama Assassinate Clinton delegates? Bill Gwatney and Stephanie Tubbs Jones?………… Hollywood Producer Bettina Viviano: Bill Clinton Directly Told Me Barack Obama Not Eligible – ….Caucus death threats (audio)… also reported by Jerome Corsi at WND: Hillary supporter’s untold Obama horror stories Allegations of intimidation, manipulation, sudden death

Bill Gwatney, a close friend of Bill and Hillary Clinton and a Clinton super delegate at an upcoming convention in Denver and was fatally shot in 2008. Shooter had a post-it note with a mystery phone number.

Stephanie Tubbs Jones: found brain dead in 2008. Democratic Rep. Stephanie Tubbs Jones of Cleveland, a super delegate and one of Hillary Clinton’s most prominent black supporters, was found in her car unconscious

Obama’s grandmother, [Madelyn Payne Dunham], died 2 days before the general election. Flew up to see her for one hour – alone.

Lieutenant Quarles Harris Jr.- A key witness in a federal probe into passport information stolen from the State Department was fatally shot in front of a District church

Christopher Kelly -Committed suicide, under pressure to testify against former Gov. Rod Blagojevich

John Wheeler III- former presidential and Pentagon aide John Wheeler III was found in a Delaware garbage dump. Wheeler’s cell phone discovered – Cause of death released in Wheeler case, blunt force trauma — Wheeler’s cell phone found in a taxi — His family wants information – John Wheeler was assassinated by a hitman in a targeted killing, his widow has claimed – Who killed Jack Wheeler?

Donald Young- Openly gay friend of Obama’s at Murdered at Trinity Church in Chicago-…Key Witness In Obama Passport Fraud Case - Video report: Obama-Donald Young murder (December 24, 2007)……….All 3 Homosexual Members Of Obama’s Trinity Church Murdered Within 6 Weeks.

Larry Bland and Nate Spencer: Two other black members of Trinity Church Murdered at the same time – Report: Mother Of Obama’s Murdered Gay Lover Speaks Up – With Video

Beverly Eckert, Continental Flight Victim, Was 9/11 Widow (VIDEO, SLIDESHOW), was at the White House with Barack Obama, part of a meeting the president had with relatives of those killed in the 2001 attacks

Michael Scott – Although Chicago school board president Michael Scott’s death had been ruled a suicide by the Cook County medical examiner’s office, Chicago police characterized the case as a death investigation, and have not concluded that Scott’s death was a suicide- was subpoenaed to testify before a federal grand jury looking into the admissions practices of Chicago’s elite schools. -also was under scrutiny over Olympics-related real estate dealings.
David Koschman, murdered in a Chicago Rush Street brawl by Richard J. “R.J.” Vanecko, a nephew of Mayor Daley and White House Chief of Staff Bill Daley- Homicide case involving Daley nephew closed without charges, Witness to Killing Involving Daley Nephew: Deceased Didn’t Start It

Ashley Turton, wife of the Obama administration’s House of Representatives liaison, Dan Turton, was found dead in a burning car Monday morning, Roll Call and other news outlets are reporting. Fire officials said it appeared the car crashed as it was pulling in or out of the garage behind a rowhouse in the Capitol Hill neighborhood of Washington, D.C., at about 5 a.m. Neighbors dialed 911 after spotting the fire. The body was discovered after fire crews doused the blaze. The fire also charred part of the garage. Nobody in the house was injured, fire officials said. Ashley Turton worked as a lobbyist for the utility giant Progress Energy, according to Politico. She was a former staffer for U.S. Rep. Rosa DeLauro, D-Conn. The Rahm Emanuel Connection to the Deceased Ashley Turton, — The ATF investigates – Ashley Turton Crashed Under the Influence

Dawn Sylvia-Stasiewicz, Obama’s First Dog Trainer Dies At 52. Rumored to be salaried at over $102,000 per year at tax-payer expense

“Mama Lois” Anderson, 79, and her 52 year old daughter Zelda White: Two US women aid workers were shot dead in Nairobi in Kenya (2008) were the retired Presbyterian Church missionaries of Pennsylvania (USA), known to thousands of Africans. The suspected killers of the US women, who were travelling in a car with diplomatic license plates, allegedly shot dead by police later. They were well known for their work. There is speculation that they possibly had knowledge of the birth and care for Barack Obama in Kenya and were later murdered to cover the trail. When murdered, the Husband had his full wallet which the thieves/car jacker didn’t take, and there was never a connection made to the said attackers the police later shot dead, but blamed for the double homicide/car jacking. Their church was burned in 2008, possibly to destroy any possible birth records there. Then police chief Mohammed Hussein Ali was later removed from office by Obama supported Kenyan strongman Odinga. All possible witnesses ended up dead, all possible records of the care of infant Obama burned in the church fire, and the public official responsible out of office.

The Rumor Mill….

Obama Death List

“SARAH BERKLEY – Author of “The Jihad at the Ballot Box” – a book examining Obama’s relationship with radical Islam. Died in a mysterious car crash in 2003.

RUSSELL MCDOUGAL – Former FBI operative, January 23rd, 2007. McDougal was known to hold sensitive information about meetings Barack Obama had with arms smugglers. His wife was murdered March 2006 after he went public with his initial reports. His father died July 8, 2006 four hours after McDougal presented his findings on the Savage Nation. Suffered administrative retaliation after reporting discussions by jihadist groups concerning Obama to his superiors.

RODRIGO VILLALOPEZ, a television news camera man who shot the footage of Obama describing small town voters as “bitter” and “clinging to their guns during the primary season.

BRIAN GORING – A defense attorney for Obama patron Antoin Rezko during his trial for extortion and bribery. Died of apparent “natural causes.”

MERCEDES HUGLEY, one of Obama’s many white, female conquests while at Harvard. Filed sexual assault charges against Obama for date rape in 1990. Because “date rape” was not considered a crime like it is today, she ended up dropping the charges. Two years later, she was found dead of an apparent cocaine overdose.

TAMIKA HILL – A former secretary for Obama’s office in Chicago was murdered July 6, 2005 at a rib shack in the south side. Hill had spoken off the record with a reporter from the Chicago Sun Times about meetings Obama had with black militants in the city. She was murdered before she could ever be properly interviewed.

HASAD AL SHAREEZ – FBI informant. Reported to his handler in January 2001 that he had a tape of a person named simply “B. Hussein” meeting with 9/11 hijacker Mohatma Atta in Prague. Was found shot in the basement of a mosque in Dearborn, MI in October, 2001.

DARSANO RAHARDJO – Childhood classmate of Barack Obama when he attended a madrassa in Indonesia. Was found with his head cut off in a Jakarta alley way in 1970. Many children at the school attributed Rahardjo’s murder to the young Barack Obama. It was likely done as an initiation ritual, since Islam demands that a boy spill another’s blood before the age of ten to prove their loyalty to Allah.

REVEREND DAVID MANNING – Former head of the Trinity Baptist Church in Chicago. Was murdered during the apparent robbery of a catfish restaurant in 1972. Shortly afterwards, Rev. Jeremiah Wright took over as head of Trinity and a many parishioners (who later left the church) suspected Wright in having a hand in Reverend Manning’s death. Decades later, Manning’s son JAMAL MANNING was found dead of an apparent crack overdose in 2004. It was rumored he was going to bring evidence of Wright’s complicity in his father’s death. His testimony was timed to coincide with Obama’s first senate race.

CHRISTOPHER HARGROVE, a former lover of Larry Sinclair. Found dead in a hotel room of apparent auto-erotic asphyxiation in January 2001. Was said to have been enraged when he found out that Sinclair had cheated on Jackson with Obama in the back of a limousine. To get revenge, Jackson planned to release digital pictures Sinclair had taken of the encounter on the Internet.

PAUL ROTHCHILD – Democrat National Committee Political Director found dead in a hotel room in Washington DC in 2003. A “friend and trusted advisor” to senatorial candidate Barack Obama. Dead of an apparent suicide.

CURTIS “POOKIE” JACKSON – Chicago drug dealer. Was the subject of a police investigation in which he was suspected of funneling money to Obama’s many various community projects. Killed in 1998 in an apparent gang murder.

HARVEY KENYON – Head of Obama’s senatorial security team in Chicago. Gunned down in his car at a deserted intersection outside of Grant Park in 2005. Kenyon’s son said his father was building a dossier on Obama. He allegedly threatened to reveal this information. After he died the files were mysteriously removed from his house.

SHEILA BAUGH – A Washington DC madame. Died from a gunshot wound. Reported to have a black book of people containing names of influential people who visited the prostitutes in her brothel. One of those names was allegedly Barack Obama.

KEYSHAWN “SPOON” CALWORTH – Was found dead of an apparent heroin overdose May 18, 1997. Was reported to have ties to Rev. Jeremiah Wright.

LAWSHAWNA MARTIN- 26 year old mother of five, a Cabrini Green resident with a history of substance abuse. Told two of her co-workers at the Blue Peppermint Gentleman’s Club that she would have to quit work because she was pregnant again. Strongly implied that the “baby daddy” was Barack Obama. The next week, she was reported missing. No body was ever recovered, but Lawshana has not resurfaced since making those remarks.

BILL FERGUSON- Senior aide to Barack Obama. Found dead of an apparent heart attack.

GANDY BAUGH – Attorney for Obama friend Antonin Rezko died by falling out an eightieth story window of the Hancock Tower, January, 2003. His client was a convicted Chinese spy.

#######

God Rest Their Souls.
Before Obama is shellacked in November, will more people be added to this list ?

Can you add anyone’s name to this list?

Links to information about these deaths are available at the title’s links above.

--------------------

-nfA7IyL1pk

https://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/obama-secret-service-agent-its-worse-than-you-know-and-im-not-trying-to-scare-you-either_11052013

Obama Secret Service Agent: “It’s Worse Than People Know… and I’m Not Trying to Scare You Either”

Do you feel "Represented"? Do you still feel you know what HE was talking about when he said "YES WE CAN" and a "Fundamental Transformation of America"? If not you should... He knows his lies have caught up with him, so it is "Go for broke" time... and push all through that he can.

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/12/08/tpp-trade-agreement_n_4409211.html

Obama Faces Backlash Over New Corporate Powers In Secret Trade Deal

------------------------------------

http://nypost.com/2013/11/13/obamas-latest-broken-promise-is-destroying-his-credibility/

Obama’s Big Lie is destroying his credibility

I am not a Bigot, Obama Bashing Right Wing Freak by any means. I am a very Independent thinker and voter. I am just as ready to FLUSH the Republicans as I am the Democrats... I think we need to fire them ALL and start over while dusting off the Constitution.

I have been posting a lot on Obama as he has been taking point on "Fundamentally Transforming" America away from the Constitution and Congress R's and D's have not only allowed it but aided it. This is Treason pure and simple according to the law written by our fore fathers. Whether you agree with those "Old Dudes" or not, the NWO/Cabal's EVIL Agenda that is rolling out is no substitute for freedom (Not that we were ever free on this planet).

I just think it is important to supply the information for healthy debate, debate will show if you are brainwashed to spit out platitudes or are a free thinker. If you are a free thinker and are in the process of waking up you should feel responsible in helping others wake up. All you can do is present them an opportunity to receive the information. Let the seed be planted and move on. You will either wake them up or be labeled a conspiracy nut. Been there?

Do not be shocked if that same person comes to you later when events wake them up for more education. IMHO/Experience... (Sorry, I tend to ramble ;) )

Carmody

9th December 2013, 16:23

A negative interest rate has a name. It has a history.

It is known as the feudal structure of the medieval world. Paying tribute to the king, the baron and whatnot. One may as well be living in a city and being forced to pay 'insurance' to organized crime. The reality and the fundament are no different and the result is the same: feudalism and death of the common man.

During the period of history known as the Middle Ages, feudalism was the law of the land. It was the basis by which the upper nobility class maintained control over the lower classes. This rigid structure of government consisted of kings, lords, and the peasants. Other crucial contributors to this structure were the leaders of the church and other neighboring kings who held influence in the kingdom. The structure first came about, and remained for so long, because of the great size of the land the kings had under their control. The kings held this land by what they believed was "divine right", the right to rule granted by God and then passed on through heredity. However, there was no physical way for a king to govern all the land effectively because there was no quick communication system, and it often took several days to travel from one part of the country to the other, even in a relatively small country such as England. The king needed a way to maintain control over his lands, even if indirectly. As a solution, he formed a sort of contract with his barons, his direct underlings. The barons were given a large portion of the king's land, known as fiefs or manors. In turn, they had to pay "homage and fealty" to the king. They did this by giving their support to the king at all times, governing the land that was given them, and being ready to provide troops and fight for the king when the need arose. Often the last requirement was waived in return for "shield money". This "shield money" was often used to maintain a somewhat regular army. They also had to pay taxes whenever the king called for them. Also, whenever a baron died, his fief was passed on by heredity. The receiver of a fief had to pay an inheritance tax. Additionally, If the fief passed through heredity to a minor or female, the baron could wait until the minor came of age, or he could wait until the woman was married to someone he approved of. Whenever a baron was granted or inherited a fief, he was made into a vassal of the king. Also, the barons became lords of their fiefs. However, the barons had the same problem the king had. Because they governed large tracts of land, they divided their land up too. They made the same type of agreement the king made with them, except with their underlings, usually a trusted knight or relative. In this way, they created even more fiefs ruled by even more lords. Sometimes these smaller fiefs were divided up and made into more fiefs. Over time, the holdings of these lords were passed from generation to generation. The class of lords solidified into an upper nobility class. They felt that they were much superior to the "common" peasants, or serfs. As a result, The lords usually were merciless to their peasants and demanded much from them. The church leaders often also held a great power over the people, much like the lords of the manor. Many church leaders were active in politics and government. For example, the Archbishop of Canterbury was also Chancellor of England in 1381. In fact the church was really the only universal European governing force. It was divided into spheres of influence, much like fiefs. Each "fief" was a diocese headed by a bishop. In addition to spiritual fiefs, many bishops were given real manors to govern. In this way, the church was firmly entrenched in the spiritual and practical lives of the medieval peasant. The church had a great influence over many of the common folk. The peasants believed that the harder they worked, the more of their money they gave to the church, and the more they served the church, the better the after-life would be for them. The church also paid the lord to use the land, and this sort of symbiosis between the church and the lord keep them both with an exceptional amount of money, while the peasant sometimes starved to death from overwork and exploitation.

http://library.thinkquest.org/10949/fief/lofeudal.html

As for the death that surrounds Obama. Nothing new there, every president before him, it was the same. Clinton, GW Senior, Regan, and so on.

GoodETxSG

9th December 2013, 18:10

A Diabolical Agenda is Being Pushed Forward by the Democrats & the GOP
http://freedomoutpost.com/2013/12/diabolical-agenda-pushed-forward-democrats-gop/#sRCKBimb7O1pd58v.99
Posted By John Risselada on Dec 8, 2013 | 205 Comments

http://cdn.freedomoutpost.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/12052013_Republican_Democrat_Scale_original.jpg

12052013_Republican_Democrat_Scale_original
Share654 Tweet140 Share1.2K 8 Email33
Many Americans find themselves wondering why the Republican Party is laying down like a wounded dog in the face of Obama’s increasing power grabs. Scandal after scandal and the best the GOP has done so far is finding Eric holder in contempt of congress. A window of opportunity is rapidly closing for the republicans as the continued discontent of Obamacare is all but washed away from the mainstream media amid claims of a new and improved website, at the cost of billions to the tax payer no less. True conservative Americans understand however, that the GOP is a generic brand that lost its flavor long ago. Infiltrated by the same leftists that have turned the democrat party into a bunch of rabid socialists, the republicans are rapidly losing the support of their constituency and it is likely that a push for a third party will soon begin. The problem is, far too many Americans don’t know or simply have forgotten how rotten the GOP really is.
Would you like to be reminded why the republicans won’t lift a finger to challenge the rampant voter fraud in the 2012 elections? They are barred from doing so according to a law suit filed against them in 1981 by the democrat party. You see, while you and are continually referred to as being racist for questioning Obama; and the democrats continually play the race card in order to eliminate voter ID laws, it seems this is something that the Republican Party has actually brought to bear upon us in the New Jersey gubernatorial elections of 1981. The Republican Party literally did attempt to disenfranchise minority voters in an attempt to manipulate the vote. Obama and his radical leftists are using this to their fullest advantage as one of the terms of the lawsuit was in fact, an agreement between the RNC and the DNC that the republicans would not pursue voter fraud until this decision has been reversed by a federal appeals court. Well, guess who appointed the judge the republicans had to appeal to in the 2012 elections for reversal? You got it, President Obama. Folks, the democrats have been planning these victory’s for 30 years all because these republicans had to be the racist, vote denying scum bags the democrats always accuse them of being. You can read the full story of this account here.
This story was real upsetting to me because of the way the radical leftist professors I had to endure kept referring to the republicans as being racist. I came running to their defense telling stories of how the republican party was founded to free the slaves and how it was a republican president that achieved desegregation. It appears, for all practical purposes in this incident anyways, that the republicans have chosen to dishonor their heritage. It is true that the democrats have worked wonders all throughout the second half of the twentieth century ensuring the majority of black voters would vote democrat. To quote Lyndon B. Johnson upon his signing the republican introduced civil rights legislation-”I’ll have those ni***rs voting democrat for the next two hundred years.” Perhaps if the republicans could just find a way to disseminate that information more minority voters would want to vote republican.
If that story wasn’t bad enough, it gets worse. Now, I can’t verify the accuracy of this information any better than the next guy. There are plenty of sites that are claiming it is true and there are others that are claiming it is disinformation. I have to say however, the validity of the story above gives the next one a bit more credibility when you sit and wonder why the republicans are mere putty in the hands of a master Alinskyite.
Why won’t the GOP make a serious effort to combat the negative effects of Obamacare? Many times even I assumed it was because they were afraid of being called a racist, or they were petrified of being portrayed as unwilling to compromise or negotiate. That isn’t it; they are likely being held ransom by a radical who would tell their voters that it was their idea in the first place. Again, there are many sites that are claiming this is true and many others claiming that it isn’t. What I can offer you for evidence however is the document put forth by the conservatives cherished organization, The Heritage Foundation, in which they are calling for an individual mandate where Americans are required to obtain adequate insurance. This document is from 1989 and can be seen here. (Editor’s Note: Heritage does attempt a rebuttal of the charges made in the article linked to. I’ll let the reader decide if it is valid or not.)
I was equally displeased to discover this because I receive daily news letters from The Heritage Foundation.
This information makes you wonder what kind of sweet deals are being made in Washington D.C. between our so called republican party and the dastardly democrats. Whatever they happen to be, they have been orchestrated by the Devil. These people not only have sold their own souls for power and prestige, they have offered us up for a feast so they can maintain it.
The reality of the situation is a stone cold truth that failing to realize will only guarantee our destruction. These two parties are working in cahoots with one another folks. Many Americans are slowly awakening to this reality, though I don’t know if it could be more apparent than watching King Obama carry forth the same tyrannical policies such as The Patriot Act, over from the Bush administration.
We are being held prisoners in the confines of our own minds people. The media, in all of its aspects, propagate the illusions of a concrete difference between liberals and conservatives, left and right, democrat and republican by defining issues for us and telling us what we have to accept in order to fall into one of these categories. For instance, you can’t be a liberal if you don’t support abortion. Thankfully, as an educated conservative I can say this tactic works much better on liberals because they are generally much more unsure of themselves than conservatives are, we tend to be more absolute. That’s beside the point, which is, we are being fooled into believing we can’t get along. The issues are decided and defined for us by the media programming that tells us what to think.
I wouldn’t be surprised to find out the republicans actually agreed to play the bad guys in an effort to give credibility to Obama. They will let Obama continue to call them racist if he lets them have a couple more senate seats. They will pretend not to notice that the Obamacare website is still a disaster as long as Obama doesn’t tell anyone that they secretly admire it. They continue to play the opposition as long as they are invited to the big after work dinner parties.
I also wouldn’t be surprised to see some mediocre republican beat out Hillary Clinton just to fan the flames of discontent a bit. While everyone would fall back to sleep under the illusion that the republican will make it all better, he, or she, will carry the same diabolical agenda forward an inch, instead of a mile at a time. After all, that’s the real difference between today’s republicans and democrats.

Read more at http://freedomoutpost.com/2013/12/diabolical-agenda-pushed-forward-democrats-gop/#sRCKBimb7O1pd58v.99

------------------------------------------------------------------

If Someone Wanted To Destroy America On Purpose…
By Michael Snyder, on December 8th, 2013

http://thetruthwins.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Barack-Obama-Valerie-Jarrett-David-Axelrod-And-Other-Staff-Members-Laugh-It-Up-450x299.jpg

Barack Obama, Valerie Jarrett, David Axelrod And Other Staff Members Laugh It Up

“Let’s say somebody were [in the White House] and they wanted to destroy this nation. I would create division among the people, encourage a culture of ridicule for basic morality and the principles that made and sustained the country, undermine the financial stability of the nation, and weaken and destroy the military. It appears coincidentally that those are the very things that are happening right now.”

-Dr. Ben Carson on March 16th, 2013

That quote by Dr. Ben Carson does a great job of capturing what is taking place in the United States right now. If you wanted to destroy the most powerful nation on the planet, the best way to do so would be to destroy it from the inside out. Right now, America is more divided than it has been at any point in any of our lifetimes. Anger and frustration are growing to unprecedented levels, and one recent survey discovered that the level of trust that Americans have in one another is at an all-time low. Our families are falling apart and moral decay is systematically rotting the foundations of our society. Meanwhile, the U.S. national debt is on pace to more than double during the eight years of the Obama administration and the rest of the world is losing more respect for us with each passing day.

Sadly, at this critical juncture in U.S. history the American people have twice voted to elect a totally unqualified con man to be the President of the United States. To say that this scandal-ridden administration has been “corrupt” would be a massive understatement. The following is a political joke that one of my readers recently emailed me, and I think that it does a great job of illustrating the current state of our government…

*****

Bob: “Did you hear about the Obama administration scandal?”

Jim: “You mean the Mexican gun running?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “You mean SEAL Team 6?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “You mean the State Dept. lying about Benghazi?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “You mean voter fraud?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “You mean the military not getting their votes counted?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “The NSA monitoring our phone calls, emails and everything else?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “You mean the use of drones in our own country without the benefit of the law?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “Giving 123 Technologies $300 Million and right after it declared bankruptcy and was sold to the Chinese?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “You mean the president arming the Muslim Brotherhood?” Bob: “No the other one.”
Jim: “The IRS targeting conservatives?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “The DOJ spying on the press?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “Sebelius shaking down health insurance executives?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “Giving SOLYNDRA $500 MILLION DOLLARS and 3 months later they declared bankruptcy and then the Chinese bought it?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “The president’s ordering the release of nearly 10,000 illegal immigrants from jails and prisons, and falsely blaming the sequester?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “The president’s threat to impose gun control by Executive Order in order to bypass Congress?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “The president’s repeated violation of the law requiring him to submit a budget no later than the first Monday in February?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “The 2012 vote where 115% of all registered voters in some counties voted 100% for Obama?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “The president’s unconstitutional recess appointments in an attempt to circumvent the Senate’s advise-and-consent role?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “The State Department interfering with an Inspector General investigation on departmental sexual misconduct?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “Clinton, the IRS, Clapper and Holder all lying to Congress?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “You mean that 65 million low-information voters who don’t pay taxes and get free stuff from taxpayers stuck us again with the most pandering, corrupt administration in American history?” Bob: “No, the other one.”
Jim: “You mean the one where he lied and told us we could get better and cheaper healthcare or keep what we had if it was better for us?”

Bob: “THAT’S THE ONE!”

*****

Not only has the Obama administration been extremely corrupt, they have also failed to deliver on almost all of the promises that they have made to us. In fact, just about every major promise that Barack Obama has uttered has turned out to be a lie. If you doubt this, just check out this list: “A List Of 23 Famous Obama Quotes That Turned Out To Be Broken Promises Or Cold-Hearted Lies“.

But it isn’t just our government that is falling apart. The truth is that America as a whole has been declining for a very long time.

For example, American families have never before been in such horrendous condition. If you doubt this, just read the statistics in my previous article entitled “27 Facts That Prove That The Family In America Is In The Worst Shape Ever“.

And it isn’t just our families that are in trouble. Everywhere you look these days, you can see the signs of advanced moral decay. Things have gotten so bad that even the mainstream media is talking about this. The following is from a Wall Street Journal editorial that was published just a few days ago…

“What’s celebrity sex, Dad?” It was my 7-year-old son, who had been looking over my shoulder at my computer screen. He mispronounced “celebrity” but spoke the word “sex” as if he had been using it all his life. “Celebrity six,” I said, abruptly closing my AOL screen. “It’s a game famous people play in teams of three,” I said, as I ushered him out of my office and downstairs into what I assumed was the safety of the living room.

No such luck. His 3-year-old sister had gotten her precocious little hands on my wife’s iPhone as it was charging on a table next to the sofa. By randomly tapping icons on the screen, she had conjured up an image of Beyoncé barely clad in black leather, caught in a suggestive pose that I hoped would suggest nothing at all to her or her brother.

And so it went on this typical weekend. The eff-word popped out of TV programs we thought were friendly enough to have on while the children played in the next room. Ads depicting all but naked couples beckoned to them from the mainstream magazines scattered around the house. The kids peered over my shoulder as I perused my email inbox, their curiosity piqued by the endless stream of solicitations having to do with one aspect or another of sex, sex, sex!

The reality is that if someone actually wanted to destroy America from the inside on purpose, they could hardly improve on what is already happening.

And we were warned that this would take place.

On April 3rd, 1965 legendary radio host Paul Harvey issued a warning to America. In this warning, he described what he thought the devil should do if the devil wanted to destroy America. Sadly, the truth is that most of what Paul Harvey warned us about back then has now come to pass…

*****

If I were the Devil . . . I mean, if I were the Prince of Darkness, I would of course, want to engulf the whole earth in darkness. I would have a third of its real estate and four-fifths of its population, but I would not be happy until I had seized the ripest apple on the tree, so I should set about however necessary to take over the United States.

I would begin with a campaign of whispers. With the wisdom of a serpent, I would whisper to you as I whispered to Eve: “Do as you please.” “Do as you please.”

To the young, I would whisper, “The Bible is a myth.” I would convince them that man created God instead of the other way around. I would confide that what is bad is good, and what is good is “square”.

In the ears of the young marrieds, I would whisper that work is debasing, that cocktail parties are good for you. I would caution them not to be extreme in religion, in patriotism, in moral conduct.

And the old, I would teach to pray. I would teach them to say after me: “Our Father, which art in Washington” . . .

If I were the devil, I’d educate authors in how to make lurid literature exciting so that anything else would appear dull an uninteresting. I’d threaten T.V. with dirtier movies and vice versa.

And then, if I were the devil, I’d get organized. I’d infiltrate unions and urge more loafing and less work, because idle hands usually work for me.

I’d peddle narcotics to whom I could. I’d sell alcohol to ladies and gentlemen of distinction. And I’d tranquilize the rest with pills.

If I were the devil, I would encourage schools to refine young intellects but neglect to discipline emotions . . . let those run wild. I would designate an atheist to front for me before the highest courts in the land and I would get preachers to say “she’s right.”

With flattery and promises of power, I could get the courts to rule what I construe as against God and in favor of pornography, and thus, I would evict God from the courthouse, and then from the school house, and then from the houses of Congress and then, in His own churches I would substitute psychology for religion, and I would deify science because that way men would become smart enough to create super weapons, but not wise enough to control them.

If I were Satan, I’d make the symbol of Easter an egg and the symbol of Christmas a bottle. If I were the devil, I would take from those who have and I would give to those who wanted, until I had killed the incentive of the ambitious. And then, my police state would force everybody back to work. Then, I could separate families, putting children in uniform, women in coal mines, and objectors in slave camps.

In other words, if I were Satan,
I’d just keep on doing what he’s doing.

Paul Harvey, Good Day.

LJc8Mzg0C-c

---------------------------------------------------

Godfrey Bloom: “The State is an Institution of Theft” (Except of Course for Politicians and their Escape Hatches)

Posted By Mike "Mish" Shedlock on Dec 8, 2013 | 2 Comments

http://cdn.freedomoutpost.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Godfrey-Bloom_1850647c.jpg

Here’s an interesting video courtesy of a reader from the Republic of Slovenia who sent the link.

CBVFpYN0iNo

Link if video does not play: State is an Institution of Theft
Transcript – Godfrey Bloom – Member of European Parliament
Mr. President, I am minded to quote the great American philosopher Murray Rothbard here. The state is an institution of theft. Tax is just about a system of politicians and bureaucrats who steal money from their citizens to squander in the most disgraceful manner. This place is no exception.
Fascinatingly, and I really don’t know how you manage to keep a straight face when you are talking about tax evasion. The whole commission and the commission bureaucracy avoid their taxes. You don’t pay taxes like citizens pay taxes. You have all sorts of special deals: tax rates, high tax thresholds, non-contributing pension schemes. You are the biggest tax avoiders in Europe. And here you sit pontificating, well the message is getting home to the people of the European Union.
You are going to find that eurosceptics are coming back in June, in ever greater numbers. And I can tell you worse, as the people get your number, it won’t be long before they storm this chamber and hang you. And they’ll be right.
Who is Murray Rothbard?
Three cheers for a great speech on the hypocrite nannycrats. And as many Mish readers know Murray Rothbard is far beyond a “great American philosopher“.
As Wikipedia explains, Murray Rothbard …
“was an American economist of the Austrian School, a historian, and a political theorist whose writings and personal influence played a seminal role in the development of modern libertarianism. Rothbard was the founder and leading theoretician of anarcho-capitalism, a staunch advocate of historical revisionism, and a central figure in the twentieth-century American libertarian movement. He wrote over twenty books on anarchist theory, history, economics, and other subjects. Rothbard asserted that all services provided by the “monopoly system of the corporate state” could be provided more efficiently by the private sector and wrote that the state is “the organization of robbery systematized and writ large. He called fractional reserve banking a form of fraud and opposed central banking. He categorically opposed all military, political, and economic interventionism in the affairs of other nations. In the words of Hans-Hermann Hoppe, “There would be no anarcho-capitalist movement to speak of without Rothbard.”
Case Against the Fed
I highly recommend two easy-to-read book by Rothbard, both available as free eBooks courtesy of the Ludwig von Mises Institute.
Case Against The Fed
What Has Government Done to Our Money
Please read the books! They are free, short, and easy to understand. They explain the fraudulent nature of the economic system we are in.

Read more at http://freedomoutpost.com/2013/12/godfrey-bloom-state-institution-theft-except-course-politicians-escape-hatches/#BPPKbY6uGVEb1sjL.99

GoodETxSG

9th December 2013, 18:35

People were scoffed at when they mentioned this during his first term... but now it is a serious discussion... Do not pass it off as a flight of fancy so quickly!
------------------------------------

Is Obama Planning a Third Term as President & Is Congress Able to Stop Him?
Posted By Ed Wood on Dec 8, 2013 | 76 Comments

http://cdn.freedomoutpost.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/011513-obama-FDR-lg.png

A third term for President Obama? Impossible you say. Unconstitutional you say. True. The 22nd Amendment says, “No person shall be elected to the office of President more than twice.” In 1947 FDR had just been elected to an unprecedented fourth term. After twelve years in office, political cronyism was so deeply ingrained in public law and philosophy that Congress called a Constitutional Convention for the purpose of proposing the 22nd Amendment; subsequently ratified by three-fourths of the states and enacted into law.
So how can President Obama seek a third term? Well, the Constitution also says in Article II, Section 1 that, “No person except a natural born Citizen. . . shall be eligible to the Office of President.” How’s that one been working out for ya? We will no doubt be hearing much more about that should Senator Ted Cruz (R-TX) seek the presidential nomination, but that’s another story for another day.
Two weeks ago the Washington Post ran an article by Jonathan Zimmerman, a professor of history and education at New York University, entitled “End Presidential Term Limits.” It was by no means the first time the issue has been raised. Last January the Western Center for Journalism published an article asking, “Is Obama Planning a Third Term?” The author observed that even after his re-election, President Obama was still attempted to solidify his 47% dependency base — as has now been further evidenced by his support of current populist issues such as the striking McDonald’s workers, his calling for a increase in the minimum wage, extension of the unemployment entitlements due to expire at the end of this month, plus amnesty for illegal aliens. You can add to this his continued political campaigning while serious problems such as the destruction of the private health care insurance industry, nuclear proliferation by Iran and North Korea, pending debt limit debate, record unemployment, etc., go unattended.
So what about the 22nd Amendment? How could he do that? No problem. The first week of December the House Judicial Committee held a hearing on Presidential Constitutional Violations, and what might Congress be able to do about it. Judiciary Committee Chairman Bob Goodlatte, (R-VA) set the stage by stating, “President Obama has blatantly disregarded the Constitution’s mandate to faithfully execute the laws. He has changed key provisions in Obamacare without congressional approval, failed to enforce our immigration and drug laws, and ignored his constitutional duties for the sake of politics.” The Committee invited four constitutional scholars to make recommendations as to how such Presidential actions could be curbed. The panel included Jonathan Turley, Professor, George Washington University Law School; Nicholas Rosenkranz, Professor, Georgetown University Law Center; Simon Lazarus, Senior Counsel, Constitutional Accountability Center; and Michael Cannon, Director of Health Policy Studies, Cato Institute. Within 20 minutes of calling the meeting to order, all Democrat members left the chamber, which might be construed as being indicative of their lack of interest in the subject at hand.
Congressman Trey Gowdy (R-SC) raised the point that if President Obama can violate other laws of his choosing, can he also violate election laws? And if so, is there anything Congress can do about it? The answer from this esteemed panel of experts: Yes and No. Yes, as we have seen, this president can and does violate enacted legislation with impunity. Is there anything Congress can do about it? No. Is Congressional impeachment a possibility? No, not under the present control of the Senate.
So, if Congress is helpless, what remedy remains? The panel concluded that the only remedy available rests in power of the ballot box. As I have pointed out in my previous four articles on government sanctioned voter irregularity, this has become a greatly weakened power.
So is a third term for President Obama a distinct possibility? You betcha!

Read more at http://freedomoutpost.com/2013/12/obama-planning-third-term-president-congress-able-stop/#1J9w8iLOs09JUovf.99

---------------------------------------------------------------

Obama's POST PURGE Military is quite a bit different in the way they speak in the open about the Constitution they took an Oath to protect... These NEW TYPES of "OFFICERS" are the NAZI ROBOTS I spoke of in Post #1.

Army Officer Wants You Disarmed: “We Will Pry Your Gun from Your Cold, Dead Fingers”
Posted By Mac Slavo on Dec 7, 2013 | 808 Comments

http://cdn.freedomoutpost.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/cold-dead-hands.jpg

Within the upper echelons of our military there still remain men and women who are committed to the fundamental laws of the land. But assuming that all members of our military will be there to support the Constitution of the United States when our nation needs them most would be a mistake.
Understand this: There are those within their ranks who would turn on their oaths and forcibly seize the very rights our Founders fought so hard to preserve without giving it a second thought.
cold-dead-handsThe following opinion piece, penned by Lt. Col. Robert Bateman, shows in stark detail exactly what we’re dealing with and argues in no uncertain terms that the American public must be disarmed in order for the United States to survive.
The ideas proposed by Lt. Col. Bateman in It’s Time to Talk About Guns and the Supreme Court are nothing short of shocking.
This is coming from an active military commander, and though not officially sanctioned by the administration, his work is obviously a propaganda piece designed to give the gun grabber initiative direct support from military leadership.
Guns are tools. I use these tools in my job. But like all tools one must be trained and educated in their use. Weapons are there for the “well regulated militia.” Their use, therefore, must be in defense of the nation. Shooting and killing somebody because they were not “upset enough” over the loss of a college football team should not be possible in our great nation. Which is why I am adding the following “Gun Plank” to the Bateman-Pierce platform. Here are some suggestions:
1. The only guns permitted will be the following:
a. Smoothbore or Rifled muzzle-loading blackpowder muskets. No 7-11 in history has ever been held up with one of these.
b. Double-barrel breech-loading shotguns. Hunting with these is valid.
c. Bolt-action rifles with a magazine capacity no greater than five rounds. Like I said, hunting is valid. But if you cannot bring down a defenseless deer in under five rounds, then you have no fking reason to be holding a killing tool in the first place.
2. We will pry your gun from your cold, dead, fingers. That is because I am willing to wait until you die, hopefully of natural causes. Guns, except for the three approved categories, cannot be inherited. When you die your weapons must be turned into the local police department, which will then destroy them. (Weapons of historical significance will be de-milled, but may be preserved.)
3. Police departments are no longer allowed to sell or auction weapons used in crimes after the cases have been closed. (That will piss off some cops, since they really need this money. But you know what they need more? Less violence and death. By continuing the process of weapon recirculation, they are only making their jobs — or the jobs of some other cops — harder.)
4. We will submit a new tax on ammunition. In the first two years it will be 400 percent of the current retail cost of that type of ammunition. (Exemptions for the ammo used by the approved weapons.) Thereafter it will increase by 20 percent per year.
5. We will initiate a nationwide “buy-back” program, effective immediately, with the payouts coming from the DoD budget. This buy-back program will start purchasing weapons at 200 percent of their face value the first year, 150 percent the second year, 100 percent the third year. Thereafter there will be a 10 year pause, at which point the guns can be sold to the government at 10 percent of their value for the next 50 years.
6. The major gun manufactures of the United States, less those who create weapons for the federal government and the armed forces, will be bought out by the United States of America, for our own damned good.
Excerpted from Esquire Magazine via Sipsey Street Irregulars
You won’t see the establishment media publishing arguments from top military leaders in support of the Second Amendment. Sadly, however, those who would take away our right to defend ourselves have been given a limitless platform to push their agenda to the masses.
Hundreds of thousands of services members, both active and retired, have put their lives on the line to uphold those rights which have made our nation great. There’s no doubt that they will do so again when the need arises.
But on the flip side of that coin are potentially hundreds of thousands of others who have no qualms about “just following orders.”
A report earlier this year from well connected philanthropist Dr. Jim Garrow claims that there is a new litmus test for military leadership:
I have just been informed by a former senior military leader that Obama is using a new “litmus test” in determining who will stay and who must go in his military leaders. Get ready to explode folks.
“The new litmus test of leadership in the military is if they will fire on US citizens or not”.
Those who will not are being removed.
Obviously, Lt. Col. Robert Bateman passed the test with flying colors.

Read more at http://freedomoutpost.com/2013/12/army-officer-wants-disarmed-will-pry-gun-cold-dead-fingers/#66KXVgjK08XVBC1A.99

Redstar Kachina

9th December 2013, 19:59

..........

Ron Mauer Sr

9th December 2013, 20:19

[snip]
If it weren't for having extended family where we currently reside who will need us to stay around to survive the next few years, I would be investigating expatriation from the U.S.

Americans need to grow a conscience and align with Higher Power guidance...that's going to happen eventually in the U.S. and everywhere else on the planet, but it's going to be a very difficult road ahead since we as a nation are so far off course already.

Higher Power guidance through intuition is so important. When intuition and rational minds work together, we have the best answers possible.

No doubt the banksters and ex-intel types have been manipulated and lied to, as they have manipulated and lied to us. At some point in the future we all will need some way to move forward. A pardon in exchange for confessions, combined with a return of stolen wealth, may be the only solution.

GoodETxSG

9th December 2013, 22:20

I agree this Thread has taken a bit of a fearful and negative turn here and there. I hate using fear to wake people up... the hour is here though. I also hate to see a lot of denial in America. I so often hear that "This is America, That kind of thing could NEVER happen here!"...

Think hard and listen closely to what I have to say here... The discussions in this very thread are not that different from the conversations that occurred in PRE WAR Germany prior from 1932 to 1938. People were "Feeling and Discerning" from a "Higher Power" that they should move their wealth and families out of that region. Many did, and moved them them only a few small borders away to Switzerland or France. This turned out to be no far enough and they lost the lives of many of their families and their wealth.

Many of us who grew up listening to people who lived and experienced that time period KNOW what they endured. To be able to repeat such a history a generation has to be skipped and brainwashed to wonder what exactly did happen... There has to be TWO sides to the story right? The victors write history so there is no truth in history books just perspective. This is what they are learning in Universities. There is truth to the fact that the victors write the history. The people who lived through so many "Progressive Revolutions" that started out with power slogans of redistribution of wealth and veiled Marxism see the cycle for what it is.

The fact is that yes, this corporate greed system has failed. Another fact is that no matter how many times it has been tried Marxism/Communism/Progressiveism has never worked either. It has ended in the deaths of thousands if not millions of the host countries own citizens. IT WILL BE NO DIFFERENT HERE! Yet, we are electing people who think WE will be the ones that will meld Marxism and Capitalism and be successful and NOT abuse power, NOT abuse civil rights and NO ONE will be jailed or loose their lives.

There is a lot that We The People need to wake up from... The above is just one of the scary realities. Many people in history said to them selves "It CANNOT HAPPEN HERE"! It may make me sound like an alarmist or nut, I am okay with that. The FRAME WORK IS IN PLACE FOR IT TO HAPPEN HERE IN AMERICA NOW!

Are YOU convinced enough that IT WILL NOT EVER HAPPEN HERE, to sit back and just let the "Process" occur in D.C.?

The Below Article Sums It Up Best:

http://gunslingersjournal.blogspot.com/2013/02/they-will-kill-you.html

They WILL Kill You

May I reiterate a point I made a bit ago?

Maybe it's the drone white paper. Killing Americans willy-nilly because some "highly informed" political official deems them dangerous, or it's too "burdensome" for government to get, you know, judicial or Congressional review...

Progressives will always end up mass murdering their fellow citizens.

Let me say that again.

PROGRESSIVES ALWAYS END UP MASS MURDERING THEIR FELLOW CITIZENS.

The only exceptions are those that are blessedly removed from office before they are able to gather enough power to execute such orders.

Progressives are collectivists are socialists are communists are tyrants & dictators.

PROGRESSIVES ALWAYS END UP MASS MURDERING THEIR FELLOW CITIZENS.

When I say the names Stalin, Hitler, Mao, today's Progressive apologists say something like, "Oh, they were monsters, OUR progressives-collectivists-socialists-communists aren't doing that!"

Well, Stalin didn't do it either. Until he could. Then he did.
Lenin didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Hitler didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Pol Pot didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Castro didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Che Guevera didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Mao didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Ho Chi Min didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Kim Jong Il didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.

Woodrow Wilson didn't do it, because there was that pesky Constitution, that back then, people actually believed in. (Trust me. It's the only reason he didn't.) He DID put people in prison for speaking out against the war or his government. Because he could.

Franklin Roosevelt didn't do it. But he did put thousands of Americans into concentration camps. Because he could.

Barack Øbama's just starting slow. He's picking off individual fellow-citizens in other countries. (And, of course, anyone else who happens to get caught in the line of fire.) Because he can.

Can he? Are we really going to allow that? Are we really going to permit this?

PROGRESSIVES ALWAYS END UP MASS MURDERING THEIR FELLOW CITIZENS.

It's a law of nature.
It's the logical conclusion of their way of thinking.

In the beginning a progressive will lie, cheat, steal, destroy, smear, ruin, in order to force his vision of "utopia" down the throats of people who don't want it. Because he believes he knows better than they. (SOUND FAMILIAR YET?/COREY)

A progressive will continue to use the same tactics throughout his life. What others want or prefer means nothing to him. He has decided what's best for others and will move the world to make sure it is imposed upon them. (SOUND FAMILIAR YET?/COREY)

As his power increases, his tactics become more overt, aggressive and violent.

And of course, any threat to his power is a threat to the "good of the collective" and the Utopian dream. And it must be mercilessly snuffed out for the good of all. (SOUND FAMILIAR YET?/COREY)

In order to impose his will on everyone else, it is necessary to rule them all with a iron fist. And ultimately the only way to do that is to use extreme violence. (SOUND FAMILIAR YET?/COREY)

And there will always be some troublesome people who are just ruining it for everybody else. Who just won't go along. Who are dissenters and disrupters. Enemies of the peace. Enemies of the people. Enemies of the collective and their dreams of Utopia. (SOUND FAMILIAR YET?/COREY)

And for the dream to survive and come to fruition, such people must be eliminated.

It's the law of the nature of Progressives.

It's evident in their ready impulse to silence voices that disagree with them. An example is their enthusiasm for a Talk-Radio "Fairness Doctrine". The fact that there is one place in the culture that actually has the audacity to speak full-throated Conservatism/Libertarianism is utterly unacceptable to them. (SOUND FAMILIAR YET?/COREY)

That Academia, the entire Media, all of Entertainment, and the Music industry (with the exception of some country singers) are in lockstep with their Progressive propaganda is not good enough. No one must be allowed to dissent. There must be NO voices questioning their message. All other voices must be silenced. All enemies must be neutralized. (SOUND FAMILIAR YET?/COREY)

It's evident in their PC charges of "racism" "homophobia", designed for no other reason than to shut opposition down. To shut you up. (SOUND FAMILIAR YET?/COREY)

That's all Political Correctness is: Progressives' attempt to silence voices and ban ideas they don't like and don't want anybody to hear.

And those behaviors, friends, are the first steps of the eventual Stalinian mass-murderer.

Yes. That's extreme. But it's also true.

Every progressive is an incipient mass murderer. Most just don't have the opportunity to mature into their full potential.

Progressives use whatever nasty bits of power and corruption they can accumulate. If it's a little, they smear you. If it's a lot, they kill you.

DO. NOT. DOUBT. ME.

The Gunslinger

======================================================
ADDED: It does leave me with a sick feeling in my soul that not only WE are in such a negative place in our own timeline but that the last "True Insider" information I received from my sources was of such a pessimistic nature. As I reported in my original post #1 of this Thread...

I do not think this NEGATIVE VIBE/TIME is anything but a road bump in our overall journey as a people. I just feel that it is important that everyone be aware of the short to medium term problems we may have in store if these sources are as accurate as they have proven themselves to have been in years past. As conscious participants we can effect change and have control on what occurs! So I do not mean for anyone to dwell on the negative.

I hope you prepare for the worst but as always focus on LOVE and the importance of the relationships of those close to you we will ALL be fine. After all sharing our love and free will is what is truly important in our own individual timelines.

Redstar Kachina

10th December 2013, 01:02

..........

Rocky_Shorz

10th December 2013, 01:45

the Neocons are no longer involved with launching new wars, I disagree it is coming and an agreement is being made with Iran that will prevent the war.

they had their chance in the last few months to kick it off, top military was released and the war didn't happen...

Putin is much more involved than most know, and is in no hurry to go to war with the US...

the currency and reset are interesting, but have been talked about for years...

The White Dragons have Ben hopeful

Jan 25 is the 400th day after the Mayan Calendar ended, which means it is "the new beginning"

kick the reset on the 24th...

RunningDeer

10th December 2013, 02:22

A List Of 23 Famous Obama Quotes That Turned Out To Be Broken Promises Or Cold-Hearted Lies
Links to each broken promise here. (http://thetruthwins.com/archives/a-list-of-23-famous-obama-quotes-that-turned-out-to-be-broken-promises-or-cold-hearted-lies)

By Michael Snyder, on November 18th, 2013

http://thetruthwins.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/Barack-Obama-takes-one-last-look-in-the-mirror-before-going-out-to-take-the-oath-of-office.jpg

How many lies can one president tell and still retain any credibility? What you are about to see is absolutely astounding. It is a long list of important promises that Barack Obama has broken since he has been president. If he had only told a few lies, perhaps the American people would be willing to overlook that. After all, pretty much all of our politicians our liars. Unfortunately, many of the lies that Obama has told appear to have been quite cold-hearted in nature. For example, Barack Obama repeatedly made the promise that “you will be able to keep your health care plan” under Obamacare. But now we are learning that he knew that this was a lie all along. Not only that, the Democrats in Congress knew that this was a lie all along too. In fact, U.S. Senator Kirsten Gillibrand, a Democrat, said the following when she was asked about Obama’s promise to the American people recently: “He should’ve just been specific. No, we all knew.” You can see video of her making this statement right here. The truth is that they all knew that millions upon millions of Americans would lose their current health care policies under Obamacare. They deliberately lied just so that they could get the law passed.

And of course this is far from the only major lie that Obama has told in recent years. The following is a list of 23 famous Obama quotes that turned out to be broken promises or cold-hearted lies…

#1 “If you like your doctor, you will be able to keep your doctor. Period. If you like your health care plan, you will be able to keep your health care plan. Period. No one will take it away. No matter what.”

#2 “My administration is committed to creating an unprecedented level of openness in government.”

#3 “We agree on reforms that will finally reduce the costs of health care. Families will save on their premiums…”

#4 “I don’t want to pit Red America against Blue America. I want to be the president  of the United States of America.”

#5 “We’ve got shovel-ready projects all across the country that governors and mayors are pleading to fund. And the minute we can get those investments to the state level, jobs are going to be created.”

#6 “And we will pursue the housing plan I’m outlining today. And through this plan, we will help between 7 and 9 million families restructure or refinance their mortgages so they can afford—avoid foreclosure.”

#7 “I will sign a universal health-care bill into law by the end of my first term as president that will cover every American and cut the cost of a typical family’s premium by up to $2,500 a year.”

#8 “We reject the use of national security letters to spy on citizens who are not suspected of a crime.”

#9 “For people with insurance, the only impact of the health-care law is that their insurance is stronger, better, and more secure than it was before. Full stop. That’s it. They don’t have to worry about anything else.”

#10 “We will close the detention camp in Guantanamo Bay, the location of so many of the worst constitutional abuses in recent years.”

#11 “Allow Americans to buy their medicines from other developed countries if the drugs are safe and prices are lower outside the U.S.”

#12 “We will revisit the Patriot Act and overturn unconstitutional executive decisions issued during the past eight years.”

#13 “Will ensure that federal contracts over $25,000 are competitively bid.”

#14 “We reject sweeping claims of ‘inherent’ presidential power.”

#15 “Will eliminate all income taxation of seniors making less than $50,000 per year. This will eliminate taxes for 7 million seniors — saving them an average of $1,400 a year– and will also mean that 27 million seniors will not need to file an income tax return at all.”

#16 “We support constitutional protections and judicial oversight on any surveillance program involving Americans.”

#17 “If we have not gotten our troops out by the time I am president, it is the first thing I will do. I will get our troops home, we will end this war. You can take that to the bank.”

#18 “Will not sign any non-emergency bill without giving the American public an opportunity to review and comment on the White House website for five days.”

#19 “The President does not have power under the Constitution to unilaterally authorize a military attack in a situation that does not involve stopping an actual or imminent threat to the nation.”

#20 “We have a choice in this country. We can accept a politics that breeds division and conflict and cynicism…. That is one option. Or, at this moment, in this election, we can come together and say, ‘Not this time….’”

#21 “We’ve got to spend some money now to pull us out of this recession. But as soon as we’re out of this recession, we’ve got to get serious about starting to live within our means, instead of leaving debt for our children and our grandchildren and our great-grandchildren.”

#22 “[T]oday I’m pledging to cut the deficit we inherited in half by the end of my first term in office. This will not be easy. It will require us to make difficult decisions and face challenges we’ve long neglected. But I refuse to leave our children with a debt that they cannot repay – and that means taking responsibility right now, in this administration, for getting our spending under control.”

#23 “I, Barack Hussein Obama, do solemnly swear that I will execute the office of president of the United States faithfully, and will to the best of my ability, preserve, protect, and defend the constitution of the United States.”

About the author: Michael T. Snyder is a former Washington D.C. attorney who now publishes The Truth. His new thriller entitled “The Beginning Of The End” is now available on Amazon.com.

You're Gonna Need a Bigger Boat

2I91DJZKRxs

gripreaper

10th December 2013, 03:14

https://fbcdn-sphotos-h-a.akamaihd.net/hphotos-ak-frc3/1460985_1225114457628263_264740922_n.jpg

GoodETxSG

10th December 2013, 04:08

WDS & BRICS groups play an increasingly large part in a planned Economic Reset & Debt Jubilee. Howe ever there is no shortage of high crimes, corruption & dis-information coming from that group of syndicates as well.

The enemy of my enemy is not always my friend! Others have let a good story & wishful thinking win their allegiance too quickly. Not all is as reported or as it may appear. Expect that when the new economic model & it's infrastructure is finalized that there will be an equal amount of sour grapes on all sides. The TRUE & fair rebalancing of the Currency & Asset Devaluation along with an honest merging of the Public & Secret (Shadow) Economies along with the Debt Forgiveness (Some debts many Centuries old & costly in blood & pride) will leave no group feeling victorious.

If we as a Species can overcome this & the disclosures that lead to Globally Televised Trials (DEAL with the High Crimes & Deals that got us there)... Then now we are being more realistic!

Otherwise if one is buying into a paradigm, Ying vs Yang one side takes all scenario... We are still have a long bloody road ahead of us all.

The change is coming but it is not a Horse Race, it is a wearing down of the "Elite" factions to end our economic slavery & tyranny! It is in reach if we take charge of OUR OWN Destinies & not sit back like good slaves waiting for our emancipation to be gifted us! IMHO...

the Neocons are no longer involved with launching new wars, I disagree it is coming and an agreement is being made with Iran that will prevent the war.

they had their chance in the last few months to kick it off, top military was released and the war didn't happen...

Putin is much more involved than most know, and is in no hurry to go to war with the US...

the currency and reset are interesting, but have been talked about for years...

The White Dragons have Ben hopeful

Jan 25 is the 400th day after the Mayan Calendar ended, which means it is "the new beginning"

kick the reset on the 24th...

gripreaper

10th December 2013, 07:04

Hey Todd, your powerpoint is linked from Cobra's blog. Do you endorse this site?

http://2012portal.blogspot.com/2013/12/financial-reset-and-event-update.html

The collapse of the current financial system is inevitable after the Resistance removed the vast majority of physical gold from the Cabal in early 2012. That gold was underwriting the financial system and after it was gone, a countdown clock for the complete system meltdown was triggered and its collapse is expected soon. Some people expect this to happen as late as 2015:

http://www.wonksmedia.com/555plan.pdf

Redstar Kachina

10th December 2013, 12:21

..........

araucaria

10th December 2013, 13:19

Progressives will always end up mass murdering their fellow citizens.

Let me say that again.

PROGRESSIVES ALWAYS END UP MASS MURDERING THEIR FELLOW CITIZENS.

The only exceptions are those that are blessedly removed from office before they are able to gather enough power to execute such orders.

Progressives are collectivists are socialists are communists are tyrants & dictators.

PROGRESSIVES ALWAYS END UP MASS MURDERING THEIR FELLOW CITIZENS.[/B]

When I say the names Stalin, Hitler, Mao, today's Progressive apologists say something like, "Oh, they were monsters, OUR progressives-collectivists-socialists-communists aren't doing that!"

Well, Stalin didn't do it either. Until he could. Then he did.
Lenin didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Hitler didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Pol Pot didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Castro didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Che Guevera didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Mao didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Ho Chi Min didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Kim Jong Il didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.

[COLOR="red"][B]Woodrow Wilson didn't do it, because there was that pesky Constitution, that back then, people actually believed in. (Trust me. It's the only reason he didn't.) He DID put people in prison for speaking out against the war or his government. Because he could.

Franklin Roosevelt didn't do it. But he did put thousands of Americans into concentration camps. Because he could.

Barack Øbama's just starting slow. He's picking off individual fellow-citizens in other countries. (And, of course, anyone else who happens to get caught in the line of fire.) Because he can.

We need to distinguish between words and the concepts behind them and actual people who apply (or not) the concepts they claim to hold to.
Here we have a list of people who claimed to be progressive - and who were anything but. But to denounce the very concept of progressive as a synonym of mass murderer is a grave mistake imho. For one thing it would seem to let off the hook all those reactionaries or Christian conservatives as they prefer to be known, the likes of the Reagans, the Bushes etc. etc. And for another, it puts a complete brake on any true attempts towards progress - which is precisely what a true progressive is seeking. Gandhi and Nelson Mandela were examples of what a true progressive is like, but we have so few people like that that we forget what the words even mean.

On the very simplest of levels, a progressive states that the system is bust, while the conservative or reactionary claims that not only is it not bust, it is doing a great job. Anything that blurs the boundary between these two sides to my mind is obfuscation and doing a disservice to what I thought we were trying to achieve on this forum. If this thread is going south as someone suggested, then that would the reason why.

Carmody

10th December 2013, 15:07

^^^ 10+ agree.

Careful with the slinging of mud -using labels. Note, as Chris Plummer said in 'the girl with the dragon tattoo', (I paraphrase) "Is it not interesting how fascists are always the first to steal the word freedom and wrap themselves in the flag. Freedom group this and freedom group that".

The trick is they use the words and the labels, as a cover. Like a disguise that fools half the people... as people make decisions of what something means, based on differences in contrast and color, ie, written words that their brain turns into internal wording, internal programming.

These 'words' are spoken in their heads by their 'ego voice', the interpreter of the flow of the moment, to become injected thoughts. ie, neuro-lingustistic programming. Which, of course, does program and hit hot buttons in their programmed psychology, their fundamental emotional directives.

I realize that when I see someone misuse the word progressive. However, most will not understand what is going on.

One has to disarm the language.

It is very important to not program the language and to realize when it is purposely done ...or accidentally done by the unaware, and to discern between the two projected states..... otherwise you are back at square one.

To recap..as long as the words, sights, and sounds are capable of being placed in front of the given human avatar and the occupant of said avatar, the 'unaware' (of this critical aspect) avatar will engage in self programming via the act of integration with the data. Thus, the art of propaganda. (Goebbels, Bernays, and the eventuality of modern media and subsequent saturation techniques, in order to hold the spell)

GoodETxSG

10th December 2013, 15:31

araucaria some of what you say causes me to bring up some points. This is not directed at you at all or at your post in general. I have received some emails and some other posts that were pretty venomous (Yours was quite polite thank you) at my private email and on my Facebook Group on Banking and Government Corruption (www.facebook.com/BankAndPoliticianFinancialCorruption). Americans and their level of denial and arrogance is stunning! We have no clue how the rest of the World see's us...

Lets not let our own religious view or perceptions of other religious views cloud this political ideology issue. Many of the people that were leaders who claimed to be "Fundamentalist Christians" were actually just Nazi Neocon Wolves in Sheep's clothing. The people on this site and others that think they are throwing intellectual blanket statements out on any number of religions are doing so based on facts and not on preconceived ideology of their own are just fooling themselves.

When it comes down to it, People are People... They are far from perfect. Though each person through life experience or parental brainwashing develops a belief system and being that it is theirs, they have studied and put much thought into it... well it must be "THE WAY"! All others are pathetic and lost, the second hand platitudes they hear... the catch phrases of what the "Others" are said to believe are heard, adopted and repeated though they may have little or no truth to them (Just some bigoted assumptions).

This is true of ALL religions! True of Christians on those of any other religion... True of Muslims on those of any other religion... True of Atheists on those of any "other religion"... True of Scientists on those of any other religion... So on and so forth. Human ignorance masked as arrogance never ceases to amaze me. Quite honestly Everything is TRUE and Nothing is TRUE depending on your own perspective and experience.

Until we as a RACE are able to live together with all of our beliefs in harmony and not judge another's religious convictions based on "Perceptions" that we can not ever fully understand then we will never be ready for true Freedom. Getting to the Liberal, Conservative, Progressive and Democrat vs Republican paradigm and separating religion (All religions are found in all of these parties, Not all Christians are Conservative/R's, not all Hispanics, African Americans & Gays are Liberal/D's etc... It is a bit insulting).

We need to stop putting each other "IN A BOX" and start thinking and working "OUTSIDE OF THE BOX". The point of the article and the post is that the "Political Progressive" movement has been trying to reinvent the same concepts over and over with the same outcome. Usually bloody ones (If you do not fit nicely in their box).

I think it may be fun to debate in anonymity online for many people, fun for some to stir the pot here and there and even the job of some to go online to do so. We really need to get away from throwing sand in the eyes of those who have different spiritual beliefs (Avalon especially is a place where those of many beliefs come together so well!). If it is a diversionary tactic it is not one that has ever worked well with the big brains and evolved minds here on this forum in my experience.

I can understand right now with all of the FEAR and DISAPPOINTMENT of BOTH sides of the political spectrum how so many have visceral reactions to information coming out about their country and people they supported. THE CAT IS OUT OF THE BAG FOR THE ELITE'S!!! YOU ARE WAKING UP! They have to do what they do best and that is DIVIDE US and start us fighting!

I believe this energy is misplaced... We should be banding together and focusing this energy on the "Representatives" who DO NOT REPRESENT US! They pretend to be L or C... or D or R until they are elected and then they follow their own agenda or follow the $ bread crumbs laid out by corporate lobbyist. They get elected and find out that there is a whole HIGHER POWER STRUCTURE running the World/Country that they feel compelled to bow to (And why not, the rewards are spectacular!).

This is a part of the equation that is still not in the open so we have to "Believe" or have "Faith" in the whistle blower evidence. For me it is as real as any other part of everyday life. I personally experienced it and rubbed shoulders with these people. They call themselves "Progressives" in conversations and on paper. I have had in depth conversations with them about their goals for this country and the world. If you deviate from fitting in to their box or endanger their plan of what they know through their ideology is best for you, they WILL put you in prison or worse. No discussion or debate, once they have to power to implement their vision of utopia. Not only IMHO but in my experience being in the belly of the Beast.

Progressives will always end up mass murdering their fellow citizens.

Let me say that again.

PROGRESSIVES ALWAYS END UP MASS MURDERING THEIR FELLOW CITIZENS.

The only exceptions are those that are blessedly removed from office before they are able to gather enough power to execute such orders.

Progressives are collectivists are socialists are communists are tyrants & dictators.

PROGRESSIVES ALWAYS END UP MASS MURDERING THEIR FELLOW CITIZENS.[/B]

When I say the names Stalin, Hitler, Mao, today's Progressive apologists say something like, "Oh, they were monsters, OUR progressives-collectivists-socialists-communists aren't doing that!"

Well, Stalin didn't do it either. Until he could. Then he did.
Lenin didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Hitler didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Pol Pot didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Castro didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Che Guevera didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Mao didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Ho Chi Min didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.
Kim Jong Il didn't do it. Until he could. Then he did.

[COLOR="red"][B]Woodrow Wilson didn't do it, because there was that pesky Constitution, that back then, people actually believed in. (Trust me. It's the only reason he didn't.) He DID put people in prison for speaking out against the war or his government. Because he could.

Franklin Roosevelt didn't do it. But he did put thousands of Americans into concentration camps. Because he could.

Barack Øbama's just starting slow. He's picking off individual fellow-citizens in other countries. (And, of course, anyone else who happens to get caught in the line of fire.) Because he can.

We need to distinguish between words and the concepts behind them and actual people who apply (or not) the concepts they claim to hold to.
Here we have a list of people who claimed to be progressive - and who were anything but. But to denounce the very concept of progressive as a synonym of mass murderer is a grave mistake imho. For one thing it would seem to let off the hook all those reactionaries or Christian conservatives as they prefer to be known, the likes of the Reagans, the Bushes etc. etc. And for another, it puts a complete brake on any true attempts towards progress - which is precisely what a true progressive is seeking. Gandhi and Nelson Mandela were examples of what a true progressive is like, but we have so few people like that that we forget what the words even mean.

On the very simplest of levels, a progressive states that the system is bust, while the conservative or reactionary claims that not only is it not bust, it is doing a great job. Anything that blurs the boundary between these two sides to my mind is obfuscation and doing a disservice to what I thought we were trying to achieve on this forum. If this thread is going south as someone suggested, then that would the reason why.

Yea, I know... Glenn Beck... Not usually my favorite source of info, but in this case he follows the history quite well and the research is sound as the foot notes lead you to follow the research yourself (All to make a point, pointing fingers at any single group is dangerous and we do not need a modern day witch hunt. We just have an immediate threat gaining power and this is because there is PLENTY OF BLAME TO GO AROUND!)

http://www.glennbeck.com/content/articles/article/198/23936/

American Progressivism
Thursday, Apr 16, 2009 at 9:17 AM CDT

I. Who were the Progressives, and why are they important?
II. The Progressives and their Attack on America’s Founding
III. How the Progressives Originated the Modern Presidency
IV. Progressivism and Socialism
V. Progressivism and the Current Crisis

Carmody

10th December 2013, 16:55

What they have done then, is to add the socipathic low empathy imperative to the idea to societal control, and societal directives, in the idea of being clear, going clear,and getting what they want. taking the short cut of killing and defeating anything that gets in their way.

To take humanity and drive it like a giant directed truck that crushes all opposition, all over the world, in order to reach the controllers goals (steps and stages of that goal, etc).

IMO and IME, this is exactly the thing that is NOT going to be getting out into the universe. No matter how hard it tries. Struggle it may, end it will.

mountain_jim

10th December 2013, 17:35

My understood definitions - to be progressive (small letters) is to be open to change, to be conservative is to resist change - I also agree x 10 with auracaria's post, as we need a lot of positive, spiritually-awakened changes to turn this around.

GoodETxSG

10th December 2013, 20:56

Hmmm, How you feel right now and the face you are making is a perfect time for a mirror to be placed in your hand... No matter how intellectually pondered... Labels are demeaning to others and ourselves...

IF I hit a nerve by addressing a Label you have assigned yourself then maybe you should take the time to ask why...

Meditate on that Label (And YOUR LIMITED and MANIPULATED understanding of its meaning) and why it is important to your self identity and Ego (Why is your idea of other peoples "Labels" and your limited understanding of their definition so important to YOU?).

Why should we feel the need to rub our labels against those of others and see which is most abrasive and erases the other. Is this enlightened behavior?

Is this who and where YOU want to be in this time of "Possibly" being "Ascended" from one form or another?

Is this a sign that you are of a higher density/frequency or a lower density/frequency? This battle and journey all happens "Within"... So we should be less "Reactionary" and more "Meditative" and "Thoughtful" in our actions and interactions with each other...

Maybe this is what "These Times" are all about... IMHO

2aqxrUZiD50

Carmody

10th December 2013, 22:46

I agree with the thread. Intel types ARE, to my direct knowledge, burning their bridges, and moving to be as distanced from this crap as is possible. They know that at some point, the whole matter will ballistically launch on an intercept with the speeding vanes of the vertically mounted rotationally oriented air motional device.

Semantics are critical here and progressive is a slang word from the illiterate parts of the so-called 'right wing' of the USA political agenda.

But let us not dwell on what is, in the final result, a minor bit of uncomfortable wording. It was stated for clarification as to the nature of the dangers,and then, I let it go. The problems was the conflation of 'reasonable progressive', with that of despotic butchers, like Pol Pot, well, that is a very very bad and wrong thing. And it MUST be brought up as a subject.

Also, the moon is at it's square point, right now, today, it's 90degree point, which brings up issues of contrary emotion, ie, conflict with others. This is so tied to the fabric of reality, that it even has the creation of the origins of the conflict implicit in it's existence (this moon position in the heavens).

Observe the heavens, their conditions and motions together... with the static and motions of the minutiae, and then there is finally chance to see it. Until then, nothing. Just confusion. Act without cause. As above, so below.

GoodETxSG

10th December 2013, 23:38

:angel:

The Devil is in the details... Symantec's... and vast lexicon of words we use to define things in this 3/4 D existence. If we continue to play word games we will all talk AT each other in circles and never to each other about what is truly important.

That topic is the defeat of the groups that use these definitions and words to separate us into different camps and not sit around the same camp fire and have the important discussions that will lead to our freedom from them.

Ego's must always have that one last flowery worded parting shot... And bait the next one! We have always been our own worst enemies while looking for others to blame. Is there hope for our species as a whole or at the end will it always be an isolated dying human soul seeing the path to source/love through hind sight? It does seem to be a part of our nature that we as a group are far from overcoming.

This is far from the topic of Banksters and Intel Agents fleeing to their safe places before their house of cards collapses... or is it? Words are and are not important. We assign the importance of their meaning individually first before we do as a group. Everything starts on a personal level.

If we do not dispel our differences and start looking for things to bring us together so we can purge the "Controllers" (Give them what ever name/word you are comfy with) then each of us as individuals or groups (Give ourselves what ever names/words you are comfy with) we will remain Controlled.

I tend to use the words people assign to themselves in person, in conversations, in documentation (The people that called themselves "Progressive" were Marxists and proud of it and happened to be some of the insiders that I worked with in the Federal Reserve and FEMA)... I guess I will avoid that in the future. But bottom line, this is ALL OFF TOPIC IMHO.

We really need to focus on the issue at hand. If you do not believe this is a REAL issue then this thread is not for you. I cannot convince someone that what I witnessed with my own eye's and ear's is real, that what others in high positions are reporting that jives with what my sources say is real.

I am not going to share my sources names or positions/ranks to further try to convince you or so you can verify them. Most of you are here because you are seeing things in the world that coincide with this information. I would plead that you not believe me or any one person but do your own research, the information is out there. (I have received dozens of emails about this thread, thus some of the statements/FYI)

I say lets start posting information that is back to the topic of the original post... I am going to stick to that format

:focus:

GoodETxSG

11th December 2013, 00:59

Speaking of my former employer... Their wonderful tactics never cease to amaze either. Any guesses where they borrow their tactics? The consolidation of power and agencies in the various "Act's" and "Order's" that are bantered to protect the homeland by protecting its economy are nothing more than a consolidation of power over the public... to exercise at will. Every single law and Presidential Order has been carefully planned for decades by the Council on Foreign Relations.
==============
http://www.infowars.com/the-stuka-how-the-fed-manipulates-you-into-believing-what-it-wants-you-to-believe/

“The Stuka” – How The Fed Manipulates You Into Believing What It Wants You To Believe

W. Ben Hunt
zerohedge.com
December 10, 2013

http://www.zerohedge.com/sites/default/files/images/user5/imageroot/2013/12/Stuka%20Bomber_0.jpg

Up to the walls of Jericho
With sword drawn in his hand
Go blow them horns, cried Joshua
The battle is in my hands
– “Joshua Fit the Battle of Jericho”, traditional African-American spiritual
At the outset of World War II, the German Luftwaffe attached an ear-splitting siren – the Jericho Trumpet – to the Junker Ju-87 dive-bomber, commonly called the Stuka. Dive-bombers are wonderful tactical aircraft if you have control of the skies, highly effective against tanks, vehicles of all sorts, even smaller ships, but they simply don’t carry enough ordnance to be a strategic weapon. They can certainly help you win a battle, but they’re unlikely to help you win a war. By attaching the Jericho Trumpet, however, the Stuka became a psychological weapon as much as a physical weapon, striking fear in a much wider swath than the actual bombs. During the early Blitzkrieg days of the war, the Stuka had exactly this sort of strategic effect, crushing the morale of the Polish army in particular.
Because it was a propeller-driven siren, the Jericho Trumpet actually made the Stuka a less effective dive-bomber, slowing its air speed and making it an easier target to hit. This was a trade-off that the German High Command was happy to make so long as the Stuka maintained its mystique as a terrifying harbinger of death from above, but that mystique was shattered once the Royal Air Force started shooting them down by the dozens in the Battle of Britain. By the end of 1940 the Stuka was almost entirely redeployed from the Western Front to the East, and those planes that remained had their sirens removed. As Churchill famously said of the RAF, “never was so much owed by so many to so few,” and it’s the psychological dimension of this victory that is so striking to me. I don’t think it’s a coincidence that the military tides of World War II shifted in the West at exactly the same moment that the Luftwaffe took off the Jericho Trumpet and the Stuka lost its mojo.
Today the financial media – and the WSJ’s Jon Hilsenrath in particular – is the Fed’s Jericho Trumpet. Unlike the Luftwaffe, the Fed is not trying to inspire terror, but they are similarly trying to turn a powerful tactical weapon into a strategic weapon through psychological means. The Fed is now embracing the use of communication as a policy tool in a totally separate manner from whatever concrete actions the communication is ostensibly about, and they use Hilsenrath (and a few others) as a modern-day Joshua to blow the horn. The Fed is now playing the Common Knowledge game openly and directly, making public statements through their media intermediaries to tell you how ALL market participants perceive reality, even though in fact NO market participant has a clear view of reality. In the Common Knowledge game – whether it’s the Island of the Green-Eyed Tribe that modern game theorists write about, the Newspaper Beauty Contest that Keynes wrote about in the 1930’s, or the Emperor’s New Clothes that Hans Christian Andersen wrote about in the 1830’s – the strong public statement of what “everyone knows” creates a reality where it is rational behavior for everyone to act as if they, too, see this reality … even if they privately don’t see it at all.
Here’s the money quote from Hilsenrath’s article last Friday after the November jobs report, titled (self-referentially enough) “Hilsenrath’s Five Takeaways on What the Jobs Report Means for the Fed”:
MARKETS BELIEVE TAPERING ISN’T TIGHTENING: Markets are positioned more to the Fed’s liking today than they were in September, when it put off reducing, or “tapering,” the monthly bond purchases. Most notably, the Fed’s message is sinking in that a wind down of the program won’t mean it’s in a hurry to raise short-term interest rates. Futures markets place a very low probability on Fed rate increases before 2015, in contrast to September, when fed funds futures markets indicated rate increases were expected by the end of 2014. The Fed has been trying to drive home the idea that “tapering is not tightening” for months and is likely to feel comforted that investors believe it as a pullback gets serious consideration.
In truth, the shift in the implied futures market expectations of short-term rate hikes from late 2014 into early 2015 says nothing about what “The Market” believes about tapering. It says a lot about the enormous effort that the Fed is putting into its forward guidance on rates, as a communications policy replacement for its prior reliance on forward guidance and linkage of unemployment rates and QE (a mistake that I wrote extensively about at the time and is now universally seen as a policy error). The Fed, through Hilsenrath, is trying to tell you how you should think about tapering. Not by giving you a substantive argument, but simply by announcing to you in a very authoritative voice what everyone else thinks about tapering.
Hey, don’t worry about tapering. No one else is worried about tapering. You are totally out of step with all the smart people if you’re worried about tapering. It’s duration of ZIRP that matters, not QE. Don’t you know that? Everyone else knows that. Maybe you’re just not very smart if you can’t see that, too. Can you see it now? Ah, good.
This is game-playing in an almost pure form. It’s smart and it’s effective. The siren from above is starting to wail: if you react negatively in your investment decisions to tapering, you are Fighting the Fed.
The bombs are going to drop – increased forward guidance on rates and decreased direct bond purchases – but these policies in and of themselves are just tactical. What’s really at stake is the strategic meaning of these policies, the belief system that takes hold (or doesn’t) around the power of the Fed to create market outcomes.
Over the next three or four months we’re going to see quite a battle for the hearts and minds of investors, with both “sides” employing the Narrative of Don’t Fight the Fed. On the one hand you will have the Fed, with their Jericho Trumpet of Hilsenrath et al shrieking at you a new interpretation of the Narrative: ZIRP is the source of the Fed’s power, not QE, so tapering is no big deal. On the other hand you also have the Fed, but the Fed of the past several years and the way it has trained the market to believe that the portfolio rebalancing effect … i.e., the behavioral impact of QE that Bernanke has directly credited with driving up the stock market … is what really matters. And if that’s your reality, then tapering is a big deal, indeed. I’ll be monitoring all this closely at Epsilon Theory in the weeks ahead.
Importantly, this psychological battle is taking place entirely within the larger Narrative of Central Bank Omnipotence. If the QE meme wins the day and tapering ends up hitting the markets hard … well, it’s Fed balance sheet operations that determine market outcomes. If the ZIRP meme wins the day and tapering is a non-event … well, it’s Fed forward guidance on rates that determines market outcomes. Either way, it’s a Fed-centric universe. Forever and ever, amen.
This article was posted: Tuesday, December 10, 2013 at 1:29 pm

GoodETxSG

11th December 2013, 02:23

One little... Two little... Thee little Civil Rights... Four little... Five little... Constitutional Rights... Notice a pattern here? I will not label the ideology behind it but we see exactly HOW this President is Fundamentally Changing the United States of America!!!

Guess why they are moving on this one? It is for "THE GOOD OF THE PUBLIC", they know what is better for us... Sound Familiar?
---------------------------------------

Obama Abolishes Private Property

http://beforeitsnews.com/obama-birthplace-controversy/2013/12/obama-abolishes-private-property-2471572.html?utm_campaign=&utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FeOeY&utm_medium=verticalresponse&utm_content=beforeit39snews-verticalresponse&utm_source=direct-b4in.info

Monday, December 9, 2013 20:45
0
(Before It's News)

http://www.westernjournalism.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Private-Property.gif

Private Property

“No power on earth has a right to take our property from us without our consent.”—John Jay, first Chief Justice of the United States

“How ‘secure’ do our homes remain if police, armed with no warrant, can pound on doors at will and … forcibly enter?”—Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, the lone dissenter in Kentucky v. King

If the government can tell you what you can and cannot do within the privacy of your home, whether it relates to what you eat, what you smoke or whom you love, you no longer have any rights whatsoever within your home.

If government officials can fine and arrest you for growing vegetables in your front yard, praying with friends in your living room, installing solar panels on your roof, and raising chickens in your backyard, you’re no longer the owner of your property. If school officials can punish your children for what they do or say while at home or in your care, your children are not your own—they are the property of the state.

If government agents can invade your home, break down your doors, kill your dog, damage your furnishings and terrorize your family, your property is no longer private and secure—it belongs to the government. Likewise, if police can forcefully draw your blood, strip search you, and probe you intimately, your body is no longer your own, either.

This is what a world without the Fourth Amendment looks like, where the lines between private and public property have been so blurred that private property is reduced to little more than something the government can use to control, manipulate and harass you to suit its own purposes, and you the homeowner and citizen have been reduced to little more than a tenant or serf in bondage to an inflexible landlord.

Examples of this disregard for the sanctity of private property—whether in the form of one’s home, one’s possessions, or one’s person—abound. Here are just a few.

In San Rafael, California, it is now illegal to smoke a cigarette or other tobacco product inside “apartments, condos, duplexes, and multi-family houses.” Although lawmakers hope the ordinance will be “self-enforcing,” they’re encouraging landlords to threaten tenants with eviction should they run afoul of the law.

In Ohio, it’s illegal to alter one’s car with a hidden compartment if the “intent” is to conceal illegal drugs. Although Norman Gurley had no drugs on his person, nor in his car, nor could it be proven that he intended to conceal drugs, he was still arrested for the “crime” of having a hidden compartment in the trunk of his car.

In Florida and elsewhere throughout the country, home vegetable gardens are being targeted as illegal. For 17 years, Hermine Ricketts and Tom Carroll have tended the vegetable garden in their front yard, relying on it for 80 percent of their food intake, only to be told by city officials that they must get rid of it or face $50 a day in fines. The reason? The vegetable garden is “inconsistent with the city’s aesthetic character.”

In Iowa, a war veteran attempting to wean his family off expensive corporate farm products, GMOs and pesticides has been charged with violating a city ordinance and now faces up to 30 days in jail and a $600 fine for daring to raise chickens in his backyard for his personal use, despite statements of support from his neighbors.

In Virginia, school officials suspended two boys for the remainder of the school year and charged them with possession of a firearm after they were reported to the police for playing with toy airsoft guns in their front yard, while waiting for the morning school bus. At no time did the boys attempt to take the toy guns on the bus or to school.

The most obvious disrespect for property rights comes in the form of the tens of thousands of SWAT team raids that occur across the country on a yearly basis. Usually undertaken under the pretense of serving a drug warrant, these raids involve police arriving at a private residence in SWAT gear, armed to the hilt, kicking down doors, apprehending all persons inside the home, then determining if a crime has been committed. That was Judy Sanchez’s experience when FBI agents investigating gang activity used a chainsaw to cut through her door, then forced Sanchez and her child to the ground. It was only after invading Sanchez’s home and terrorizing her family that agents realized they had targeted the wrong address.

Unfortunately, we in America get so focused on the Fourth Amendment’s requirement of a warrant before government agents can invade our property (a requirement that means little in an age of kangaroo courts and rubberstamped warrant requests) that we fail to properly appreciate the first part of the statement declaring that we have a right to be secure in our “persons, houses, papers, and effects.” What this means is that the Fourth Amendment’s protections were intended to not only follow us wherever we go but also apply to all that is ours—whether you’re talking about our physical bodies, our biometric data, our possessions, our families, or our way of life. However, in an 8-1 ruling in Kentucky v. King (2011), the U.S. Supreme Court sanctioned SWAT teams smashing down doors of homes or apartments without a warrant if they happen to “suspect” you might be doing something illegal in your home.

At a time when the government routinely cites national security as the justification for its endless violations of the Constitution, the idea that a citizen can actually be “secure” or protected against such government overreach seems increasingly implausible, while suggesting that a person take steps to secure his person and property against the government could have one accused of fomenting anti-government sentiment.

Nevertheless, the reality of our age is this: if the government chooses to crash through our doors, listen to our phone calls, read our emails and text messages, fine us for growing vegetables in our front yard, jail us for raising chickens in our backyard, forcibly take our blood and saliva, and probe our vaginas and rectums, there’s little we can do to stop them. At least, not at that particular moment. When you’re face to face with a government agent who is not only armed to the hilt and inclined to shoot first and ask questions later but also woefully ignorant of the fact that he works for you, if you value your life, you don’t talk back.

This sad reality came about as a result of our being asleep at the wheel. We failed to ask questions and hold our representatives accountable to abiding by the Constitution, while the government amassed an amazing amount of power over us, and backed up that power-grab with a terrifying amount of military might and weaponry, and got the courts to sanction their actions every step of the way.

However, once the dust settles and you’ve had a chance to catch your breath, I hope you’ll remember that the Constitution begins with those three beautiful words, “We the people.” In other words, there is no government without us—our sheer numbers, our muscle, our economy, our physical presence in this land. There can also be no police state—no tyranny—no routine violations of our rights without our complicity and collusion—without our turning a blind eye, shrugging our shoulders, allowing ourselves to be distracted and our civic awareness diluted.

So where do we begin? How do we go about wresting back control over our freedoms and our lives in the face of such seemingly insurmountable odds?

There’s an old adage, albeit not a very palatable one, that says “when eating an elephant take one bite at a time.” The point is this: when facing a monumental task, take it one step at a time. In other words, we’re going to have to wage these battles house by house, car by car, and body by body. Most importantly, as I point out in my book A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, we’re going to have to stop the partisan bickering—you can leave that to the yokels in Congress—and recognize that the suffering brought about by a police state will be the great equalizer, applying to all Americans, regardless of their political leanings (the fact that we are all now being targeted for government surveillance is but a foretaste of things to come).

As John Adams rightly noted, “The Revolution was effected before the war commenced. The Revolution was in the minds and hearts of the people. This radical change in the principles, opinions, sentiments and affections of the people was the real American Revolution.”

It’s time for a second American Revolution. Not a revolution designed to kill people or tear down and physically destroy society, but a revolution of the minds and souls of human beings—a revolution promulgated to restore the freedoms for which our founders sacrificed their fortunes and their lives.

gripreaper

11th December 2013, 04:11

Really?

http://www.rumormillnews.com/pix7/feds.jpg

araucaria

11th December 2013, 07:25

I
Semantics are critical here
Discussing the language of a thread is by nature both off-topic and on-topic; there is nowhere else it would completely on-topic. So please bear with me, I will finish my point from my European perspective (and European time) and then leave it. I am not seeking to derail; I am talking about reclaiming the language from Orwellian double-speak, so it definitely is part of the problem.

In non-political English, reactionary, conservative, progressive and revolutionary are points on a single spectrum, which might be termed one’s attitude towards change. A progressive accepts change as natural, inevitable, necessary and desirable: a component of growth in fact. A revolutionary sees the need to hasten things along. On the other hand a conservative is somewhat fearful of change, and puts the brakes on, only accepting it at a very slow rate; while a reactionary wants to go back to some previous state. For them change is a component of loss.

You could see life as a ski run. You can slalom to make the slope less steep, but you might as well straighten those skis, because there is no way you are going back up :)

These are not labels: on the contrary. They can be used to refine a discussion, and recognize that a single person can be both one thing and another in different circumstances. I, for example, would see myself as something of a revolutionary in the sense that I want to see radical change fairly quickly, and yet as something of a conservative when it comes to language. Words need to have a pretty stable meaning in the short and medium term (although they will still change in the longer term) simply because we need to understand what we are talking about.

Or another example: Stalin was revolutionary in some of his economic policies, and reactionary in his approach to human rights. Mass murder is not progressive: it is a huge part of the status quo that any progressive is in a hurry to change. To suggest otherwise is to wring the neck of the English language to the point where ‘War is peace’ also becomes true.

When I say Avalonians are progressives, I am not placing a label on them. I am merely using the language to say that they are people ready for and actively working towards (big) change. This is the very opposite of hinting that they are closet Stalinists condoning mass murder. That was my point. Such use of English paints us into a corner: there are no words left adequately to describe the victims of what amounts to an ad hominem attack.

:focus:

GoodETxSG

11th December 2013, 13:21

I noticed the most important part of the quote of mine was emitted... But most pertinent. However if you feel better getting that out of your system maybe we can move on and back to topic... I apologize that I bruised any Ego's of those of that Ideology/Religion by bringing up uncomfortable past events. ALL of the "Ism's" have a sorted past and history that current generations try to omit, rewrite or separate ourselves from... Symantec's... word games... Humans really have evolved very little sadly.

As I stated, the people that identified themselves as Progressives and Socialist/Marxists were some of the highest places people I worked w/inside the Government current era here in the U.S.. The info and plans they have for the country that I have reported are according to their local doctrine and probably known to the higher crust of the organizations as how it usually works. Some of them were CFR Members and most of those members identify themselves with the same or similar labels. I am more concerned with how the people with the power label them selves, think of their ideology and its mission to be honest... IMHO.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressivism

The Devil is in the details... Symantec's... and vast lexicon of words we use to define things in this 3/4 D existence. If we continue to play word games we will all talk AT each other in circles and never to each other about what is truly important.

That topic is the defeat of the groups that use these definitions and words to separate us into different camps and not sit around the same camp fire and have the important discussions that will lead to our freedom from them.

Ego's must always have that one last flowery worded parting shot... And bait the next one! We have always been our own worst enemies while looking for others to blame. Is there hope for our species as a whole or at the end will it always be an isolated dying human soul seeing the path to source/love through hind sight? It does seem to be a part of our nature that we as a group are far from overcoming.

Moving on to the topic now please...

I
Semantics are critical here
Discussing the language of a thread is by nature both off-topic and on-topic; there is nowhere else it would completely on-topic. So please bear with me, I will finish my point from my European perspective (and European time) and then leave it. I am not seeking to derail; I am talking about reclaiming the language from Orwellian double-speak, so it definitely is part of the problem.

In non-political English, reactionary, conservative, progressive and revolutionary are points on a single spectrum, which might be termed one’s attitude towards change. A progressive accepts change as natural, inevitable, necessary and desirable: a component of growth in fact. A revolutionary sees the need to hasten things along. On the other hand a conservative is somewhat fearful of change, and puts the brakes on, only accepting it at a very slow rate; while a reactionary wants to go back to some previous state. For them change is a component of loss.

You could see life as a ski run. You can slalom to make the slope less steep, but you might as well straighten those skis, because there is no way you are going back up :)

These are not labels: on the contrary. They can be used to refine a discussion, and recognize that a single person can be both one thing and another in different circumstances. I, for example, would see myself as something of a revolutionary in the sense that I want to see radical change fairly quickly, and yet as something of a conservative when it comes to language. Words need to have a pretty stable meaning in the short and medium term (although they will still change in the longer term) simply because we need to understand what we are talking about.

Or another example: Stalin was revolutionary in some of his economic policies, and reactionary in his approach to human rights. Mass murder is not progressive: it is a huge part of the status quo that any progressive is in a hurry to change. To suggest otherwise is to wring the neck of the English language to the point where ‘War is peace’ also becomes true.

When I say Avalonians are progressives, I am not placing a label on them. I am merely using the language to say that they are people ready for and actively working towards (big) change. This is the very opposite of hinting that they are closet Stalinists condoning mass murder. That was my point. Such use of English paints us into a corner: there are no words left adequately to describe the victims of what amounts to an ad hominem attack.

:focus:

:doh:

GoodETxSG

11th December 2013, 13:37

Really?

http://www.rumormillnews.com/pix7/feds.jpg

ABOLISHING THE DHS, THE INFOGRAPHIC

December 10, 2013
ShareThis

SOURCE: SECURITYDEGREEHUB.COM

Abolish the DHS

http://www.securitydegreehub.com/

http://www.securitydegreehub.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/Abolish_the_DHS.jpg

How a panicked response to 9/11 wastes billions of dollars fighting a minuscule threat.

The DHS was created to fix a problem: 9/11
Or rather, the problems that led to 9/11: communication, coordination.[2]

1.) CIA monitored an al-Qeada planning meeting in Malaysia (2000).

But lost track of two members who made it to Bangkok.

These two terrorists made it to L.A.

And eventually flew American Airlines 77 into the Pentagon.

2.) FBI agent identified hijacked airliners as the weapon al-Qaeada would use.

Agent in Phoenix noted “Usama bin Laden” would attempt to send his men through aviation schools in the U.S.

3.) The Minneapolis FBI field office believed Zacharias Moussaoui, the accused 20th hijacker was planning the hijacking of a plane.

Yet failed to monitor him.

So the DHS was formed. So this wouldn’t happen again.
DHS=
22 agencies
70 buildings in 40 locations in DC
Reporting to 108 Congressional subcommittees and oversight panels.

Great for communication, right?

A cost benefit analysis found that for DHS spending to be worthwhile…
DHS would have to stop 4 otherwise successful car bomb attempts per day.[6]

DHS budget per year:[1]
2002–$13.03 billion
2003–$33.52 billion
2004–$36.2 billion
2005–$40.2 billion
2006–$41.1 billion
2007–$42.7 billion
2008–$46.4 billion
2009–$50.5 billion
2010–$55.11 billion
2011–$56.34 billion
2012–$56.94 billion
2013–$59.03 billion
2014–$59.96 billion

Put in Perspective:
All wheat bought in America, 2012: $7.5 billion
All Corn bought in America, 2012: $23.3 billion
DHS, 2012: $56.94 billion
All brewed beverages bought in America, 2012: $100 billion

Only 17 private American citizens died last year to terrorist attacks.
You have a greater chance of being crushed to death by your own furniture.[3]

17 deaths, vs:
1 million heart disease and cancer deaths
30,000 Gun deaths since Newtown [11/12/13]
And 40,000 suicides.

Is our second largest government agency worth it?

Budgeting without regard for population density, critical infrastructure, or risk assessments creates even more waste.[2]

1.) California: An urban fusion center acquired 55 large screen t.v.’s for training. They forgot to purchase training software. On the day inspectors visited, all 55 t.v.’s were on the same channel.
Price: $74,394
2.) Miami:Commander of Coast Guard District Seven has his stylish 6,200 sq. ft. home leased by tax payers.
Price: $111,600 in lease payments yearly
3.) Mason County Washington: Purchased a hazardous decontamination unit even though they have no hazmat team.
Price:$63,000
4.) Whitetail, Montana: Population 71, received a massive border checkpoint upgrade.
Price: $15,000,000
5.) Westhope, North Dakota: A border checkpoint serving an average of 73 people a day received a massive upgrade.
Price: $15,000,000
6.) Laredo, TX: Border checkpoint serving 55,000 daily and processing $116 billion in goods is nations highest priority. Receives no money.
Price: $0.00
7.) Tanzania: The U.S. Secret Service spent more than the entire country’s economic output for the week the first family was visiting.[8]
Price: $100,000,000
8.) Nationwide: To ensure the original 5 anthrax deaths don’t happen again, automated DNA-testing air sniffers were installed in many public buildings. Allowing testing of air 36 hours later. [9]
Price: $5,700,000,000

“If power companies invested in infrastructure the way DHS and Congress fight terrorism, a New Yorker wouldn’t be able to run a hair dryer, but everyone in Bozeman, Mont., could light up a stadium” ~ Economist Veronique de Rugy[8]

And eroding personal liberties:[7]

Warrantless Wiretapping
National Security Entry/Exit Registration System
the Real ID act
No Fly Lists
Monitoring of peaceful groups
Attacks on Academic freedoms
TSA searches
Domestic Drones
Militarization of the Police

Don’t let an overblown fear support a wasteful police state. Abolish the DHS.

GoodETxSG

11th December 2013, 14:00

Cannot think of a SINGLE REASON why our media would scrub such a huge story... Cab you? :tape:

CHANGE... YES WE CAN!!! Iceland did!

JGwMIlpgR2A

Icelanders Overthrow Government and Rewrite Constitution After Banking Fraud-No Word From US Media

Posted by RustyFeatured, NWOMonday, December 9th, 2013

http://guardianlv.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Icelanders-overthrow-government.jpg

by Rebecca Savastio on December 2, 2013.
IcelandCan you imagine participating in a protest outside the White House and forcing the entire U.S. government to resign? Can you imagine a group of randomly chosen private citizens rewriting the U.S. constitution to include measures banning corporate fraud? It seems incomprehensible in the U.S., but Icelanders did just that. Icelanders forced their entire government to resign after a banking fraud scandal, overthrowing the ruling party and creating a citizen’s group tasked with writing a new constitution that offered a solution to prevent corporate greed from destroying the country. The constitution of Iceland was scrapped and is being rewritten by private citizens; using a crowd-sourcing technique via social media channels such as Facebook and Twitter. These events have been going on since 2008, yet there’s been no word from the U.S. mainstream media about any of them. In fact, all of the events that unfolded were recorded by international journalists, overseas news bureaus, citizen journalists and bloggers. This has created current accusations of an intentional cover up of the story by mainstream U.S. news sources.
An “iReport” on CNN, written by a private citizen in May 2012, has questioned the reasons why this revolution has not been widely covered in the U.S., suggesting that perhaps the mainstream media is controlled by large corporate interests and thus has been unwilling to report on Iceland’s activities. That report is currently making its way around social media. CNN today placed a statement on its website saying: “We’ve noticed this iReport is being shared widely on Facebook and Twitter. Please note that this article was posted in May 2012. CNN has not yet verified the claims and we’re working to track down the original writer.” It is interesting to note that CNN’s European version, CNN Europe, already covered the story of the protests and the government’s resignation, leading many to question why CNN would now need to “look into” the claims.
Besides CNN Europe’s own coverage of the scandal, the events in Iceland were widely covered by international media and are easily verified by a simple search on Google which leads to a variety of reputable international news sources that ran numerous stories on the Icelandic revolution. A whole documentary has been made on the governmental overthrow called Pots, Pans and Other Solutions, and now, the conversation is focused on whether or not the citizens’ actions actually worked to make Iceland a more equitable nation.

http://guardianlv.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Iceland.jpg

Iceland
To understand the enormity of what happened in Iceland, it’s best to draw parallels between the initial banking fraud that caused Iceland’s economy to collapse and the banking fraud in the U.S. that caused the mortgage crisis six years ago. In Iceland, unscrupulous bankers had inflated the value of Iceland’s banks internationally which in turn caused the “bubble” to eventually burst in 2008 and saw most of Iceland’s banks going bankrupt.
A similar situation happened in the U.S. just one year before the collapse in Iceland, with the mortgage crisis of 2007. Mortgage lenders in the U.S. knowingly lent money to prospective homeowners who could not afford to purchase a home. This, in turn, led to falsely inflated home values and a vicious cycle of too much lending. Just as in Iceland, the bubble burst and many U.S. banks were about to declare bankruptcy. In Iceland, the citizens took to the streets by the thousands, banging pots and pans in what is known as the “pots and pans revolution,” leading to the arrest and prosecution of many unscrupulous bankers responsible for the economic collapse. Icelandic citizens also refused to pay for the sins of the bankers and rejected any measures of taxation to bail them out. In the U.S., the government bailed out the banks and arrested no one.
The pots and pans revolution in Iceland was not covered by mainstream U.S. media. In fact, any information about this revolution is found only on international newspapers, blogs and online documentaries, not on mainstream front-page articles as would be expected from news organizations covering a story of this magnitude. The New York Times published a small handful of piecemeal stories, blogs and opinion pieces, but mostly glossed over the main narrative by saying the 2008 financial collapse in Iceland caused “mayhem far beyond the country’s borders” rather than pointing out that Icelanders took to the streets with pots and pans and forced their entire government to resign.

http://guardianlv.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/Iceland-government-resign.jpg

Iceland
As the saying goes, “there are two sides to every story,” but a more accurate articulation of this phrase would be “in any story, there are multiple sides, viewpoints, opinions and perspectives.” The story in Iceland is no exception. Socialist and Marxist blogs here in the U.S. say that there’s been a massive U.S. news conspiracy and cover up about the revolution in Iceland because the U.S. media is controlled by corporations, including banks, and the “powers that be” don’t want U.S. citizens getting any ideas to stage a revolution of their own. Some conservative Icelandic bloggers claim that while there was, indeed, a revolution, it did not lead to a successful or widely accepted new constitution. They say the situation in Iceland is worse than ever, and that international news reports of an effective democratic uprising leading to a better government are simply myths. Social media commenters are scratching their heads over why they were robbed of the story of Iceland’s pots and pans revolution.
As with most narratives, the truth may lie somewhere in the middle of all of these varying perspectives. One thing is clear, though: it’s nearly impossible to find one mainstream U.S. news report of the pots and pans revolution in Iceland, the resignation of Iceland’s entire government, and the jailing of the bankers responsible for the economic collapse there. Whether or not the revolution led to a more fair government or a workable and effective constitution is irrelevant to the fact that the U.S. media has essentially skipped over this story for the past five years.
Is it possible that mainstream media sources purposely covered up the Iceland story to appease their corporate sponsors? It doesn’t seem likely, and yet, what explanation could be given as to why this news never made it to the front pages of our most trusted media organizations here in the U.S.?
As Iceland struggles to regain its footing with a new government, U.S. citizens may or may not be able to look to Iceland as an example of perfect democracy in action. The real question, though, is why weren’t U.S. citizens given the information about the ousting of the Icelandic government and the jailing of the unscrupulous bankers? Are journalists in control of the mainstream media or is there some truth to accusations that big business may, in fact, be strong-arming reporters to keep quiet about world events that could inspire similar actions here in the U.S.?

GoodETxSG

11th December 2013, 14:32

Excellent point... Who could disagree?
All conflicts and Wars are complete B.S.! There is no reason why a truly "Civilized" Race of beings should be handling disagreements with violence. The majority of the casualties are always civilian con-combatants (Women & Children). We end up creating more terrorists than we get rid of by butchering their families and culture. I makes absolutely no sense... It is all about $MONEY$! There is a video out there I will look for on You Tube (If someone had it please post it)... "All Wars Are Banker Wars".

All wars seem to also be started on purpose with false flags or back door agreements. War is a business as is mass murder. They both dovetail nicely into the overall agenda plus yield a nice profit for the sociopaths financing and selling arms to both sides... How vile and murderous us Humans must appear to any other beings passing through that stop to peek in on us. Shame Shame Shame...

he next conflict in the Middle East is COMPLETE B.S...

After listening to Brzezinski during tonight's CSIS meeting on Iran, the one worthwhile takeaway was his mention of how the West will engage Iran via Syria in the coming months unless the international community maintains an effective presence that stabilizes the country (paraphrasing here...). Our contacts in D.C. have stated that next to nothing constructive is going on in Syria to help resolve the civil war. That translates to another round of increasing rhetoric and hostility in and around Syria beginning early next year, similar to what we observed this year. The timing is interesting, as this coincides with when other sources are suggesting that the global currency reset is expected to transpire next year. Since the monetary reset cannot appear to have been agreed to behind the scenes, the conflict in Syria and the response by East and West in the Middle East and in financial/currency markets that leads to U.N. intervention will appear to precipitate the monetary reset and 30% devaluation in the U.S. dollar, not the other way around, when in fact the behind-the-scenes agreement to reset currency values relative to each other is already etched in stone. This strategem conceals the existence of the "secret government" NWO machinations. Also, a comprehensive Middle East peace agreement will be inked as a result of these events in the Middle East and financial/currency markets and that locks in the NWO game plan. Checkmate...

It is unlikely that you will find these dots connected anywhere else...look around and see what else may be floating around on the Internet and within your respective circles.

www.wonksmedia.com/555plan.pdf

GoodETxSG

11th December 2013, 17:38

Wow... The LIES... The SPIES... The ARROGANCE Coming from American Leaders has destroyed what little credibility we had left. This behavior at this "Head of State's" Funeral is both puzzling and sickening...

If it doesn't make you feel ashamed as an American then we have officially been desensitized to all uncouth behavior of our leadership (AKA "Representatives"... Does this represent You and Your values?). I have seen and heard American's and Europeans stretching to rationalize all kinds of behavior recently... But THIS? Really?
:doh:
--------------------- Again, I am not the biggest Beck fan but his material has been popping up in Alternative news recently ----------------------------------

Glenn Beck Trashes Obama’s Selfie! ‘Disgusting’(Video)

http://beforeitsnews.com/politics/2013/12/glenn-beck-trashes-obamas-selfie-disgustingvideo-2578638.html?utm_campaign=&utm_content=beforeit39snews-verticalresponse&utm_source=direct-b4in.info&utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FdOdP&utm_medium=verticalresponse

Wednesday, December 11, 2013 8:14
0
(Before It's News)

By Susan Duclos

Glenn Beck begins by discussing the much-discussed Obama selfie picture, something Michael Savage referred to as Obama acting like a teenage girl, but he had not seen the photo yet, then they show it to him and we get to see Becks utter and total disgust, disdain and contempt for what he is seeing as he trashes Obama for his actions.

I have to agree with Beck… disgusting.

88-VbSn-4Ng

GoodETxSG

11th December 2013, 17:50

I honestly do not see THIS Congress Impeaching their Messiah, Obama or any of his appointed minions... Even the ones that deserve it the most like Eric Holder/DOJ! IF the corrupt Republicans take over the House from the corrupt Democrats I really do not see anything changing.

If articles of Impeachment were introduced after the 2014 mid term elections (MAJOR IF) I am certain the master of distraction would stage something to prevent his legacy from having an Impeachment associated to it. If also the "New" Congress went after all of these scandals and held dozens of his Administration accountable he would just pardon them on his way out of office. IMHO...

I am only posting this video and link because of the possible implications not because I believe there is truth to it/FYI.
-------------------------------

Corsi: False Flag Imminent To Prevent Obama Impeachment (Video)

http://beforeitsnews.com/u-s-politics/2013/12/corsi-false-flag-imminent-to-prevent-impeachment-video-2456452.html?utm_content=beforeit39snews-verticalresponse&utm_source=direct-b4in.info&utm_medium=verticalresponse&utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FjPzq&utm_campaign=

Tuesday, December 10, 2013 13:51
0
(Before It's News)

By Susan Duclos

As talk of impeaching Barack Obama heats up, the Alex Jones interview with World Net Daily senior staff reporter Jerome Corsi brings up the possibility that a false flag or staged crisis will be implemented to prevent the impeachment.

Corsi says “Oh, they’ll stage something. There is no doubt they are going to stage something. What’s ready to happen, the next I think false flag or crisis on the horizon is the bursting of the stock bubble. This is another stock market bubble, just like the dot com bubble burst. Then you had the housing market bubble burst. Both manufactured bubbles, both engineered by the private bankers, the central bank.”

Via Raw Story:

“Iran succumb to the international bankers,” he continued. “And again, I think the next crisis we are going to face will be a loss of freedom opportunity. Forget about Obamacare, when everyone is going bankrupt because the dollar tanks, the stock market bubble bursts, that’s I think the kind of major crisis that is in the works for Obama to put back on the agenda a power grab and take off the agenda his impeachment.”

It is a theory but one that many believe, the dollar is on the verge of collapse, Republicans in Congress are talking impeachment more freely, movements seen across the country, in blogs, on forums and talk radio are pushing for it, so it makes sense that should calamity strike imminently that would quiet those voices, the media to be refocused elsewhere.

It is the standard operating procedure, distract the public and politicians with some attack, some manufactured crisis so all eyes are turned away from where they previously were looking.

m4VGGf8oLV4

http://beforeitsnews.com/contributor/upload/8435/images/Impeachmentmovement.jpg

GoodETxSG

11th December 2013, 22:01

http://rense.com/1.imagesH/Samsplash.jpg

Redstar Kachina

12th December 2013, 02:26

..........

Jeffrey

12th December 2013, 02:38

24050

http://www.dinargurunews.com/uploads/4/2/6/7/4267550/9566667_orig.jpg

The y-axes are roughly to scale as far as I can ascertain. A picture is worth a thousand words (especially from McClellan).

ADD: Just realize the quoted post was a gif.

GoodETxSG

12th December 2013, 02:39

OOPS... On the risk of being labeled ignorant again...

I know I said I was done with this topic with "Labels and Symantec's" but I had to break ranks as these articles forced me to break my own decision to move on...

Like I said, I based my prior statements in the words of the people I worked with who gave themselves these labels...

I now have to digress and post these links and articles because they tie in directly with my original post on the subject. BUT, do they sound familiar?

I realize I am reopening the subject and the sling of arrows and stones will follow. I was compelled to post for obvious reasons... Forgive me for being a flawed human. Yes... I took the bait!

Now I am Native American... This first article even tick's me off... quite a LOT! The RED quotes about WHITE GUILT about the killing and stealing of two Continents away from Native Americans... It is just sick! It pushes past the boundaries of ANYONE'S MORAL'S... I WOULD HOPE!!!

However, I post it none the less... even as my stomach churns on that bit... Like I said, PERSPECTIVE is EVERYTHING...

http://freedomoutpost.com/2013/12/racist-melissa-harris-perry-claims-using-term-obamacare-means-racist/

ANALYSIS

I was mistaken.
I had believed that the primary threat to the Black Community's interests was when a "shooting war" between the "Black Progressive" and the "White Conservative" was the most detrimental to Black community interests.

It turns out that the joint venture between the "White Progressive" and the "Black Progressive" is the scheme that imperils the Black community the most.

Racist Melissa Harris-Perry Claims that Using the Term “Obamacare” means You are a Racist

Posted By Richard Anthony on Dec 11, 2013 in Articles, Racism, Videos | 6 Comments
melissa harris-perry

http://cdn.freedomoutpost.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/melissa-harris-perry.jpg

Every now and them when I’m bored and need a good laugh, I switch-on MSNBC. But just when you think that things on that network couldn’t go lower than they already have, something like this rears its ugly (and incredibly obtuse) head.

Some of you are familiar with the antics of Melissa Harris-Perry. Yes, she’s the one MSNBC trot out when the Reverend Al Sharpton just can’t quite cut it with his race-baiting antics. They bring Melissa in to put the race-baiting icing on the racist cake. You’ve seen her when she wore tampons on her ears (to make a point). Well, here she is delivering a sermon, in her very absolute best “black dialect” to tell you, that if you use the term “Obamacare” you’re a racist.

0pvDI-vOmpo

As she rails about all of the trials and tribulations that President Obama has had to deal with during his history-making tenure in the White House filled with many hundreds of successful and history making accomplishments, but now this disgusting term created by “rich white men” to demean President Obama in his finest moment, is nothing but racism.
What a crock!

It’s bad enough that I’m supposed to give radical Islam a pass when they rape and murder with impunity. It’s bad enough that I am forced to accept homosexuality as “normal healthy behavior.” It’s also bad enough that I’m supposed to walk around saddled with “white guilt” for something none of my ancestors did to black people 300, 200 or even 50 years ago, even though my mother’s father was a full-blooded Cherokee, born on a reservation at the turn of the 20th century, and prior to that his people never owned a slave and were, in fact, treated worse than black people. Yet, I’m supposed to feel shame and guilt, because our current President is an idiot, who never should have been elected in the first place, and the only reason he was elected, was because of the color of his skin and not because of the content of his character? No, I think the race-card has been played-out.

As far as Melissa Harris-Perry goes, on a scale of 1 to 10, with 10 being the best for real “righteous indignation,” I think I’d give her a minus 5 for her ridiculous little diatribe. Hey Melissa, stick to wearing tampons in your ears!

Read more at http://freedomoutpost.com/2013/12/racist-melissa-harris-perry-claims-using-term-obamacare-means-racist/#j2dyK6yKxzrFeHcs.99

--------------------------

http://withintheblackcommunity.blogspot.com/2011/09/melissa-harris-perry-and-chris-matthews.html

Melissa Harris-Perry And Chris Matthews - "You Are A Racist If Your Support For Obama Weakens But You Can Reform Yourself If You Vote For Obama In 2012"
If someone can tell me that their basic arguments are materially more substantive than this - please prove it.

http://www.mrctv.org/videos/chris-matthews-obama-approval-down-because-white-voters-have-higher-standards-black-politicians

The only advantage that Perry and Matthews have is that they are highly literate individuals who know how to place the appropriate embellishments around their words to mask the scheme that is being represented.

The Nation Magazine: Melissa Harris-Perry: Double Standard, Black President, Why White Liberals Are Abandoning Obama
MSNBC's Chris Matthews: Whites Hold African American Politicians To A Higher Standard Than They Do White Ones
ANALYSIS

I was mistaken.
I had believed that the primary threat to the Black Community's interests was when a "shooting war" between the "Black Progressive" and the "White Conservative" was the most detrimental to Black community interests.

It turns out that the joint venture between the "White Progressive" and the "Black Progressive" is the scheme that imperils the Black community the most.

When the Embedded Black Fox Confidence Men "take one for the team" and beings a shooting war against the "White Conservative Wolf" (see the CBC recent antics) ...................it is the White Progressive Cheshire Fox that smiles most widely for it is HIS AGENDA that are advanced as his prime enemy and most loyal partner who doesn't ask for much are engaged in battle.

The Shooting War Between The Black Progressive Fundamentalist And The White Conservative
When the Embedded Black Fox Confidence Men and the White Progressive Cheshire Fox team up to keep their Progressive Flock in line with the program - the Black Community is the loser for it is compelled to place its PERMANENT INTERESTS into forbearance.

The Complicit Operations Between The White Progressive And The Black Progressive-Fundamentalist
HTML Tables

The important issue for everyone to understand is that Chris Matthews is not going to look at the Black Community support for Obama which is in the low to mid 80% range and then cross index this - not only against the 16.7% Black Unemployment rate but the "Mission Accomplished" local political districts that have:

Failed to create a job market sufficient to produce "Consumers Of Labor" for Blacks to sell our labor skills to
Failed to create institutions of academic attainment after the Progressive take over
Instead both Matthews and Prof Perry are exceedingly happy that the Black voter is going to invest his 'Equal Black Ballot" in a manner that is favorable to the both of them.

Oh How You White Progressives Have Little Faith, Now You Are Showing Your RACISM!

When Tavis Smiley and Prof Cornel West were stripped of their credentials and beaten upside of the head by the progressive coalition - I stated that I had no sympathies for them. They were prime operatives over the years in participating in these "Progressive-Fundamentalist Flash Mobs".

I stated that I hoped that they learned how it felt to be on the receiving side and that in the future they'd try to inculcate a bit more respect for diverse opinions among Progressives.

I would now like to extend this same model to the White Progressives who are being sanctioned by Prof Melissa Harris-Perry for "disloyalty to Obama". (Oh yeah - because his is BLACK. I forgot that one.

I am convinced that Prof Perry is an intolerant person based upon my observations of her message.
Despite being a vocal advocate for diversity, in truth she merely seeks conformity around the positions that have been sanctioned as "Progressive Approved". Thus the explanation of the term "Progressive-Fundamentalist". Many have asked about this perceived oxymoron. The fact is that a person who believes that "Progressivism" is the cure for everything that ails us and is not able to accept the damage in the Mission Accomplished Zones as being a residue of the forces that now dominate these areas - indeed is a candidate for "progressive-fundamentalism". I believe Prof Perry fits this bill.

To the White Progressives - as you listened to Janeane Garofalo and Bill Maher make attacks upon Black people who dared to not support Obama, concluding that they had self-hatred or some type of psychological disorder - you should ask yourself how it feels to have these toxins thrown upon you as you commit the sin of asking questions about Obama?

The truth is that the reality that engulfs the claim that Obama is being subjected to a massive racist attack because of his color is the scheme that is trying to dismiss the flurry of criticism that any president would receive in a failing economy and instead attribute it to RACISM.

We can only conclude that you (the White Progressive) were RACISTS all along or that the progressive bigots who are not calling you out will say anything to compel you to remain silent about the conditions in America because you don't want to be called a RACIST by them. The second portion points again to your RACISM because - as you note how other Whites have been attacked as "racist" you fear the same fate will be cast upon you.

Why not simplify matters and prevent your progressive-fundamentalist friends from running to the Racial Invective as their first weapon? This weapon that was reserved for conservative opponents can be used on you too, you know. All you need to do is be disloyal to the message.

The indictment of RACIAL MOTIVATIONS that formulate one's negative opinions of Obama is a more powerful club than is the evidence that the BLACK COMMUNITY'S PERMANENT INTERESTS has been molested as the Black Racial Services Machine is compelled to look past them in defense of Obama.

The audio report from Rep Cleaver (D-MO) says it all. The Embedded Confidence men have developed a new strategy to place Black people in a racial defensive - "Protect Obama while Stopping Speaking Truth To Power".

It is mind numbing to hear Progressives - Black and White to hold up (the Superior) WHITE opinion as the index of racism in political discourse. The Black numbers are "defensive" only. Just as I stated previously "Progressivism Is Inorganic". It does not produce ORIGINAL hatred/bigotry/bias (in their view). It only exhibits secondary negatives when the offending conservative compels it to act out as such.

I have stated many times I RESPECT THE ACUMEN OF THE 'EMBEDDED CONFIDENCE MEN'. They know how the body that they suborn influence over thinks. Their job is to erect the necessary narrative that is required for them to achieve the desired outcome.

It is the job of the rank & file to establish the necessary protections to defend against these antics.
================================
EDIT:
:confused: I guess I never realized there was such a visceral divide between people who label themselves Conservatives and Progressives (Of the various types). I see where some of the "Hot Responses" (And a very ugly email from one of the posters here) come from now, though I do not fully understand.

I find it kind of bizarre but that is the beauty of the divisive nature of Politics I guess...

GoodETxSG

12th December 2013, 17:22

For all of the public fighting and calculating and division when it comes down to it... "IT IS A CLUB, AND WE ARE NOT IN IT!"

We are those who are subjects and statistics on pieces of paper...
==========================================

The most exclusive flight in the world: Behind-the-scenes photos from Air Force One show the Obamas mingling with the Bushes and Hillary on journey to South Africa for Mandela's memorial
George and Laua Bush traveled to the Nelson Mandela memorial with the Obamas, Hillary Clinton, Eric Holder and advisors on Monday
Series of images show the Bushes and Obamas laughing together and looking over the former president's latest artwork on his iPad
Obama gave an emotional tribute to Mandela at the service but came under fire for posing for 'selfies' and shaking the Cuban president's hand
By DAILY MAIL REPORTER
PUBLISHED: 08:40 EST, 11 December 2013 | UPDATED: 13:11 EST, 11 December 2013
649 shares 466 View
comments
A series of intimate behind-the-scenes photos aboard Air Force One have revealed the moment George W. Bush proudly showed off his artwork to Hillary Clinton and Michelle Obama - and they look impressed.
Other images reveal him sharing a joke with the president and casually chatting ahead of dinner as they flew to South Africa for Nelson Mandela's memorial service.
The luxury aircraft hosted a political reunion on Monday, as the two Presidents and three first ladies - Laura Bush, Michelle Obama and Hillary Clinton - were on board.
The Obamas retired to the President's office and regular cabin at the front of the plane while former Secretary of State Clinton was given free reign of the senior staff's cabin. Bush and his wife Laura were given the medical suite.

http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2013/12/11/article-2521910-1A06B03500000578-542_634x422.jpg
Impressed: Former President Bush shows photos of his paintings to, from left, Michelle Obama, Hillary Clinton, Advisors Valerie Jarrett and Susan E. Rice, Attorney General Eric Holder and Laura Bush on Air Force One
Impressed: Former President Bush shows photos of his paintings to, from left, Michelle Obama, Hillary Clinton, Advisors Valerie Jarrett and Susan E. Rice, Attorney General Eric Holder and Laura Bush on Air Force One

http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2013/12/11/article-2521910-1A06B03000000578-186_634x453.jpg
Friendly: Obama jokes with former Bush shortly after boarding Air Force One for their trip to South Africa

http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2013/12/11/article-2521910-1A06AE5100000578-988_634x422.jpg
Friendly: Obama jokes with former Bush shortly after boarding Air Force One for their trip to South Africa
Dinner time: Obama and Bush talk as ahead of dinner aboard Air Force One with their wives and advisors
Dinner time: Obama and Bush talk as ahead of dinner aboard Air Force One with their wives and advisors
The former president has been perfecting his painting skills since leaving office, famously producing colorful images of horses, dogs and still life scenes after taking lessons from a local artist.
And during the long flight to South Africa, he took the opportunity to show the country's leading ladies his latest work on his iPad.
He is pictured with Michelle Obama, Hillary Clinton, Senior Advisor Valerie Jarrett, National Security Advisor Susan E. Rice, Attorney General Eric Holder and former First Lady Laura Bush.

More...
Twitter fury over Dave's selfie with Obama and a flirty Dane: Backlash over leaders' picture at Mandela memorial service that left Michelle VERY unamused
Chelsea Clinton sits front row at Mandela's memorial service while former president Jimmy Carter is relegated to the back
'It is nauseating': Backlash from Congress after Obama shakes hands with Fidel Castro's 'murderer' brother at Nelson Mandela's memorial service
Naomi's tears for Mandela: Supermodel breaks down after seeing ex-president's coffin as thousands of mourners line streets to see it driven to lie in state in the former home of apartheid
Sign language translator at Nelson Mandela's memorial was a FAKE: South Africa's deaf federation confirms his movements had 'no meaning'
COMMENT: Why a trip to South Africa in 2014 would be an appropriate celebration of Mandela's life
Rice looks particularly impressed - gasping as he scrolls through the images - while Clinton grins and Holder leans over the table to get a closer look.
In the images taken by White House photographer Pete Souza, Obama is also pictured grinning alongside Bush as they board the plane for South Africa.
In a more serious photograph, the president is pictured editing his speech for the memorial with Deputy National Security Advisor Ben Rhodes.

http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2013/12/11/article-2521910-1A06B02C00000578-66_634x437.jpg
Catching up: Former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton talks with the Obama's and Advisor Ben Rhodes

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2521910/Behind-scenes-photos-reveal-George-W-Bush-proudly-showing-artwork-dining-Obamas-Air-Force-One-journey-South-Africa.html#ixzz2nHWcjedN
Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

Redstar Kachina

13th December 2013, 00:04

..........

Hervé

13th December 2013, 01:05

May be they had a vision of a tsunami due to Icelandic effervescence rising?

Iceland jails former Kaupthing bank bosses (http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-25349240)

http://news.bbcimg.co.uk/media/images/71709000/jpg/_71709852_rexfeatures_1064713e%283%29.jpg
Kaupthing was the largest of the Icelandic banks to go into administration in 2008

Continue reading the main story (http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-25349240#story_continues_1)

Related Stories

Cash still stuck in Icelandic banks (http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-oxfordshire-23501613)
Kaupthing collapse inquiry ended (http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-19950147)

Four former bosses from the Icelandic bank Kaupthing have been sentenced to between three and five years in prison.

They are the former chief executive, the chairman of the board, one of the majority owners and the chief executive of the Luxembourg branch.

They were accused of hiding the fact that a Qatari investor bought a stake in the firm with money lent - illegally - by the bank itself.

Kaupthing collapsed in 2008 under the weight of huge debts.

For years, Kaupthing and other Icelandic banks had aggressively pursued overseas expansion plans, but when they went into administration, they brought the country's economy to its knees.

Just a few weeks before the collapse, Kaupthing announced that Sheikh Mohammed Bin Khalifa Bin Hamad al-Thani had bought a 5.1% stake during the financial crisis in 2008.

The move was seen as a confidence boost for the bank.

Legal costs
Hreidar Mar Sigurdsson, the former chief executive, received five and a half years, while Sigurdur Einarsson, former chairman of the board, was sentenced to five years in jail.

These are the heaviest sentences for financial fraud in Iceland's history.

The court gave Olafur Olafsson, one of the majority owners three years and Magnus Gudmundsson the former chief executive of the Luxembourg branch, three and a half years.

None of them were in court for the decision but it is expected that they will appeal.

The four were also made to pay their own legal costs for the case, which amount to millions of pounds.

The special prosecutor, Olafur Hauksson, said the deal had influenced the bank's share price. He also said the loans provided for the deal were illegal.

Mr Hauksson told the BBC that there was still another, bigger case against Kaupthing Bank ongoing, in which it is accused of market manipulation. It is due to come to court at the end of January.

Deceived
Kaupthing Singer and Friedlander was the UK arm of Kaupthing Bank - the largest of the Icelandic banks that went into administration in October 2008.

According to the Icelandic media, the charges state that the deal was done by first depositing a loan from Kaupthing bank into shell companies in the British Virgin Islands.

The money then went from there to a Cypriot based company called Choice, which was owned by Olafsson, Sheikh al-Thani and al-Thani's adviser.

From there it was moved to another firm called Q Iceland Finance, also owned by al-Thani, and then finally ended up back in the bank to pay for the shares.

It was never publicly stated that the company owned by Olafsson was party to the deal.

Sheikh al-Thani did not testify but he gave a statement to the prosecutors. In it, he said he did not know of any direct involvement by Olafsson to the deal.

Al-Thani's lawyers, who made an agreement with Kaupthing's administrators, said he considered himself to have been deceived.

ThePythonicCow

13th December 2013, 07:39

appearance of Lindsey
Here's is a transcript of Pastor Lindsey William's December 4, 2013 appearance on Gold Seek Radio: http://www.scribd.com/doc/190285575/Transcript-of-Lindsey-Williams-on-Goldseek-Radio-With-Chris-Waltzek-4th-December-2013

A couple of days later, on December 6, 2013, Pastor Lindsey Williams appeared on a second Internet show, with Kevin Gallagher, repeating his current message:
HTCTizWwBSc

It does make sense to me that the next step will be for the IMF to announce a world-wide agreement by all nations to submit to IMF control of the foreign exchange rates of their various national and regional currencies, supposedly in line with the resources of each nations (their assets and debts.)

Initially, this will not seem like much to the "man on the street", but it is the explicit subordination of national power to a world-wide organization to determine monetary exchange rates, and it opens the door for the next steps, including within the US increased austerity,
increased prices of goods and energy imported by the US,
increased recognition of the value of US natural resources as potential exports,
the theft of retirement funds (federal, state, union, corporate and individual) to "pay down the excessive US debt", and
(perhaps in 2015) an economic collapse with major bank failures, bank holidays, and loss of bank deposits.
This is the "New World Order", and Obama and the US Federal government will bow before it, as Obama has bowed to so many other political leaders around the world. This "global currency reset" is the formal recognition that the IMF (whoever the frick they are) sets world monetary policy, not individual nations.

I anticipate that this "global currency reset" will occur, as Pastor Williams predicts, within the next three months, and that it will result in lowering the value of the US Dollar (perhaps 30%, relative to other national currencies) and raise the value of the Chinese Yuan (thanks in part to what I expect will be their soon to be announced increased national gold hoard.)

Redstar Kachina

13th December 2013, 10:55

..........

Redstar Kachina

13th December 2013, 14:15

..........

gripreaper

13th December 2013, 14:25

That is interesting that you point out the baton is being passed to women, and that the fall is going to occur on their watch while the elite men behind the scenes who are really pulling all the strings are just setting up these women to take the fall and be the decoy.

Will the women fall for this?

turiya

13th December 2013, 14:57

...the IMF (whoever the frick they are)...

Just remember who your real enemies are - and they are not your next door neighbor.

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/JUST_REMEMBER_WHO_THE_REAL_ENEMY_IS.png (www.youtube.com/watch?v=u4xXnEKUY1U#t=49m23s)

turiya :cool:

Redstar Kachina

13th December 2013, 16:29

..........

Redstar Kachina

13th December 2013, 21:00

..........

Flash

13th December 2013, 21:33

ZrzzackpWcA
Set to HD (720p) and view full screen to read details of presentation. Constructive comments always welcome.

it is a private video addsub

Redstar Kachina

13th December 2013, 22:08

..........

Hervé

14th December 2013, 13:00

Maybe... just maybe...

BFP Breaking News- Omidyar’s PayPal Corporation Said To Be Implicated in Withheld NSA Documents

Sibel Edmonds (http://www.boilingfrogspost.com/author/sibeldenizalt/) | December 11, 2013 36 Comments (http://www.boilingfrogspost.com/2013/12/11/bfp-breaking-news-omidyars-paypal-corporation-said-to-be-implicated-in-withheld-nsa-documents/#comments)

The U.S. Government, An Implicated Billionaire, Fortune-Seeking Journalists & A Public in the Dark

Update 1: Verbatim Copy of Mr. Binney’s Statement (http://www.boilingfrogspost.com/2013/12/13/verbatim-copy-of-mr-binneys-statement/)

Update 2: Glenn Greenwald Goes on Record: “I Don’t Doubt PayPal Cooperates with NSA!” (http://www.boilingfrogspost.com/2013/12/13/glen-greenwald-goes-on-record-i-dont-doubt-paypal-cooperates-with-nsa/)

http://www.boilingfrogspost.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/1211_PayPal.png

The 50,000-pages of documents obtained by NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden contain extensive documentation of PayPal Corporation’s partnership and cooperation with the National Security Agency (NSA), according to three NSA veterans. To date, no information has been released as to the extent of the working relationship and cooperation between the two entities- NSA and PayPal Corporation. What’s more, the billionaire owner of PayPal Corporation has entered into a $250 Million business partnership (http://pando.com/2013/11/27/keeping-secrets/) with two journalists-Glenn Greenwald and Laura Poitras, a journalist duo who possess the entire cache of evidence provided by Edward Snowden. Despite earlier pledges by the journalists in question, only one percent (http://cryptome.org/2013/11/snowden-tally.htm) (1%) of Snowden’s documents has been released.

BFP was recently contacted by a retired NSA official who claims that the documents obtained by NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden contain extensive documentation pertaining to NSA’s partnership with major U.S. financial institutions, including credit card companies and PayPal Corporation. The official, who requested anonymity, also alleges that a deal (http://www.buzzfeed.com/rosiegray/greenwald-nsa-scoops-not-a-mindless-document-dump) was made in early June, 2013 between the journalists involved in this recent NSA scandal and U.S. government officials, which was then sealed by secrecy and nondisclosure agreements by all parties involved.

Upon receiving this report BFP contacted three other high-level former NSA officials for additional information and comments.

On December 11, 2013 we contacted Mr. William Binney, a former top official at the National Security Agency (NSA), and asked him to comment on the legitimacy of the above report, and whether he had any knowledge of the partnership and cooperation between NSA and financial institutions such as PayPal. He confirmed the legitimacy of the report and added:
The NSA has had the cooperation of major financial institutions, including credit card companies, to obtain all financial transactions of these companies’ clients-international and domestic. Further, the NSA not only obtains and stores the financial data of Americans and foreigners, but it also shares them with other government agencies such as the FBI and DEA.
When asked about the apparent conflict of interest and controversy involving the new business venture between the journalists in question and PayPal’s billionaire owner Pierre Omidyar, he had the following statement:
Sunlight, transparency, is the only cure; the only way to bring about needed changes. This is why the public is entitled to have all the evidence and documents. The partnership with PayPal’s owner, thus, the new ownership of Mr. Snowden’s documents by an individual who is implicated in these documents, presents grave concerns and consequences, and a major conflict of interest for transparency, integrity and whistleblowers.
Russell Tice, a former NSA Intelligence Analyst and Capabilities Operations Officer, also confirmed the report, and stated that based on his knowledge, NSA regularly obtains financial information from major financial institutions, including credit card companies and PayPal. In January 2009, during an interview (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tTivPZZorWY) with Keith Olberman, he stated that information from credit card records and other financial transaction was being collected and stored by NSA (See the interview here (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tTivPZZorWY)).

On December 10, 2013, in an exclusive interview with BFP, Mr. Tice expanded upon the NSA-Financial Institutions collusion:
For NSA, information from financial institutions such as PayPal is equally if not more valuable and sought after than that obtained from social media and other software companies such as Facebook, Microsoft and Google.” He added, “I wouldn’t doubt the existence of evidence and documents implicating corporations such as PayPal within the large cache obtained by Edward Snowden. The partnership and data collection arrangements have existed for many years.”
When asked about his opinion on Glenn Greenwald’s new $250 Million venture partnership with PayPal Corporation’s billionaire owner Pierre Omidyar, multi-million dollar book and movie deals, and recent unexplained immunity from the U.S. government, he stated the following:
“I would be outraged and highly vocal if I were in Edward Snowden’s shoes. For a journalist whom I had placed my trust in to go and withhold documents meant for the public?! For the journalist to make fortune and fame based on my sacrifices and disclosure?! Forming a lucrative business partnership with entities who have direct conflicts of interest?! No. That wouldn’t have been acceptable.”
Despite our submitted requests for confirmation, denial or comments, PayPal has refrained from responding to this report and contained allegations.

Full article: http://www.boilingfrogspost.com/2013/12/11/bfp-breaking-news-omidyars-paypal-corporation-said-to-be-implicated-in-withheld-nsa-documents/

Redstar Kachina

14th December 2013, 23:24

..........

Carmody

15th December 2013, 05:37

GoodeTXSG:

Another tidbit. Perhaps correlation can be found.

The insiders that I know, all have the same fear. Half spoken and unspoken, but very very real, within them.

That if we, as humans, in the public world of human life, if we reach the point of having over unity sciences in our grasp, that this current age of humanity.....will end.

They feel, or have been convinced, by something or someone, that things will end for all of us.

We are on that threshold now, in all ways and in all branches of physics and science, and public knowing.

ThePythonicCow

15th December 2013, 07:25

ThePythonicCow

15th December 2013, 08:05

We now have a meeting scheduled with one of George Soros's chief economic advisors around the end of this month...should be interesting. To date, there is nothing posted online identifying this person as his advisor and will not be mentioned in future updates. His name will not be released, but the information shared during the meeting will be posted here by the end of the year, so you will get the skinny before anyone else...in other words, Lindsey Williams is not the only one with 'elitist friends' at the ready...stay tuned.
Excellent :) :cow: :).

Redstar Kachina

15th December 2013, 10:50

..........

ThePythonicCow

15th December 2013, 18:18

This video suggests that the Chinese yuan could replace the U.S. dollar as the world's reserve currency; otherwise, some other world reserve currency will replace the dollar
Yeah - Lindsey's words lead do indeed one to suspect that the Chinese yuan will replace the US dollar - but if I had enough money that it mattered, I'd bet on some sort of BIS/IMF/Bancor/SDR/basket of currencies, controlled by the IMF, to replace the US dollar as the world's "reserve currency", that being the monetary unit: to which national/regional currencies will be pegged, to within a few per-cent, at IMF determined Forex ratios,
which is lent, at interest, by the BIS/IMF/World Bank/Banksters to nations in need,
which is used for major trading arrangements such as oil, when other bilateral arrangements have not been made, and
which nations are expected to hold in reserve to settle trade imbalances.
The upcoming global monetary reset will demonstrate the public submission of all 200+ nations on this planet to the IMF's superior role in determining global monetary policy.

Once the US bows before the IMF's monetary policy and the BIS's banking regulation, then the IMF/BIS will have the publicly acknowledged control that they require to drive the US into austerity and depression, further extending their control over the US and its people.

Bob

15th December 2013, 19:46

Over-unity techs remain embargoed in the U.S...but there are a group of us willing to move them forward if ONE inventor is willing to release a viable tech via open source, rather than hold the technology ransom or make it impossible to independently replicate. [...] If there are exceptions available to move into production, speak now or forever hold your peace...
[...]

See you on the flip-side. :fish2:

We've discussed this before. There are a few technologies, "over unity" that have been ready to go since the late 1990's. When such was submitted the response was "nothing", no dialog, no support, no contacts who would follow through, groups that said "the technology" would become theirs (and thereby controlled and not left purely open sourced licensed...)

Redstar Kachina

15th December 2013, 20:35

..........

Bob

15th December 2013, 21:14

Well, getting back to the OP (and that is a doozie, long and a LOT of discussion points), let's quote just this one section so "staying on topic" is prime directive..

From GoodeTXSG

I guess you by now I like to poke the Bear a little more than I should and it has cost me dearly several times. I feel compelled to do so here on my favorite medium AVALON again...

This was an interesting confirmation that I didn't expect to see in the Alternative Media. I communicated some of this exact info privately to some of you in PM's and offline months ago.

I have heard of FEMA, DHS, FBI, Military Intelligence Bureaucrat Types (Usually FORMER, Army/Air Force/Navy) and Bank Executive Homes empty (My own sources, some I knew well)... when friends or former colleges do not hear from them and begin to worry and start showing up and looking in the windows of the house they are approached by neighbors, private investigators and even concerned family members who have no idea where their loved ones have gone or why.

These are usually secure and gated communities and the few witnesses state that trucks moved the families out in less than an hour.

WHY would THEY leave in such haste without telling people such as their PARENTS (Close Family/Friends) or give any notice to coworkers or bosses (That we know of or have had verified)?

WHAT IS GOING ON???

Before many of my sources dried up I heard many of the same things from this article and more... much more. Since this article covers some of it pretty well (Though some of it is nonsense and will be obvious to you... as always disinfo mixed w/info)... I am going to post it with a couple little pieces I heard today (That was shared w/me that didn't directly concern me, that I will keep to my self).

1. The Military is in absolute disarray! Our "TRUE CONSTITUTIONAL MILITARY MINDED" leadership has been decapitated almost completely and replaced with "Military Bureaucratic Nazi Robots"

2. NAVY/Air Force/Army 0-9's Down to the "Need to Know" specific ranks are in the midst right now of seeing what has happened but are a day late and a dollar short.

The fact that each branch does not trust each other nor do certain divisions is a major problem. They are NOW being hit with the "PURGE" and are not even trusting many of the people they trusted to watch their backs in decades past. SO, they are reaching outside of the Military to Veterans groups and even outside of the country (A DANGEROUS MOVE!). Many are desperate.

3. Administration and ABOVE the Administration are extremely afraid of some of the info Snowden has in his possession (The BIG stuff!) and how the hell he got it... No freaking way it was on his own! This PURGE is to prevent any further possible leaks in the future and to
MAKE DAMN SURE only LOYAL'S are in positions of access to sensitive or damaging info/data.

4. ANY and ALL PERSONS with any type of active security clearance (Or who had an active status during the last 10 years) is being re-vetted as though they were going for the highest clearance in the land. "Leaving no stone un-turned". This is to be done so by the NSA as quietly as possible.

5. A Clamp down on the Main Stream Media is to be pushed. A definition of what a "Journalist" is will be set. A "Journalist" will have to be registered and play by the rules and there will be NO MORE whistle blower protection... NO MORE embarrassing... I MEAN, Stories damaging to "Homeland Security".

6. Alternative "News" and "Blogger" posters will be compiled and placed on a separate type "Watch List" as will a number of other "Threat Groups".

This will be done in secret and at a never ever imagined level in American history.

DHS will be doing low key interviews of neighbors etc under the guise of other agencies or entities/corporations or city workers. What will be done with the people that end up on this "LIST"? I wasn't told. I asked about FEMA Camps but they moved to another topic.

7. Other info you can glean from the article I believe...

I WILL CATCH CRAP FOR THIS POST! But read the below article and use discernment.

Almost all of my old contacts have dried up and have left either empty houses or dead phone numbers or closed contact accounts with no explanations or good bye's...

Some close friends I served with and some family. The couple I have left used this Holiday Season to share some info while in town.

I actually may not hear from them anymore or have anything else to report myself after this.

So, I figure I will report and let you shake the the box and sift the BS from the Nuggets of good Intel...

IMHO - what I have stated above is what I have gathered from conversations directly with contacts from my prior work.

I trust the people and have know them in some cases all of their lives.

Info is only as good as its ORIGINAL source which I CAN NOT VOUCH FOR.

However, when you get bullet points that match from unrelated sources you have to pay attention yet use your OWN BRAIN and DISCERNMENT!!! PLEASE USE YOURS!

Why Are the Bankers and Ex-Intel Types Running For Their Lives?

http://thecommonsenseshow.com/2013/1...r-their-lives/

Probably the most relevant in the OP to the question - how to proceed - are points 1 and 2 posed by GoodeTXSG.

Any free energy technology is a threat to 1) national security 2) world economic status quo

National security issue - any free energy device, over unity would have the potential to create a weapon of mass destruction (WMD status) warranting immediate investigation by all Agencies of the developers and the technology - therefore any such developers, and/or technology would have to be mitigated, suppressed or shut-down by any appropriate means.

World Economic Status Quo - snafu - any change in the amount of currency, perceived wealth, resource development upsets the predicted power base of who controls what for what goal. Any technology capable of changing the perceived power base economies would have to be suppressed, derailed or otherwise mitigated.

In GoodeTXSG's point 6 probably denotes part of the suppression - WMD and WMED (weapon of mass economic destruction) no doubt are of concern. Finding out who and what could perform any disruption would be appropriate as part of building a data-base.

One assumption that has been made in the Forum(s) is that there are those who despite being suppressed would be willing to make available technology is a curious question. Who would want to jump thru that noose, and jump off the stool, or "disappear" willingly or unwillingly? As has been pointed out "throwing money" for instance at them has merely shown nothing can come out of it, and one more "lead" has been taken off the list of likely disrupters of WMD and WMED technologies.

Just for reference for folks not following what does "over unity" energy have to do with national or world security.. Any energy device that can rapidly be made to produce all of it's yield (stored or produced or created or extracted energy) in a short period of time can become something bigger than an atomic bomb. A free-energy device claiming 100X over unity (unity means 1:1 efficiency, total useful energy out equals amount of energy in) would be of intense concern to numerous Agencies, across the world. Any over-unity device could produce a cascading chain reaction until stopped by some-thing..

Redstar Kachina

15th December 2013, 21:27

..........

Bob

15th December 2013, 21:35

Then are there agency types, ex-mil types willing to upset the apple-carts, economists/bankers willing to alter the predictions, statistics for some perceived "ultimate" goal? Investors willing to destroy their wealth when a system that gave them power would go down?

Would those who were wanting to been disappeared ? (asking about GoodeTXSG's primary questions/observations).. Human nature, or :snafu: says it won't change, the system will continue as-is until "predicted change of economic power base" moves out of the obvious seen/visible "old guard" and into the new (who may have been behind it all along in a vast 100 year plan..)

Redstar Kachina

16th December 2013, 02:06

..........

Carmody

16th December 2013, 04:10

That if we, as humans, in the public world of human life, if we reach the point of having over unity sciences in our grasp, that this current age of humanity.....will end.

Do those you know suppose that there is something that could be done or that could happen, so that humanity could continue and gain such sciences, or do they suppose that over unity sciences must remain suppressed, at all costs?

I told them, that in my opinion, that they had been misled. That things were more positive than that.

That humanity would change as the technology was being introduced, as it is a 'no choice' situation.

as for right now, with fukushima and the like, we are now in a no win situation if it is not introduced.

The only way out is forward. Sociopaths seem to think otherwise. Their refusal is obvious.

We may also be in a Vulcan and Zephram Cochrane type of situation (star trek film 'first contact'), where Cochrane first used his warp drive, a group of nearby space traveling Vulcans noted it and then made 'first contact'.

That If we widely use over unity devices that this may open the door to full contact in multiple ways and channels. That some form of limits may be removed. Akin to 20 or more Columbuses landing at the same time, and we are the natives. Total breakdown of human culture and life inside of 20 years (pick a timeframe, all are ugly). There is also the danger of the technologies having dual use, as mentioned. Simple tricks that can be used on existing technologies that can be ridiculously dangerous. The introduction of the technologies is ultra critical. Gravitational seems best, and the most difficult to screw up and turn into something dangerous.

So, a world government and a simple OU technology might be best, but again, with who in charge.

I was interested in getting the sociopaths out of that position (of being in charge), as is the bulk of humanity.. Humanity, overall, wants to be reasonable, but the sociopaths do not, right up the point if dying. Very well then. Create a custom made self directed missile that relentlessly seeks them out, over time, and eliminates them all. Since we are dealing with sociopaths, that kind of ticking and real bomb is required to get them to the negotiation table. Nothing else was working in the realm of adjudication, so it was time to move to what does work. That scenario was bound to happen regardless; I just made it more real, more directed, moved up the timetable, and introduced them to it.

grapevine

16th December 2013, 13:53

Carmody

16th December 2013, 14:01

Do you not feel, however, that sociopathology is being cultivated and marketed to our collective behaviour, such that civilisation is becoming more competitive and aggressive and less caring and generous? This is particularly noticeable in the banking, marketing and political arenas, to name just three. And the bullying that is allowed at school and in the workplace these days is awful. It will take a lot of time - time we may not have - to market it back, even if we could start right now.

To quote from The Stellar Man, by John Baines:

"Personality is merely a reflection of the common soul, which shapes the subject's psyche with unsuspected power. It is no more than an emanation from the common deposit, which is incorporated and personalized in an individual who thus acquires, if it is possible to use this expression, "an animal soul of his own" in miniature and distinguished from the great collective soul.

In this way, the individual receives from his parents a physical and genetic inheritance, and from humanity, the legacy of power and animal intelligence. Under these circumstances, it is very difficult for the individual to overcome this overwhelming compulsion and shape his own individual personality. He must resign himself to sharing the common fate of his fellow men, unless he is "lucky" enough to reach a Hermetic school. . . . .

The collective program (of the collective soul) based on fierce and inhuman rivalry, obliges the individual to kill in order to eat. Death has many degrees, and physical destruction is the last of them, but before this, there is the slow decline that is a result of the destruction of one's inner longings. We may kill by annihilating the will of others or pitilessly exploiting them; returning evil for evil; destroying their love, sanity, happiness, and peace; or slandering, insulting, or being icily hardhearted toward others' problems.

The future of the human race does not look promising: the accelerated development of a cold and inhuman intelligence without love or spiritual content"

And that is what the money and the banks,and the controlled religions are about. Debt and death- you owe, it's off to death and debt you go. Babylonian debt money and blood sacrifice. Control, slavery, and death, trying to tune this place to their desires.

Which is entirely false.

It's all abundance and no debt, just learning and opening, which Hermeticism was and is teaching.

Which is why they killed Giordano Bruno. He was illustrating that, clearly.

Which is why the attack on ANYTHING that teaches abundance, without debt.

If humanity turns that one single psychological corner, one of abundance, their game is over.

For them to to be successful...All attempts at abundance must be ended, vibration lowered, minds collapsed and made to look inward, to attack each other instead of attacking no one -and being open and free.

Whoever is in balance, they go after them and raze the very ground that those open and free people live on.

ThePythonicCow

16th December 2013, 14:34

I just started reading Jim Willie's monthly Hat Trick Letter (http://www.goldenjackass.com).

It is becoming increasingly apparent that we need to pay attention to who is one what side in this battle of the bastards in power.

I am suspecting that, while it is no doubt complex and no doubt key players are quite unknown to little old me, it can still be broken down into a couple of camps:

Team A: The banking cartel, Banksters (JPMorgan, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Barclays, Bank of America, RBS, ...), Zionists ruling Israel, Bushes, ex-(or not so ex)-Nazi's, the Institute of Religious Works (IOR, aka the Vatican Bank) ...

versus

Team B: The Chinese, Russians, BRICSA nations, International Monetary Fund (IMF), Bank of International Settlements (BIS), Ernst & Young (auditor of the IOR, Lloyds of London and the BIS), the City of London and the Rothschilds, the new Pope Francis (who asked Ernst Young to audit the IOR), Jesuits (backers of Francis), and BaFin (http://www.bafin.de/EN/Homepage/homepage_node.html) (the German financial regulators) ...

My money is on Team B.

I don't have any clear speculation yet on how the US agencies such as the various military branches, the CIA, FBI and NSA, Homeland Security, ... fit into this.

Well, with one exception ... I'd speculate that the CIA is on Team A, with for example its many connections to the Bush's, the banking cartel and the drug business. This would suggest that the NSA is on the "other side", and that Joseph P. Farrell's speculation that the NSA's vast surveillance capabilities have a financial motivation might be read as saying that the NSA is spying on the banking cartel.

That speculation suggests that Edward Snowden is a tool of the banking cartel, due to his dominant focus on exposing the NSA and his "formative" years with the CIA, before going to work for Dell as a contractor for the NSA. Putin may be safeguarding Snowden not due to a close alignment of interests, but on the principle of "keep your friends close, and the tools of your enemy closer." Putin is a Russian, not a Team B Rothschild, but right now Team B, as the enemy of his enemy, is more his ally.

GoodETxSG

16th December 2013, 15:33

OOOPS, These places are every where... (Some of the info SNOWDEN has/FYI). What are ALL of these DUMB's REALLY for? Government Agencies and Military Only? No, There are way tooooo many of them.

A large percentage of them are all over the world, in EVERY STATE and larger than most cities and even though they are under mountains and miles underground they are connected by tunnels that are Highways and "HIGH Speed Shuttle Systems".

Whether it be a part of the Elites "Dark Spiritual Beliefs", "Known cycles of Earth changes", or "Safe Places to hide when their CON has gone as far as it can"... They ARE ready and prepared for something. They are in preparation mode and getting ready for lock down mode.

=========================

Mapping the Blind Spots: Developer Unearths Secret U.S. Military Bases

http://rack.1.mshcdn.com/media/ZgkyMDEzLzEyLzE0L2FhL21pbGl0YXJ5YmFzLmEzY2U4LmpwZwpwCXRodW1iCTk1MHg1MzQjCmUJanBn/c6ee5d67/9cd/militarybase.jpg

If you look closely enough on Google or Bing Maps, some places are blanked out, hidden from public view. Many of those places disguise secret or sensitive American military facilities.

The United States military has a foothold in every corner of the world, with military bases on every continent. It's not even clear how many there are out there. The Pentagon says there are around 5,000 in total, and 598 in foreign countries, but those numbers are disputed by the media.

SEE ALSO: 7 Outdated Technologies the U.S. Military Still Uses

But how do these facilities look from above? To answer that question, you first need to locate the bases. Which, as it turns out, is relatively easy.

That's what Josh Begley, a data artist, found out when he embarked on a project to map all known U.S. military bases around the world, collect satellite pictures of them using Google Maps and Bing Maps, and display them all online.

The project, which he warns is ongoing, was inspired by Trevor Paglen's book "Blank Spots on the Map" which goes inside the world of secret military bases that are sometimes censored on maps.

"I wanted to apply this to a digital landscape," Begley told Mashable. "What are the actual blind spots of Google Maps or Bing Maps? Which installations are secret and which can be viewed on the open Internet?"

Begley has found the coordinates for 650 bases, and published pictures for 644 of them — although a few are blacked out, not displayed, or blurred.

He started working on the project at the beginning of November, simply armed with the Department of Defense 2013 Base Structure Report, an inventory of all the real estate owned by the Pentagon around the world, a few media reports that uncovered secret bases, and a computer script he had used last year to make another mapping project that displayed aerial pictures of U.S. prisons.

He modified that script, which he made along with his friend and fellow digital artist Jer Thorp, to grab a series of coordinates from a database file, query the Google and Bing maps' APIs, and automatically capture a satellite picture of that spot. Sounds easy enough, but some publicly available coordinates aren't particularly precise, so Begley had to manually take screenshots for those (and he still has to finish correcting some mistakes).

This manual work was also necessary in cases where the bases are secret, or at least not officially acknowledged by the U.S. government. The CIA site that independent journalist Jeremy Scahill uncovered in Mogadishu, Somalia, or the secret drone base unearthed by Wired's Noah Shachtman earlier this year are examples.

Begley had already included a picture of a highly classified facility in Qatar before U.S. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel officially revealed its location on Tuesday — even though it had been something of an open secret.

Which leads us to the question: Is any of this actually a good idea? Is any of this actually a good idea?

Google Earth satellite pictures were reportedly used to pinpoint a target by terrorists who killed 164 people in a tragic attack in Mumbai, India, which prompted some to call for a ban on publishing these types of pictures.

"Google and Microsoft and every other commercial provider should be barred from photographing and displaying military bases," Computerworld's Patrick Thibodeau wrote at the time. "We are building intelligence capability for our enemies."

But experts disagree, and don't see Begley's site as something to worry about.

" The capability to acquire and publish such imagery is simply a fact of life that military forces and others have to adapt to The capability to acquire and publish such imagery is simply a fact of life that military forces and others have to adapt to," said Steven Aftergood, an expert in secrecy and researcher for the Federation of American Scientists.

This capability can theoretically be used to plot terror attacks, he explained, but it can also provide great geographical insight.

"In an open society, we take the good with the bad," he told Mashable.

"I’m sure it’s not welcomed by the DoD," said Joe Francica, the editor in chief and vice publisher of Directions Media, a publication that covers geospatial technology. "But if you are in intelligence at Al-Qaeda, somebody probably has done this already."

A Department of Defense spokesperson didn't respond to Mashable's requests for comment.

Begley, on his part, said he would understand if someone criticized the project, but he doesn't see anything wrong with it.

"I'm mostly just posing the question," he said. "[The website] really is just a highlight of things that are already available on the Internet."

Moreover, it's not unprecedented. In 2000, pictures of the once secret Area 51, taken by a Russian satellite, were leaked on the Internet.

Nobody owns the skies above secret bases, so there's no law that prevents privately-owned or public satellites from snapping pictures from space. But when it comes to publishing them, secrecy can still prevail.

Google Maps, for example, doesn't show an image for the secret drone base exposed by Wired. But Bing does.

http://rack.3.mshcdn.com/media/ZgkyMDEzLzEyLzEyLzI5L3N1YWRpYXJhYmlhLmUyNjkzLmpwZwpwCXRodW1iCTEyMDB4OTYwMD4/b0413be9/00b/suadi-arabia-drone-base.jpg
suadi-arabia-drone-base

And in other cases the censorship — for lack of a better word — can be even more imaginative, as it is with images of the Volkel Air Base, a military base in the Netherlands.

http://rack.2.mshcdn.com/media/ZgkyMDEzLzEyLzEyLzYxL3ZvbGtlbGFpcmJhLjU0NzZhLmpwZwpwCXRodW1iCTEyMDB4OTYwMD4/27e322a4/eab/volkel-air-base.jpg
volkel-air-base

These are cases in which Google and Microsoft were asked not to publish a clear image of the sites. The two companies declined to answer specific questions about the sites, and about Begley's project. But they explained that sometimes, it's not up to them to make these kind of calls.

"Google Earth is built from a broad range of imagery providers, including public, government, commercial and private sector sources — some of which may blur images before they supply it to us," said a Google spokesperson.

Microsoft, on its part, explained that sometimes it is required to delete or blur images. "We work with our imagery collection vendors to ensure that they comply with applicable laws," a company spokesperson said.

Take a look at the most interesting aerial views, as chosen by Begley himself, in the gallery below.

http://rack.1.mshcdn.com/media/ZgkyMDEzLzEyLzEyL2I3L2hhcnZleXBvaW50LmZmYzNhLnBuZwpwCXRodW1iCTg1MHg1OTA-CmUJanBn/06d6109c/af7/harveypoint.jpg

norman

16th December 2013, 16:05

And that is what the money and the banks,and the controlled religions are about. Debt and death- you owe, it's off to death and debt you go. Babylonian debt money and blood sacrifice. Control, slavery, and death, trying to tune this place to their desires.

Which is entirely false.

It's all abundance and no debt, just learning and opening, which Hermeticism was and is teaching.

Which is why they killed Giordano Bruno. He was illustrating that, clearly.

Which is why the attack on ANYTHING that teaches abundance, without debt.

If humanity turns that one single psychological corner, one of abundance, their game is over.

For them to to be successful...All attempts at abundance must be ended, vibration lowered, minds collapsed and made to look inward, to attack each other instead of attacking no one -and being open and free.

Whoever is in balance, they go after them and raze the very ground that those open and free people live on.

Carmody, I don't speak with any great specific knowledge, but, I think there is a better than slight chance that 'they' are not entirely against the technology of 'abundance'.

What I do think is certain though, is that they will use lethal force to suppress it until they have reached a point with their time/event plan where they have a complete global control over everything and anything that may spring from it's adoption.

Yes, I believe they are genuinely scared of what it could do to the human race, as things are right now. To be honest, I am too. Something different has to be happening with the public consciousness before it's a safe move to make. On one hand, there's those who see it as a "shifted" consciousness type of thing. On the other hand, there's those who see it as a total control type of thing. Unless there's a miracle, the guys into total control seem to be the ones whole have it their way.

ThePythonicCow

16th December 2013, 17:05

Expect Devastating Global Economic Changes In 2014
http://beforeitsnews.com/economy/2013/11/expect-devastating-global-economic-changes-in-2014-2574524.html?currentSplittedPage=1
In his latest subscription newsletter, Jim Willie takes considerable material from the original source of this BeforeItsNews.com article:

Expect Devastating Global Economic Changes In 2014 (Alt-Market.com; Brandon Smith; Nov 27, 2013) (http://www.alt-market.com/articles/1837-expect-devastating-global-economic-changes-in-2014)

ThePythonicCow

16th December 2013, 18:04

might be read as saying that the NSA is spying on the banking cartel
So if the NSA claims that their spying is intended to prevent another 9/11 ... they might actually be speaking truthfully :).

GoodETxSG

16th December 2013, 18:30

Very Nice! I might go one step further and say "THEY may actually be speaking "accurately" about preventing "Another 9/11".

Whether truth has anything to do with it I dunno...

I think "Looking INSIDE to prevent Another 9/11" type situation would be an accurate statement. Sadly if "Another 9/11" is pulled off it will be to further remove human rights, AND by "THOSE" who are doing the "WATCHING"! IMHO.

might be read as saying that the NSA is spying on the banking cartel
So if the NSA claims that their spying is intended to prevent another 9/11 ... they might actually be speaking truthfully :).

Redstar Kachina

16th December 2013, 20:04

..........

Redstar Kachina

16th December 2013, 20:47

..........

Redstar Kachina

17th December 2013, 00:19

..........

ThePythonicCow

17th December 2013, 05:48

It's time for Lindsey Williams to retire from public life...he has contributed a great deal to what is available to the public since he published his Energy Non Crisis book, but it's obviously going downhill to a point where Lindsey is creating more problems than solutions. I am grateful for the many contributions he has made over the years.
There is unfortunately some precedence for this particular sort of confusion/misinformation by Lindsey Williams. In March of 2012 (see here (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=64ON6KrIf8U)), Lindsey said that "The Us dollar is dead by the end of 2012". Lindsey has never really owned up to the failure of this prediction, claiming something along the lines of (my paraphrase) that the US Dollar did die in December 2012 ... we just haven't noticed yet.

ThePythonicCow

17th December 2013, 06:39

In the latest Lindsey Williams DVD, which apparently addsub has posted as a Youtube video at the beginning of his Post 190, above (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65952-Why-Are-the-Bankers-and-Ex-Intel-Types-Running-For-Their-Lives--Confirmed-for-MONTHS-by-my-vanishing-sources-&p=773030&viewfull=1#post773030), Lindsey Williams says he was told that this Global Currency Reset "may possibly take place within the next three months" (listen starting at 1:23 within that Youtube video). That qualifier "may possibly" is a rather vital omission from Pastor Williams other statements regarding this forecast.

I imagine that it would have been pretty easy to "get to" Pastor Williams, by putting him in contact with another "elite friend" or two, who had the ability to twist words, tell credible lies, and feed Pastor Williams "healthy ego."

gripreaper

17th December 2013, 06:48

ThePythonicCow

17th December 2013, 08:20

It does make sense to me that the next step will be for the IMF to announce a world-wide agreement by all nations to submit to IMF control of the foreign exchange rates of their various national and regional currencies, supposedly in line with the resources of each nations (their assets and debts.)

This no longer makes sense to me :).

I retract my support for Lindsey William's forecast of a Global Currency Reset (GCR) in the next three months.

The rebuttal of addsub above is persuasive. I find myself guilty of some of the same fuzzy thinking that I sometimes accuse others of:

Letting over-specificity ("204" countries, in "three months" agreed to a "five per-cent" limit on variations from "IMF" established foreign currency exchange (forex) rates ...) be overly persuasive.
Wishful thinking (not that I really want a global monetary new world order to prevail, but rather that I preferred that it occur with minimal bloodshed and human suffering.)

One cannot get 204 nations to agree on the time of day, the length of a meter, or which side of the road to drive on :).

One cannot even get them to agree that there are 204 nations ... only approximately 190 to 195 nations are generally agreed to.

Carmody

17th December 2013, 15:40

Team A: The banking cartel, Rockefellers?, Banksters (JPMorgan, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Barclays, Bank of America, RBS, ...), Zionists ruling Israel, Bushes, ex-(or not so ex)-Nazi's, the Institute of Religious Works (IOR, aka the Vatican Bank) ...

versus

Team B: The Chinese, Russians, BRICSA nations, International Monetary Fund (IMF), Bank of International Settlements (BIS), Ernst & Young (auditor of the IOR, Lloyds of London and the BIS), the City of London and the Rothschilds, the new Pope Francis (who asked Ernst Young to audit the IOR), Jesuits (backers of Francis), and BaFin (the German financial regulators) ...

I have no insider information and am not close to anyone who stands at the gates of power and can see beyond the horizon, but this seems fairly accurate to me. What I don't understand, is how the Rockefeller's, who are (or were) the agents of the Rothschild regime during the last century, turned and became the opposition.

A little history. Back in the late 1800's when oil was just emerging as the primary fuel for industrialization, it was Amschel who financed Standard Oil and basically "allowed" his agents in the US to proliferate and expand. What I'm afraid they miscalculated, was how oil would become the number one commodity this century, surpassing all other streams of revenue and capital accumulaiton and appreciation. Did Rockefellers "et al" (Bush's, Harriman's, Warburgs, JP Morgan, etc) get as big as the Rothchilds in this last century and become a formidable foe, thus they need to be reconciled back to agent status?

Also, why would the Vatican bank side with team A and the Jesuits be on team B? That doesn't seem right. The Vatican is the oldest and most deeply engrained, and all others are agents and subsidiary to them.

What is typical at the top, is no one breaks rank. If it appears that someone does break rank, then are we not being misled and there is something else going on? These are the types of questions I need to ask critically, as I'm not convinced there are two competing factions that high up the food chain. If so, then I'd like to know what the strategies are for both, and whether I want to root for either team. After all, it could just be the grandkids having a bit too much fun.

JP Morgan, part of that US group, part of the US oil/banking/power oligarchy, is among those who suppressed and killed FE inventors and made sure their efforts remained at the top.

Whether or not they did this unilaterally on their own, or if others elsewhere contributed and did the same, is difficult to discern.

gripreaper

17th December 2013, 15:44

The money masters don't need any agreement from any countries, whether there are 204 or 195. They do not see countries when they look at the landscape, and they damn sure well can give the global exchange system a 30% haircut overnight if they wish to do so.

What I see happening, is that all countries are being marginalized while the UN is being made the hero, and this "meme" is being battered into our consciousness daily.

GoodETxSG

17th December 2013, 15:52

There are more than just an A and a B side "Playing in this Game"... there are a few others and they are more silent but if they do speak they have ALL of the SECRETS!

To put it mildly a very happy face is being put on some of the terms being used for this "New Coalition".

The word "AGREE" is a euphemism used by "Some" of the BRICS Groups, Western White Hats and a possible catalyst (Think of timing, Snowden fleeing the country to the "C" and "R" of BRICS with the leverage on those leaders and all others in the world, per a source... Great motivation for EVERY one of the leaders to find a reason to AGREE IMHO) to approach each state/leader group and remind them for "Under over whelming evidence of your participation in and willing contribution of crimes against humanity... WE feel that if you AGREE to these terms when the SHIFT HAPPENS it can be done so in a way that can prevent as much embarrassment, imprisonment of state elite's and the social uprisings in their states calling from your heads"... Ahh, self preservation is a STRONG instinct!

You see, I am being told there is the highest stakes black male scheme in current world history going on. There is "Information" out there that was NEVER SUPPOSED to see the light of day. Much of the info each side had and was equal to the cold war nuclear missiles aimed at each other... MUTUAL DESTRUCTION! Now with 3rd/4th Parties having these Nuclear Documents in their hands panic has ran rampant the last few years through out not only our Government/Military but also MANY OTHERS! The UK has been shredding documents ("Historical" in nature per MI5) like there is no tomorrow as have most of the G8 and G20 Countries. I have heard of this "Reset" but it has not been portrayed in the terms that this Pastor Lindsay fellow has been reporting.

The info was a LOT MORE SHOCKING and SCARY (Hard as that is to believe)! The DHS/FEMA Preparations have been going on for a few years for 1. Financial Collapse 2. Social/Civil Unrest (Natural Disasters/Terrorist Threats are normal covers for all training activity Federal & Military).

Smart meters aside, THEY do expect some Americans (The % they are spying on/keeping a close eye on anyway) to riot or rise up in anger. THEY DO expect a varying degree/charted of problems from certain groups and individuals. The "Global Bank Holiday" people will wake up to will be quite a shock... The "Public Education of the Global Financial Rollover" will be even more shocking. In one morning people will learn a whole new world has been created without their input... the concept of "Ownership", "Assets" and "Wealth" will rattle older people as they try to figure out what will happen to their nest egg's they worked to accumulate. What about their properties? What about... etc.

Now, some of the info will be a relief to a percentage of people. Some of the debt forgiveness of both personal and city, state and national debt will excite them. It was hard for Countries/Elite to let go of some of these "DEBTS"... Only black male of the highest order could ever pry it from their bony fingers.

Many that are INSIDE worry, this is being forced... It is NOT voluntary by most. Although those being "Fleeced" are Criminals of the highest order (And us civilians by proxy) and THEY deserve MUCH WORSE (War crimes, some say over ONE BILLION Deaths on their hands etc...) the question is...
ARE WE TRADING IN ONE SLAVE MASTER FOR ANOTHER? Will it be a time to rejoice once the dust settles and we are re-educated... or will it be the same or WORSE?

That is the stickler about not having any say as a SHEEPLE! IMHO...

It does make sense to me that the next step will be for the IMF to announce a world-wide agreement by all nations to submit to IMF control of the foreign exchange rates of their various national and regional currencies, supposedly in line with the resources of each nations (their assets and debts.)

This no longer makes sense to me :).

I retract my support for Lindsey William's forecast of a Global Currency Reset (GCR) in the next three months.

The rebuttal of addsub above is persuasive. I find myself guilty of some of the same fuzzy thinking that I sometimes accuse others of:

Letting over-specificity ("204" countries, in "three months" agreed to a "five per-cent" limit on variations from "IMF" established foreign currency exchange (forex) rates ...) be overly persuasive.
Wishful thinking (not that I really want a global monetary new world order to prevail, but rather that I preferred that it occur with minimal bloodshed and human suffering.)

One cannot get 204 nations to agree on the time of day, the length of a meter, or which side of the road to drive on :).

One cannot even get them to agree that there are 204 nations ... only approximately 190 to 195 nations are generally agreed to.

Hervé

17th December 2013, 17:00

Here is some more incentives to run and hide:

Swiss banks urge U.S. tax dodgers to come clean to beat deadline (http://www.politico.com/story/2013/12/switzerland-banks-united-states-tax-dodgers-department-of-justice-101211.html?hp=l9)
By RACHAEL BADE (http://www.politico.com/reporters/RachaelBade.html) | 12/16/13 7:00 PM EST, Updated: 12/16/13 9:56 PM EST

http://images.politico.com/global/2013/12/16/131216_ubs_ap_605.jpg
The U.S. started its crackdown when it raked in $780 in a settlement with UBS. | AP Photo

Swiss banks are quietly warning wealthy U.S. clients with secret accounts to come clean with the tax man in the next two weeks — or risk jail time, according to several letters obtained by POLITICO.

The letters come ahead of a New Year’s Eve deadline the U.S. government set for about 300 Swiss banks to take deals protecting them from prosecution. In exchange for confessing and shelling out mountains of Americans’ account information, they’ll get immunity. It is a new twist to the traditional bank-client relationship.

“The banks have every incentive right now to shove their American clients into compliance in order to reduce the penalties,” said tax attorney Jeff Neiman, who prosecuted Swiss banking giant UBS for the U.S. government.

The effort is part of a U.S. crackdown on American tax evaders and the banks that help them, which ramped up when Swiss banking giant UBS admitted as much with a $780 million settlement in 2009. The Justice Department is currently probing 14 major Swiss financial institutions — including Credit Suisse, Julius Baer and the Swiss arm of HSBC — for shielding U.S. tax cheats.

The government gave a larger set of Swiss banks until Dec. 31 to sign up for non-prosecution deals, after paying a penalty of up to 50 percent of the secret assets.

POLITICO has seen three letters from Swiss banks to U.S. clients, two that were redacted, urging them to fess up.

“Your account information may be subject to a treaty request from the United States to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, which may result in your account information being turned over to the DOJ or IRS,” warned one by Cornèr Bank, sent to an American client and obtained by POLITICO. “A disclosure … can be used by US authorities for law enforcement actions, including … criminal proceedings.”

Switzerland’s oldest private bank, Wegelin & Co., went belly up because of the Justice investigation.

Lawyers said they had seen as many as a dozen letters from a recent batch, including correspondence from Rahn & Bodmer Co. and Royal Bank of Canada (Suisse). Neither bank responded to requests for comment.

The pressure is leading Swiss banks not yet under investigation to consider the non-prosecution deals.

And many of their clients are heeding the banks’ warnings to turn themselves in, according to lawyers for these wealthy individuals.

“There is a new wave right now because of this program aimed at Swiss banks coming in and identifying clients and identifying accounts,” said Caplin & Drysdale’s Scott Michel, who is getting three to four such inquiries each day — about the same number he usually received every couple of weeks for the past year.

Another strand of the tax crackdown story is taking place in Florida, where a UBS executive sought by prosecutors for nearly five years — recently caught in Italy — came before a U.S. judge on Monday.

The former No. 3 at UBS, Raoul Weil, is charged with helping thousands of Americans dodge taxes during his time at the bank.

Weil, who proclaims his innocence, was extradited to the U.S. days ago. The judge freed him on about $10 million in bail, with a hearing set for Jan. 7.

Like the bank program, the IRS for years has urged Americans with offshore accounts to come clean on their own, pay back-taxes and penalties and avoid criminal proceedings.

A simple rule applies: Call them before they call you.

Once the IRS has your information, the dodgers are barred from the forgiveness program and could face jail time.

The smaller banks are important because after the UBS crackdown, many of the bigger banks would not take U.S. client money. So tax cheats simply moved their money to the little guys, thinking their stashes were safe.

“Depositors in Switzerland thought that since the smaller banks don’t have branches and assets in the United States, they would be immune from IRS pressure and regulation,” said Bryan Skarlatos of Kostelanetz & Fink.

They thought wrong.

Although the Justice Department has promised not to prosecute more Swiss banks before Dec. 31, all bets are off in the new year after the non-prosecution deadline, they warn.

Tax cheat confessions are a win for Swiss banks, too. The Justice program will allow them to deduct from their penalties — $1 for $1 — any money paid back from American clients who turn themselves in.

“Initially, [thousands] came forward and spilled their guts about their banks and banking adviser,” Neiman said, referring to the 33,000 who came clean in the first years of the IRS amnesty program. “Armed with that information, the Justice Department has gone to the Swiss banks and said, ‘Gotcha!’ And the banks, trying to save themselves, are pushing their remaining clients into the light.”

The bank disclosure program won’t force banks to hand over client names right away. At first, it merely requires them to release general account information, including how much money is being shielded from taxation.

But because of a Swiss-U.S. treaty, the U.S. will eventually be able to request the names of account holders and see every account transaction since mid-2008, including where the money is going.

Voluntary disclosures by Americans with Swiss accounts peaked in 2009 just after the UBS prosecution, when the IRS opened the first temporary amnesty program. Americans with foreign accounts crammed law offices, making frantic phone calls to join up to the final hour before the deadline, lawyers said.

Disclosures peaked again around the deadline of a 2011 program — though this batch of confessors came from around the world, well beyond Switzerland.

In early 2012, the IRS announced it would keep the amnesty program open indefinitely. As a result, lawyers said the sense of urgency diminished, as did the number of confessors.

Until now.

“The letters have really driven people in,” said Skarlatos. “It probably went from a slow one-each-week to about one a day starting in October, and it’s been picking up with intensity.”

Max Riederer von Paar, a partner at Rubin, Winston, Diercks, Harris & Cooke who works in the U.S. and Switzerland, said he’s seen more than a 25 percent uptick in inquiries over the past few months.

Meanwhile, the clock is ticking. Although the program is open for now, the IRS can change the terms at any time.

“It’s sort of like a horse race: If you’re at a bank that you think will turn over your name, you need to come forward before your name gets to the IRS first,” said Deborah Jacobs, a New York-based tax lawyer.

observer

17th December 2013, 18:08

Team A: The banking cartel, Rockefellers?, Banksters (JPMorgan, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Barclays, Bank of America, RBS, ...), Zionists ruling Israel, Bushes, ex-(or not so ex)-Nazi's, the Institute of Religious Works (IOR, aka the Vatican Bank) ...

versus

Team B: The Chinese, Russians, BRICSA nations, International Monetary Fund (IMF), Bank of International Settlements (BIS), Ernst & Young (auditor of the IOR, Lloyds of London and the BIS), the City of London and the Rothschilds, the new Pope Francis (who asked Ernst Young to audit the IOR), Jesuits (backers of Francis), and BaFin (the German financial regulators) ...

I have no insider information and am not close to anyone who stands at the gates of power and can see beyond the horizon, but this seems fairly accurate to me. What I don't understand, is how the Rockefeller's, who are (or were) the agents of the Rothschild regime during the last century, turned and became the opposition.

A little history. Back in the late 1800's when oil was just emerging as the primary fuel for industrialization, it was Amschel who financed Standard Oil and basically "allowed" his agents in the US to proliferate and expand. What I'm afraid they miscalculated, was how oil would become the number one commodity this century, surpassing all other streams of revenue and capital accumulaiton and appreciation. Did Rockefellers "et al" (Bush's, Harriman's, Warburgs, JP Morgan, etc) get as big as the Rothchilds in this last century and become a formidable foe, thus they need to be reconciled back to agent status?

Also, why would the Vatican bank side with team A and the Jesuits be on team B? That doesn't seem right. The Vatican is the oldest and most deeply engrained, and all others are agents and subsidiary to them.

What is typical at the top, is no one breaks rank. If it appears that someone does break rank, then are we not being misled and there is something else going on? These are the types of questions I need to ask critically, as I'm not convinced there are two competing factions that high up the food chain. If so, then I'd like to know what the strategies are for both, and whether I want to root for either team. After all, it could just be the grandkids having a bit too much fun.

I'm right on board with grip on this one.

Any member who is familiar with my comments will know exactly where I'm going with this - hyperdimensional mental manipulation

No one wants to admit to the possibility of having their thoughts controlled.
No one wants their ideologies shattered.
No one wants to stipulate to the understanding that the social structure has been telepathically manipulated since the Dawn of Man.

But.... that's exactly what has been happening.

One must ask the question, why would the core of the elite power structure suddenly appear to be stratified into two separate, and opposing divisions? And, especially, why would more than one of the key elements suddenly split into two opposing forces? ....and, at just the time the Masses are waking-up to how the system really works.

I would suggest, there is a 'confusion card' being played to the public view, and Paul has been perceptive enough to stumble-on the agenda in his documentation....

Research Resources:
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65207-How-The-Anunnaki-Prevent-Disclosure&p=755329&viewfull=1#post755329

GoodETxSG

17th December 2013, 20:54

Hundreds Of Armored Tanks On Trains; Movement In Salem, Oregon
http://beforeitsnews.com/war-and-conflict/2013/12/more-martial-law-prep-in-america-unusual-heavy-duty-military-equipment-movement-portland-oregon-2449786.html?utm_medium=verticalresponse&utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FfQNR&utm_campaign=&utm_content=beforeit39snews-verticalresponse&utm_source=direct-b4in.info
Monday, December 16, 2013 9:50
0
(Before It's News)

In what is being called ‘very unusual for this area’, a military train has been spotted and videotaped as shared in the video below in Salem, Oregon. These are heavy duty tanks being transported, moving North to South, with no military installations in the area according to our videographer. Are they moving all of these tanks in preparation of martial law in America after our inevitable economic collapse or beefing up for some kind of altercation with China and/or Russia? From our videographer.:

Train with military vehicles in transport through Salem Oregon 12-15-13 about 3:30 p.m.There are no military installations nearby. Traveling North to South. Missed the first portion of the train, about 20 seconds before video began. Very unusual for this area.

http://www.liveleak.com/view?i=699_1387174044
http://www.liveleak.com/view?i=699_1387174044

http://beforeitsnews.com/contributor/upload/5385/images/ase.jpg

Redstar Kachina

17th December 2013, 21:52

..........

GoodETxSG

18th December 2013, 02:13

Decent Lehman Explanation IMHO... & Some other perspectives of people we have discussed... Others we haven't... for obvious reasons. I have heard some of the most strong and credible information from the most UN-Credible sources during times such as this. That is how Dis-Info works at its core. Look for correlations and try to discern truth like I said in Post #1.

As usual hoarding Gold/Silver is mentioned... I believe Gold/Silver is on the list of things to be confiscated (Such as it was in 1933) just after/during the first part of the collapse. But if you think you can buy some, hide it until you can bring it out in the open again after the economic transition then go for it. I think it is worth a try.

Global Currency Reset What does this mean for you

SnVgmUcTCFc

=========

Just Before the Global Monetary Reset

AvomXfW9_8Y

==============

The Global Reset 2014 [Full] - Steve Quayle and "V" The Guerrilla Econom

KY_KO_zO08g

==============

Redstar Kachina

18th December 2013, 20:51

..........

GoodETxSG

19th December 2013, 02:29

Some have told me that I have given too much credit to a traitor, some say not enough... Talking about Snowden again. Of course I was told that he did have help and that he has an incredible amount of info. Not only he but other people that operated w/him MAY have some of this DOOMS DAY DATA and MAY be using it to make some major things happen right now. It is happening in the background mostly as the world leaders try to figure out how to close Pandora's Box and do it in a face saving quiet manner. They believe until the very end that they may be one last dirty trick away from their fates. Not this time IMHO.

BRAZIL... THE B in BRICS;

Edward Snowden offers to help Brazil over US spying in return for asylum

http://www.theguardian.com/world/2013/dec/17/edward-snowden-brazil-spying-asylum

The info is in the hands of groups or people with strong idea's and beliefs about how Humanity should be living. A crazy lot is riding on a crazy few people right now. It has enough chance to work that it has some major people that would be accountable making exit strategies and further actually taking steps. Things are super quiet right now. Eyes and ears open!

---------------------

“Damage Of Biblical Proportions”: Obama Official Lets Cat Out Of Bag On Edward Snowden Damage

http://beforeitsnews.com/obama/2013/12/damage-of-biblical-proportions-obama-official-lets-cat-out-of-bag-on-edward-snowden-damage-2458854.html?utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FaP3o&utm_campaign=&utm_medium=verticalresponse&utm_source=direct-b4in.info&utm_content=beforeit39snews-verticalresponse

Wednesday, December 18, 2013 6:12

The latest information that we have gotten on the Edward Snowden case continues to highlight what a bombshell this information ‘stolen’ by Edward Snowden has become to the Obama administration; using terminology like ‘damage of biblical proportions’ and ‘doomsday cache’, we’re told that Edward Snowden stole everything…literally everything…” Several newly released video reports on this unfolding issue below.

Former National Security Agency contractor Edward Snowden stole vastly more information than previously speculated, and is holding it at ransom for his own protection.

“What’s floating is so dangerous, we’d be behind for twenty years in terms of access (if it were to be leaked),” a ranking Department of Defense official told the Daily Caller.

“He stole everything — literally everything,” the official said.

Last month British and U.S. intelligence officials speculated Snowden had in his possession a “doomsday cache” of intelligence information, including the names of undercover intelligence personnel stationed around the world.

“Everything you don’t want the enemy to know, he has,” the official said. “Who we’re listening to, what we’re after — they’d shut us down.”

The damage would be “of biblical proportions,” the official said.

uuQzcwgztoY

4emK0pgCZj0

gt1GxX1ytno

Redstar Kachina

19th December 2013, 03:38

..........

GoodETxSG

19th December 2013, 14:54

Perfect Cartoon Picture with the Quote (Child with Imaginary Friend, Stuffed or otherwise).
I saw this posted once before and it made me think. Oh to be young, innocent and of that perspective again. In that age or perspective all Expereinces are shared, or Stories... All ideas are Notions... All nightmares are based on what our protectors failed to shield us from (For the most part)...

Then we chose paths and grow up and have experiences, some stay close to home and safety and others venture out and far away from home where it may not have ever been so safe. Those are the types that end up on paths that lead to the shadowy corners of society.

These paths take them to the feet of those that were raised to feel entitled or that they are the elite and in control over the rest of the useless eaters in society that are necessary to be beasts of burden who's sorrows needn't be concerned about. They just are a bunch of statistics, graphs and charts that are a part of the daily manipulation that's all.

For the most part they are normal enough looking people. They do not have horns or wear red dress shirts under their black suit coats. Are there some that are truly Evil? Oh YES (People that work with or around them are never the same after)... Are there some that are who are straight up Sociopaths and Psychopaths? YES (The number of them working for the government alone is scary, those working for the "Elite" is astounding!)... For the most part these are people who have let themselves be brainwashed into believing this is the way it is and always will be, why not profit and be one of the "Have's"? They sell out and after so long the lingo numbs them to the plight of the rest of "US riff raff" and they go about playing a very real game of "Monopoly".

Some of the people that have worked with the Elite (Hate the word, but it is a self proclaimed title) and "Get Out" are never the same. Think of that childhood friend or relative you grew up with who went into the military. They were excited to see the world, the shipped off and saw and did the worst things in the world. When they came back they were just a shadow of their former selves. They could never explain to you who didn't experience what they did what it was like. They will never be the same again. They will never look at you or this world they have been brought back into the same again as well.

So, to some it is a nice break from that world to visit sites and have intellectual debates and shoot a few barbs here in there in a clever way with a smirk on our faces as we type... To some who have walked the shadowy path and had these experiences they know this is not a hobby or time to test out their best scify ideology. It is too real. And no matter how they try they cannot explain it to those that didn't experience it.

Ahh, to be that child on a branch pondering things with an imaginary tiger... I would like to see a fast forward of the same kid all grown up after he grabbed that "Tiger by the Tail"...

These people have a giant house of cards, through GREED they let themselves build it beyond self sustaining or fixing. The QE's are just pumping Digital Currency into the system, not even REAL bills are being printed (Well placed Computer Viruses, future EMP/Power Outages and HW Failures will assist w/this). The bubble is so incredibly huge and the elasticity of the system stretched beyond its capacity that IT MUST ALL FALL! It is beyond a controlled demolition at this point. THEY are stuck... Other groups have their heads over a barrel (Finally)... They are fighting up unto the end to KEEP things on the Babylon System for ever, but it is not to be. It will fall and they are doing all they can to make sure that ONLY us beasts of burden bear the weight.

The thing about black mailing others is that you keep documentation, their dirt, dirt of friends, dirt of enemies and even dirt enemies have on you (To be able to hopefully manipulate yourself out of it)... But the bad thing about documentation is that IF a 3rd/4th party gets their hands on it and has nothing to lose and wants the House of Cards to fall... They might be able to force it to fall in the way they want. I worry about motivations of the new people coming in. I worry about the Asian Societies and Syndicates...

I worry about BRICS (Not a big history of their treatment of Humanity in their Countries)... I worry about the White Hat's in our Military and the Turncoats from the Shadow side that are working in backrooms right now for deals and to get on top of all of this. After seeing first hand the worst of humanity I am not convinced the next "System" will be an honorable one... But I have hope. A word that was recently mis and over used.

IMHO/Experience this go around on Earth

24198.....

GoodETxSG

20th December 2013, 00:16

IF?

http://gonzalolira.blogspot.com/2013/12/what-if-theres-recession-in-2014.html
What If There’s A Recession in 2014?

MONDAY, DECEMBER 16, 2013
If policymakers were gunfighters, they’d be out of bullets: They have run out of effective policy tools to improve the economy.

So the question is simple: If there is a recession in 2014, and policymakers are out of bullets, how will it play out across the American economy?

http://4.bp.blogspot.com/--0X9dl23Lw8/Uq7_OnD9mmI/AAAAAAAABPY/9unXiGJ4U5s/s1600/revolver.jpg

What the Fed is looking at.

Recently, Deutsche Bank’s Jim Reid very astutely pointed out that the current “expansion” of the U.S. economy is on its fifth year—the seventh longest in history.

We are due for a recession.

Now, before facing up to a possible 2014 recession, let’s ask ourselves: What happened during the last recession?

No one can quite agree as to the specific causes of the 2007–09 recession—and fighting that particular fight isn’t the point of this essay. But we can all more or less agree that global overindebtedness caused a mini-Minsky Moment, whereby borrowers could no longer borrow enough to keep from defaulting on their previous loans. Hence September 2008. Hence the collective global “Ahhh!!!!” moment that we all recall with such sweet and fond nostalgia.

To stave off what looked like financial and economic Armageddon, the Treasury Department first under Henry Paulson and then under Timothy Geithner, and the Federal Reserve under Ben Bernanke, basically threw money into the economy: The Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) originally authorized $700 billion to buy up toxic assets, while the Fed created the Maiden Lane vehicles, lowered interest rates to zero (zero interest-rate policy, ZIRP), and simultaneously created money by way of the various iterations of Quantitative Easing (QE).

Combined, these Treasury and Fed programs prevented the bankruptcies of the so-called “systemically important” (a.k.a., “Too Big To Fail”) banks, and provided the U.S. Federal government with the cash to carry out the 2009 stimulus program. After all, had it not been for the Fed’s purchases of Treasury bonds by way of QE, the yields on the government’s bonds would have risen so high that the stimulus program could not have been financed, let alone the +$1 trillion deficits of 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

But screw the deficit—the Treasury and Fed measures saved everybody’s bacon. Equities crashed? Houses underwater? 401(k)’s in the toilet? Thanks to TARP, ZIRP and QE, they rebounded.

Rather than take the hit, work out the bad loans, and organically regrow the economy, the Treasury and Fed measures were essentially morphine—or heroin—to dull the pain of the Global Financial Crisis: They made us feel great, but the disease is still there.

Overindebtedness. Bad debts piled on top of bad debts.

Now because of the Treasury’s and especially the Fed’s morphine/heroin drip, starting in Q3 of 2009, the American economy’s gross domestic product has been expanding, which economists hail as the end of the 2007–09 recession, and the beginning of the current “expansion”.

(Re. the “expansion”: Nevermind that unemployment was scrapping 10% as late as Q3 of 2011, and that as of Q4 of 2013, we are still at 7% U-3 unemployment—and this U-3 figure ignores the long-term unemployed, who have simply given up, reducing the employment participation rate to historic lows, thereby skewing the real unemployment figure something awful.)

So here we are in Q4 of 2013, staring down the barrel of 2014, suspecting—fearing—that we might have a recession staring right back at us.

Question: What could the Federal government and the Federal Reserve realistically do, to avert a recession in 2014? Or if not avert it, at least ameliorate its effects?

Oh boy . . .

Insofar as the Federal government is concerned, realistically, nothing. In 2008, facing what appeared to be the end of the financial world, Congress was snookered into agreeing to the Bush Administration’s $700 billion TARP bailout. Then in 2009, the incoming Obama Administration had two winds at its back—the Global Financial Crisis, which required the incoming administration to do something, anything; and the fact that Obama was the new prez, who’d won decisively with his deceptive talk of “hope”. Thus the $787 billion stimulus package.

Combined, the Bush TARP and the Obama stimulus were some $1.5 trillion mainlined into the American economy.

Today, five years after his inauguration, and after the Government shutdown and the botched Obamacare launch, Obummer just doesn’t have the pull. More to the point, the Democratic caucus does not trust him. So Democrats on the Hill will not stick their necks out for an Obama stimulus program. So the O-Administration’s economic brain trust might come up with all sorts of plans to preëmptively stop a 2014 recession—but they don’t have the votes to make these plans happen.

As to a repeat of the Henry “Give-us-all-your-money-or-the-banks-will-die!” Paulson scare tactics—they won’t work today, not after the nasty taste left by the one in 2008.

So macro-economically speaking, Barack Obama is walking around with an empty peashooter: He can’t even wave the threat of using it without seeming foolish.

Turning now to the Federal Reserve: They might be packing a big ol’ .45 Magnum, but they are most definitely out of bullets. They can’t lower interest rates any further than they have—what are they going to do, start charging people who deposit money in banks? This is the problem with hitting the lower bound: You can’t go any lower than ZIRP. At best, the Fed could expand QE even further, and buy up even more Treasury debt. But then any impact from more QE will be marginal, assuming it has any effect at all.

So if the Federal government and the Federal Reserve are essentially out of bullets, what’s going to happen to us law-abiding citizens when the Big Bad Recession comes rolling into town?

First off, no one can seriously or responsibly doubt that a recession will not come. Even if the American economy by some miracle manages to sneak through 2014 with positive numbers, a downturn will hit in 2015 anyway. Don’t believe me? Check out this chart:

http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-YqQ1dCvXRUs/Uq9f9Jw0RQI/AAAAAAAABP0/YToMp0t8ILI/s1600/united-states-gdp-growth.png
Click to enlarge.

I have grounded, non-orthodox reasons to think that a recession will hit in 2014, reasons which I will expand upon during my live presentation next Thursday (see here). But even if you don’t buy my heterodox reasons, the orthodox business cycle would confirm that a recession is on its way.

So to weather it, you’d have to know what’s going to happen.

A basic outline is pretty clear:

Stocks will take the brunt of the beating, once recession-fever hits—after all, equities are floating on nothing but QE, and everybody knows it.

Bonds won’t do so well either, at least not corporate issuance. Treasury bonds will continue trending with flat yields, if only because the Federal Reserve will probably signal that it will continue (or even expand) QE. Treasury bonds will also continue high because of a simple safe-haven play . . . but there won’t be the sense of today’s Treasuries being the rock-solid Treasuries of yore: There will be more volatility in the T-bond markets. A greater willingness to exit Treasuries at a moment’s notice, especially if there are hints of inflation.

Real estate? Forget it—it’ll be another popping bubble, with the same damage as the last one.

The only store of value will be commodities. Not just precious metals, but all commodities: Industrials, agros, and fossil fuels. It will simply make more sense for the investment community to rotate out of iffy stocks and dodgy bonds, and rotate into physical commodities. Why? Because there is too much liquidity.

If there is such a rotation from equities and bonds into commodities, then the prices of food and transportation will rise—precipitously.

Thus we will have inflation, possibly severe inflation. But the Fed will be loathe to rein in inflation via interest rate hikes.

You know the saying about owning a hammer, and everything looking like a nail? The Fed cannot conceive of any way in which to help the economy that does not involve keeping interest rates low. The Fed under Bernanke (and Greenspan previously, who was guilty of the same sin) does not understand that it is not the job of the Fed to maintain full employment, stable prices, and a solvent banking sector. The Fed’s only mission is to ensure the stability of the fiat currency. Full employment? That’s the Federal government’s problem. Banking sector solvency? That’s not the government’s problem, that’s the free market’s problem.

But the Fed, blinded, thinks that it has to support the banking sector and try to do something about employment. Thus it has lowered interest rates to laughable/insane levels. And it cannot raise them because of its own bias: “You don’t raise interest rates during a recession” is practically a Zen koan with the Fed economists.

If commodities start to rise, as a market reaction to falling stock prices and a need to find an investment safe-haven, then inflation will rear its ugly head and hurt the American economy very, very badly. But the Fed—repeating exactly the same error that brought us stagflation—will not raise interest rates to quell it. The Fed will be too frightened of smothering the economy during a recession to raise rates and defend the currency.

Thus the Fed will stand pat with ZIRP and QE, come a recession in 2014.

In other words, the government will not be able to save the economy. This is the single point I’m trying to make here: If you think for a second that the Federal government and the Federal Reserve will step in once again and save everyone’s bacon (like the last time), then you have not been paying attention to what I’ve been saying—or been paying attention to how truly helpless the Obama Administration and the Fed really are.

The Federal government and the Federal Reserve are out of bullets.

Which means we are on our own come a recession. And we’ll be paying not only for the recession of 2014, but also for the recession of 2007-09, which was deferred, but not worked out.

In other words, a recession in 2014 just might well be The Big One.

Oh boy . . .

Okay, that’s my thinking—here’s my pitch: This coming Thursday, at 8pm EST, I’m going to give a live presentation that’s going to look into all these issues in a lot more detail—really start us thinking seriously about what to do, if and when a recession hits the American economy. The title of this web seminar? Simple:

“What A Recession in 2014 Will Look Like”

Click on the link—and in case you missed it, here it is again. In this live presentation, I will expand on this brief essay, and will take audience questions, too.

If you’re not sure if I’m an idiot or not, check out my appearance on Max Keiser last year and see for yourself:

lSLIeoaTTjY

Carmody

20th December 2013, 02:33

the only way to end this cycling is to end debt based currencies. to end central bank debt based currencies.

this question has been correctly answered many a time, and that was the outcome: providence, opening, and expansion..open skies and unending horizons... for the groups involved.

No one with control of a debt based financial system wil tell you that or allow you to be shown that.

It really is that simple.

None of this has one single bit to do with any financial situation locally or in the world. Not one word or thought.

This is about control, plain and simple.

gripreaper

20th December 2013, 03:58

The only way to end this cycling is to end debt based currencies. To end central bank debt based currencies. This question has been correctly answered many a time, and that was the outcome: providence, opening, and expansion..open skies and unending horizons... for the groups involved. No one with control of a debt based financial system will tell you that or allow you to be shown that. It really is that simple. None of this has one single bit to do with any financial situation locally or in the world. Not one word or thought. This is about control, plain and simple.

This is never the topic when these pundits discuss recessions, the Federal Reserve or the Goobermints. They hawk about 'too much debt', when a fiat based system is built on and depends on exponentially ever increasing debt! All currency enters commerce as debt, which the primary driver of this debt is housing. People get mortgages, and these mortgages are bundled, marginalized, securitized, sold, leveraged, insured, and turned into derivatives.

The derivatives bubble is somewhere over a quadrillion dollars worldwide. This debt ponzi scheme is being held together, at least here in the US, by pumping 75 to 85 billion a month down this rat hole and it does NOTHING to boost the economy, pay down existing debt, or stabilize markets. All it does is feed the derivatives, which is nothing more than a gambling "bet" for or against it. The bet moves in small increments, the 80 billion is skimmed off into the banksters pockets, and more slavery is induced.

Lehmans and MF Global are good examples of how the house of cards can collapse if interest rates move at all over 1.5% in either direction. The whole ponsi collapses, or "there is not enough QE " that could stop the stagflation. Paulson was correct, pay up or the whole enchilada goes down and we have chaos and Marshall law in the streets by tomorrow morning.

So, all asset classes will continue to be taken out behind the woodshed and severely beaten, and all capital that is parked on the sidelines will come out of hiding and feed the monster to try and shore it up. That means, all savings, all IRA's, all bonds, all equities, anywhere that anyone makes the assumption that they have stored up wealth. That will all disappear. Deflation will take care of the tangibles. You wont be able to give away that Mercedes or that McMansion.

So, quit it with all the talk about how to weather the storm, how to preserve assets, where is the smart money going to go, and all other derivations of trying to save the old system. THE ONLY answer is to default on all debt, reset to zero through jubilee, and send the banksters where the sun don't shine. Any other answer just shores up a corrupt and antiquated and bankrupt system, and fails to get to the core of the problem.

Back in 1933 when the banksters pulled the same crap, people at least could go back to the farm and hunker down and survive, although they finally acquiesced to the theft and allowed the "New Deal" to take hold, giving the last of all tangible and intangible assets to the banksters, including themselves via the birth certificate bond, and all future production in perpetuity. They already got it all folks 80 years ago.

If you think 9-11 was about terrorism, or imperialist expansion, or some other newsworthy notion, you are mistaken. It was about the expiration of the bankruptcy of the 1930's and how we were to come out of receivership and be restored, but instead we "re-upped" the bankruptcy for another 70 years, maintain a military state of emergency, and corporate executive privilege via the United Nations!

There is no representative government, there are no national assets, there is NOTHING tangible backing anything you "think" you own, or you "think" is a sovereign country, and there are no tribunals or courts which operate under Common Law or the laws of equity. There's is only one creditor and the rest of us are debt slaves. PERIOD. There is no way to service the current bankruptcy. This time will be much worse as people do not know how to feed themselves and are completely dependent of a centralized system. They're screwed.

The rest of it is all just bullsh1t

ThePythonicCow

20th December 2013, 06:10

the only way to end this cycling is to end debt based currencies. to end central bank debt based currencies.The proper amount of debt behind currencies is the same as the proper amount of CIA provided crack cocaine we should provide our children.

Zero.

¤=[Post Update]=¤

This debt ponzi scheme is being held together, at least here in the US, by pumping 75 to 85 billion a month down this rat hole
75 or 85 that we're told about ...

Redstar Kachina

21st December 2013, 01:58

..........

GoodETxSG

22nd December 2013, 01:39

x-hABNSOPlw

Chester

22nd December 2013, 03:29

Could it be... retirement?

ThePythonicCow

22nd December 2013, 05:51

Team A: The banking cartel, Rockefellers?, Banksters (JPMorgan, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Barclays, Bank of America, RBS, ...), Zionists ruling Israel, Bushes, ex-(or not so ex)-Nazi's, the Institute of Religious Works (IOR, aka the Vatican Bank) ...

versus

Team B: The Chinese, Russians, BRICSA nations, International Monetary Fund (IMF), Bank of International Settlements (BIS), Ernst & Young (auditor of the IOR, Lloyds of London and the BIS), the City of London and the Rothschilds, the new Pope Francis (who asked Ernst Young to audit the IOR), Jesuits (backers of Francis), and BaFin (the German financial regulators) ...

I have no insider information and am not close to anyone who stands at the gates of power and can see beyond the horizon, but this seems fairly accurate to me. What I don't understand, is how the Rockefeller's, who are (or were) the agents of the Rothschild regime during the last century, turned and became the opposition.

A little history. Back in the late 1800's when oil was just emerging as the primary fuel for industrialization, it was Amschel who financed Standard Oil and basically "allowed" his agents in the US to proliferate and expand. What I'm afraid they miscalculated, was how oil would become the number one commodity this century, surpassing all other streams of revenue and capital accumulaiton and appreciation. Did Rockefellers "et al" (Bush's, Harriman's, Warburgs, JP Morgan, etc) get as big as the Rothchilds in this last century and become a formidable foe, thus they need to be reconciled back to agent status?

Also, why would the Vatican bank side with team A and the Jesuits be on team B? That doesn't seem right. The Vatican is the oldest and most deeply engrained, and all others are agents and subsidiary to them.

What is typical at the top, is no one breaks rank. If it appears that someone does break rank, then are we not being misled and there is something else going on? These are the types of questions I need to ask critically, as I'm not convinced there are two competing factions that high up the food chain. If so, then I'd like to know what the strategies are for both, and whether I want to root for either team. After all, it could just be the grandkids having a bit too much fun.

Yes - Team A is associated with the Rockefellers.

Yes - they don't openly break ranks that high up - but I am confident that serious infighting and power struggles occur behind the scenes.

Another way of looking at this - perhaps the petro-Dollar established by Rockefeller's agent Kissinger (Team A) is being dethroned as king currency, to restore currencies more associated with gold and silver, the "real money" as understood by other elites of the world (Team B), including the Rothschild's and the Chinese elite, whoever they are. Of course, whether gold or oil, dealing in large quantity in the actual basis of whatever is "backing" money is for the elite; ordinary people, corporations and governments get their money by borrowing it from the banksters.

Calz

22nd December 2013, 06:06

Those wishing to obtain and maintain power will stop at no means to do so ... climb as far up the ladder as you wish.

I *clearly* remember Catherine Austin Fitts talking about money moving from amerika to china in the mid 90's.

Between that and the very obvious plans to take down the usa there should really be no surprises here ...

Yes???

Sickening yes to see with so little opposition ... but surprising no.

Redstar Kachina

22nd December 2013, 08:43

..........

GoodETxSG

22nd December 2013, 13:28

SORRY FULL ARTICLE - http://x22report.com/

The Insiders Are Now Preparing For The Economic Collapse – Episode 244
http://x22report.com/the-insiders-are-now-preparing-for-the-economic-collapse-episode-244/

Episode 244 - The Insiders Are Now Preparing For The Economic Collapse [ 34:52 ] Hide Player | Play in Popup | Download
http://x22report.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/youtube_insiders_scrambling_collapse2.jpg

youtube_insiders_scrambling_collapse2S&P just cut the credit rating of the EU. Times are so tough that shoppers are spending 40% less this year. The US government is coming for everyone’s money and more countries have turned over depositor accounts to the US government. China has setup a clearing house and they don’t want the dollar anymore and they have emptied UK’s vault. Obamacare is being delayed because it is a complete disaster. The NDAA is being fast tracked to be passed by the end of the year.

Please check the Sentinel Alerts for the latest news on the economic collapse. The Sentinel Alerts are updated throughout the day. If you haven’t already, go to “The People” and join the community of people who are helping each through the economic collapse.

Current News – 12.20.2013

Economy

S&P cuts EU’s top rating because most of Europe is the verge of a depression

Standard & Poor’s has decreased the EU long-term credit rating one step from the highest, citing the worse financial profile and lack of accord among the EU’s 28 member states. The short-term rating remained strong.
“In our view, EU budgetary negotiations have become more contentious, signaling what we consider to be rising risks to the support of the EU from some member states…We are therefore lowering our long-term issuer credit rating on the EU to ‘AA+’. We are affirming the short-term rating at ‘A-1+’,” said an S&P report.
The shift followed a ratings decrease for France, Italy, Spain, Malta, Slovenia, and Cyprus from AA+ to AA, as S&P revised the outlook on the long-term EU rating to negative in 2012.
On November 29, 2013, the ratings agency lowered the rating of the Netherlands, leaving the EU with just six ‘AAA’ rated members.
Since the beginning of the European debt crisis in 2008 ratings have been under pressure. While the European Central Bank President Mario Draghi is doing his utmost to preserve the unity of the euro block, deficits and debts across the member states remain unsustainably high for membership in the euro.
While some European nations, including Ireland and Spain, said they have ended a technical recession, growth across the 17-nation euro currency bloc has so far remained shaky. It fell 0.1 percent in 3Q, as the economy is still slowly stabilizing after nearly 2 years of recession, according to Eurostat data.
Debt, unemployment, and weak exports still plague the continent, especially as periphery zones continue to contract. Unemployment across the euro currency zone is above 12 percent, and more than double that in Spain and Greece.
The European Central Bank unexpectedly cut interest rates to a record low of 0.25 percent in November after inflation suddenly dropped to 0.7 in October, far below the targeted 2 percent, which stirred fears of deflation.
Source: rt.com

Why 40% of consumers will spend less this Christmas despite better job security

So much for a white Christmas. New research from Bankrate.com shows holiday shopping this year might end up being a tight Christmas.
“Only 1 in 7 say they intend to spend more than they did last year, and 38% say they actually intend to spend less this year,” says Greg McBride, senior financial analyst at Bankrate.com in the attached video. “That’s really a reflection of the fact that for so many people, household budgets are still tight. They haven’t seen their income go up.”
What’s interesting is that this finding of frugality comes at a time when Bankrate’s Financial Security Index has rebounded to a 5-month high after dipping before, and during the government shutdown ordeal in October.
McBride explains the disparity, between consumers feeling more secure yet intending to spend less, as the result of better jobs security, comfort with debt levels and rising net worth slamming into the reality that is weak or non-existent wage growth.
“Discretionary spending is driven by what you get in the paycheck,” McBride says. “If their paycheck hasn’t changed, the ability to spend this holiday season – and any other time of the year – is really hemmed in.”
What also stands out, McBride says, is that this tight-fisted trend is not only affecting low-wage earners.
“The tendency to spend less rather than more, wasn’t just confined to one or two pockets of the population. It was evident in every age and every income group that we looked at.”
But even while spending habits remain on-guard, it would seem at some point they should loosen up, as financial security improves and spreads.
“2013 was really the turning point where we saw middle income households really turn the corner and start to feel better about their finances. Up until this year it was just the highest income households and nobody else. Now we’ve seen the middle of the population turn the page and feel more financially secure.”
That may be too late for Christmas, but Easter and Mother’s Day are just around the corner.
Source: finance.yahoo.com

Obama White House ‘Surprised’ by Recent Drops in Unemployment Rate

The nation’s civilian unemployment rate has dropped from 7.6 percent in June to 7.0 percent in November — a development that “surprised” the Obama White House.
“The unemployment rate over the last six months has surprised us by coming down more quickly than we had expected or than other forecasters had expected,” Jason Furman, the chairman of the White House Council of Economic Advisers, told reporters on Thursday.
“[I]t’s come down by an average of one-tenth every month for six straight months, and that was — you know, people expected something like that to happen over more like a year than a six-month period. So I think what you see a number of forecasters doing is saying, given what we’ve seen, you know, maybe we have to revise it going forward and assume it’ll be lower.”
Furman said the bipartisan budget deal will boost job creation by easing the sequester spending caps. “This replaces a substantial amount of the discretionary portion of the sequester, so the converse to that statement would also be true, that this budget agreement will help the economy add more jobs than it otherwise would have in 2014.”
Conservative Republicans strongly oppose boosts in discretionary spending, saying the government already spends and wastes too much taxpayer money.
Although the unemployment rate is going in the right direction, Furman said “it’s still unacceptably high” because of the number of long-term unemployed. He urged Congress to extend long-term unemployment benefits.
At Thursday’s news conference, Furman said Obamacare, far from weighing on the economy, will help it in 2014.
“I think the Affordable Care Act has been helping the economy and will continue to help the economy. I think it has contributed to the slowdown in the overall growth of health costs, which is good for the competitiveness of American businesses.
“I think in 2014, when you have the exchange up and running, that that will further help labor markets by, for example, increasing the ability of workers to move from job to job, so they don’t get locked into one job, just because of the health insurance, which improves mobility and increases productivity and entrepreneurship,” Furman said.
“And finally, the Affordable Care Act is a key part of deficit reduction, especially over the medium and long term, where it’s a much more significant source of deficit reduction over that horizon than the sequester is.”
Source: cnsnews.com

Main Reasons For “Upward Revised” Q3 Personal Spending: Healthcare And Gasoline

Earlier today, the Bureau of Economic Analysis surprised everyone by announcing a final Q3 GDP growth of 4.1% compared to 3.6% in the first revision (and 2.8% originally), driven almost entirely by the bounce in Personal Consumption which rose 2.0% compared to estimates of 1.4%. As a result many are wondering just where this “revised” consumption came from. The answer is below: of the $15 billion revised increase in annualized spending, 60% was for healthcare, and another 27% was due to purchases of gasoline. The third largest upward revision: recreation services. On the flip side, the biggest revision detractors: transportation services and housing and utilities.
In other words, the BEA thought long and hard what it could revise and decided on the following: in Q3 the US economy was revised to the strongest since 2011 because Americans, it would appear, were gassing up more to visit (and pay) their doctor, and then going to the movies.
Source: zerohedge.com

There’s Is Nowhere to Hide Your Money: Six More Jurisdictions Sign Tax Compliance Agreements with US

The U.S. e Treasury announced that, in the past week, the United States has signed bilateral agreements with six additional jurisdictions to implement the information reporting and withholding tax provisions commonly known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act Enacted by Congress in 2010, these provisions target non-compliance by U.S. taxpayers using foreign accounts. With these most recent agreements, the United States has signed 18 FATCA intergovernmental agreements and is engaged in related discussions with many other jurisdictions.
Over the past week, Malta, the Netherlands, The Islands of Bermuda, and three UK Crown Dependencies – Jersey, Guernsey, and the Isle of Man – signed various agreements with the United States to implement FATCA.
“FATCA continues to gather momentum as we work with partners worldwide to combat offshore tax evasion,” said Deputy Assistant Secretary for International Tax Affairs Robert B. Stack. “This large number of signings in one week alone sends a strong signal to tax evaders everywhere: international support for FATCA is growing.”
FATCA seeks to obtain information on accounts held by U.S. taxpayers in other countries. It requires U.S. financial institutions to withhold a portion of certain payments made to foreign financial institutions (FFIs) who do not agree to identify and report information on U.S. account holders. Governments have the option of permitting their FFIs to enter into agreements directly with the IRS to comply with FATCA under U.S. Treasury Regulations or to implement FATCA by entering into one of two alternative Model IGAs with the United States. Today, Bermuda signed a Model 2 agreement, meaning that Bermuda will direct and legally enable FFIs in Bermuda to register with the IRS and report the information required by FATCA about consenting U.S. accounts directly to the IRS. This requirement is supplemented by government-to-government exchange of information regarding certain pre-existing non-consenting accounts on request.
Malta, the Netherlands, and each of the Crown Dependencies that signed this week entered into Model 1A agreements. Under these agreements, FFIs will report the information required under FATCA about U.S. accounts to their home governments, which in turn will report the information to the IRS. These agreements are reciprocal, meaning that the United States will also provide similar tax information to these governments regarding individuals and entities from their jurisdictions with accounts in the United States.
In addition to these FATCA agreements, protocols to the existing tax information exchange agreements with Jersey, Guernsey, and the Isle of Man were also signed.
Source: economicpolicyjournal.com

JPM’s Quiet Scramble To Refill Its Gold Vault

Gold is smacked down again and JPM and other financial institutions are stacking gold.

As we repoted consistently, at times on a daily basis, one of the more memorable stories of the summer of 2013, was the rampant and furious depletion of gold (both eligible and – mostly – registered) stored deep in the gold vault of JPMorgan located under 1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, since sold to a Chinese conglomerate (understandable considering China’s insatiable appetite for the yellow metal in physical, not paper form). This culminated with some truly impressive multi-way vault rearrangements in which the other 4 Comex members would provide gold to JPM on an almost daily basis (see here and here). But while Chinese demand may explain the outflow of physical, what is head-scratching is the just as furious scramble by JPM to obtain gold in the past few weeks.
As persistent trackers of the CME’s daily depository statistics update are well aware, over the past week, JPM has been accumulating an impressive amount of gold, and what is more curious, it has been precisely in increments of 64,300 ounces of eligible gold on a daily basis. Putting this scramble in context, two months ago JPM had only 181K ounces of eliglble gold. And yet, just today, the Comex announced that JPM’s eliglble vault gold rose by almost that amount, increasing by 125K to a reputable 1.2 million eligible ounces.
JPM’s total eligible holdings, and especially the recent surge, are shown below:
It bears pointing out that while eligible gold has been surging higher, JPM’s registered gold has once again contracted, and as of today, it closed at its lowest ever: just 87K ounces of gold!
So with gold plunging to multi-year lows, is JPM just taking advantage of the “blood on the streets” and becoming the helpful bidder of last (or first) resort and replenishing its record low depleted inventory by taking advantage of below production cost fire sales, or… is something else going on here?
Source: zerohedge.com

“The Chinese Don’t Want Dollars Anymore, They Want Gold” – London’s Gold Vaults Are Empty: This Is Why

Today gold slid under $1200 per ounce, dropping to a level not seen in three years. Judging by the price action one would think that gold is not only overflowing from precious metal vaults everywhere, but can be found thrown away on the street, where nobody even bothers to pick it up. One would be wrong. In fact, as Bloomberg’s Ken Goldman reports, “you could walk into a vault in London and they were packed to the rafter with gold, and the gold would trade from me to you to somebody else. You could walk into these vaults today and they are virtually empty. All that gold has been transferred out of London, 26 million ounces….” To find out where it has gone and why it is never coming back, watch the clip below (spoiler alert: listen for the line:“the Chinese don’t want US dollars anymore, they want gold“).
Source: zerohedge.com

Shanghai to host China International Payments System

The China International Payments System (CIPS) will be established in Shanghai in 2014 and will help settle yuan payments worldwide, reports Shanghai’s China Business News.
Wu Jun, deputy director of the city’s finance office, said that 2014 is a critical year as the structure for the CIPS would be finalized during that time.
Wu said that current cross-border renminbi settlements were being made through banks but that all transactions still had to be processed via a clearing system.
Citing the US dollar as an example, Wu explained that New York uses a clearing system called the Clearing House Interbank Payments System (CHIPS) to settle global transactions denominated in the US dollar. It handles 95% of international dollar payments, which has allowed New York to become an international financial center.
Regarding the internationalization of the Chinese currency, Dec. 3 figures from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) showed that global renminbi lending accounted for 8.66% of the market share as of October this year, outpacing the Euro for the first time to become the second largest clearing currency worldwide.
In addition, a Bank for International Settlements report on global trading volumes of foreign exchange showed that the renminbi had become the ninth most-traded currency globally in 2013, up from the 17th, and had spotlighted Shanghai’s role as an international financial hub.
The cross-border renminbi business in Shanghai has expanded significantly since a pilot program for settlements was launched in 2009. Figures showed that banks in Shanghai settled 491.9 billion yuan (US$81 billion) last year, up by 48.5% year-on-year.
The Shanghai pilot free trade zone, which was launched more than two months ago, is also expected to become the best platform for conducting cross-border renminbi transactions. Zhang Yong, deputy director at the Financial Service Bureau in Shanghai’s Pudong New Area, told the paper that the free trade zone in Shanghai was an important stronghold for the export of renminbi, as well as a hub for the return of overseas renminbi capital.
Source: wantchinatimes.com

Rights

Obama Caves, Delays Obamacare As Momentum Fizzles; Customer Pool “Smaller And Sicker

Late last night, with just 4 days left until the December 23 deadline to choose plans that will begin Jan. 1, Washington Post reported that the Obama administration finally caved and “significantly relaxed the rules of the federal health-care law for millions of consumers whose individual insurance policies have been canceled, saying they can buy bare-bones plans or entirely avoid a requirement that most Americans have health coverage.”
The ability to get an exemption means that the administration is freeing these people from one of the central features of the law: a requirement that most Americans have health insurance as of Jan. 1 or risk a fine. The exemption gives them the choice of having no insurance or of buying skimpy “catastrophic” coverage.
As was to be expected, the announcement which made the healthcare ponzi scheme far less powerful triggered an immediate backlash from the health insurance industry and “raised fairness questions about a law intended to promote affordable and comprehensive coverage on a widespread basis.”
“This latest rule change could cause significant instability in the marketplace and lead to further confusion and disruption for consumers,” said Karen Ignagni, president of America’s Health Insurance Plans, the industry’s main trade group.
Another health insurance official, who spoke on the condition of anonymity because he lacked authorization to discuss the matter publicly, pointed out that the hardship exemption also gives one group the ability to buy coverage whenever they want, rather than during annual open-enrollment periods. As a result, he said, more people might not buy insurance unless they get sick.
Well, Karen: welcome to central-planning, where whatever can go wrong, ultimately does, and as for your profit margins which you had modelled as surging in the coming years: feel free to model them lower.
How did the latest humiliation for the administration come about? WaPo explains:
At a news conference in mid-November, an apologetic Obama relented to the criticism, announcing that the federal government would let insurance companies continue for another year to offer individuals and small businesses health plans that do not meet the new requirements. The decision, however , is up to each state’s insurance regulator, and not all have gone along.
This second change, prompted by a group of Democratic senators — most of whom face tough reelection campaigns next year — goes substantially further in accommodating people upset about losing their policies. The latest rule will allow consumers with a canceled health plan to claim a “hardship exemption” if they think the plans sold through new federal and state marketplaces are too expensive.
To be sure, the 2014 elections played a key role: As The Hill reported, the policy shift was laid out in a letter to Sens. Mark Warner (D-Va.), Jeanne Shaheen (D-N.H.), Mary Landrieu (D-La.), Heidi Heitkamp (D-N.D.), and Tim Kaine (D-Va.), who asked the administration on Wednesday to clarify whether those who had their plans cancelled could qualify for the exemption. The Washington Post pointed out the lawmakersfaced tough reelection campaigns next year, or were from states that President Obama lost in last year’s election. Could it be that Obamacare is actually…unpopular with the broader population? Say it isn’t so!
WaPo also notes that “it is unclear how many people facing canceled policies will choose no insurance, bare-bones coverage or a plan through the insurance exchanges that meet new federal standards.”
Actually, it is clear: according to the WSJ the answer is “very few”, especially when one adds the healthcare law’s rolloug problems. The WSJ adds that ”insurers pressing for last-minute enrollees under the health-care law say they are running into a worrisome trend: Customers who were put off by the insurance marketplaces’ early troubles are proving hard sells. Many people thwarted by the technical problems of HealthCare.gov are reluctant to try again, citing frustration with the federal site, web-security concerns and the pressure of the holidays, several insurers say.
Geisinger Health Plan, a central Pennsylvania insurer, has tracked down more than 4,000 people who expressed interest earlier this fall, urging them to attend sign-up events this week.
So far, few have responded: About a dozen have shown up at each event, said Lisa D. Hartman, the insurer’s director of commercial marketing.
“It might be getting too late for people to make a move,” Ms. Hartman said. “We’ve had some people telling us it’s too close to the holidays.”
Call-center workers at Arches Health Plan, a new Utah plan, have been working through a list of about 4,000 people who unsuccessfully sought coverage in October and November. Insurers have identified about 2,000 people who are still interested and have managed to enroll about 90% of them.
“We definitely have lost a lot of momentum, where people said, ‘You know what, I’m going to come back in January,’” said Shaun Greene, Arches’ chief operating officer.
And the punchline: With only days before the Monday deadline to sign up for coverage that starts Jan. 1, insurers are facing a much smaller, and sicker, pool of customers than hoped for.
Like we said: anything that can go wrong… oh look, over there, the Stalingrad & Propaganda 500 just hit a new all time high!
Source: zerohedge.com

Senate Passes NDAA 2014 via Fast Tracking, President To Sign

The Government has always passed the NDAA quickly and in the dark of the night. We need to remember that this law can pickup anyone suspected of being a terrorist (foreign or domestic) without proof and throw them in prison for 1 year.

Late Thursday night, the Senate passed the NDAA for Fiscal Year 2014, in a sweeping bill now being sent to the president which reports suggest he will sign.
The bill, is infamous for its language on indefinite detention, and “disappearing” of American citizens. Once again, the bill was past via Fast-Tracking while most of the country was sidelined on the Phil Robertson issue with Duck Dynasty.
The bill, now being sent to President Obama, also leaves out an amendment by Sen. Gillibrand on sexual assault prosecution, which in and of itself is curious. The bill passed the Senate in an 85-14 count, with the roll-call unavailable at this time.
“It’s a failure of leadership on the part of the majority leader,” Arizona Sen. John McCain told reporters, echoing Republican colleagues who said the accelerated process was designed to prevent tough votes on Iran sanctions and other controversial issues.
Also, the bill would authorize a release of $527 billion in base defense spending for the current fiscal year, plus funds for the war in Afghanistan and nuclear weapons programs overseen by the Energy Department, among numerous other controversial measures.
With the recent push by PANDA (People Against NDAA), having success on local levels blocking the Indefinite Detention provisions, it is no surprise the defense bill passed quickly, and while so many were distracted.
Source: activistpost.com

Police State

New assault rifles at Boston PD another step toward militarization of US police

Boston PD is distributing AR-15 assault rifles to patrol cars for reinforcement of the police and giving it more power against the street criminals, or so it says. This new development has undoubtedly caused a lot of concern which fact is being dwelled upon in the article titled “Boston PD’s new assault rifles raise concerns over militarization of police” by Al Jazeera America’s Daniel Lovering.
Though there has already been a lot of talk as to how the United States have recently got all gunned up with their drone-flying classes and bomb-disarming robots in small towns. This military recycling program has already left many wondering: isn’t it a little too much put “to serve and protect”?
Boston police department has surprised the citizens purchasing about 30 military-style semiautomatic rifles and training nearly 100 patrol officers to use them. This looks all the more surprising as, according to a local cited by Mr Lovering, Tariq Nazyat, 39, “Gun violence in the neighborhood has declined sharply since his teenage years.”
As always, such situation immediately sparked a debate in Boston. While some – mostly residents of the minority-dominated districts – argued that the gradual militarization of the police force is more of a problem than a solution, others, who supported police, had their reasoning just as justified saying the police needed tools to combat heavily armed criminals and prevent terrorism, that is, to not let the Marathon tragedy become a history repeated.
Mr Lovering quotes Boston Police superintendent Kenneth Fong as saying police “’routinely’ seize semiautomatic assault rifles from the streets.”
“The city and the world we live in now is different than in years past,” Mr Lovering quotes Kenneth Fong as saying. “And we need to have equipment to meet the threat that we’re facing now.”
The Boston Marathon tragedy and its aftermath has only speeded up the process of buying the rifles, as it had already been in process by that time. The actual idea was introduced in 2007 by Edward Davis, a former city’s police commissioner.
Two years later, as part of the federal surplus program, Boston police ordered about 200 semiautomatic M16s, but Mayor Thomas Menino put the plan on hold. Menino’s spokesman John Guilfoil said in an email to Al Jazeera, “The mayor made clear that he doesn’t expect these types of weapons to be used regularly but rather stored securely in police vehicles and used only during necessary emergency situations.” However, 82 police departments with little-to-no crime still purchased over a 1,000 weapons.
The plan provides that two officers per district (and there’s 11) is to be equipped with the long-range AR-15 rifles, Fong said. This is to reinforce the existing groups of four to eight officers patrolling the city in so-called tactical vehicles, each equipped with an M4 rifle and a shotgun.
Mr Lovering quotes Ladd Everitt, director of communications for the Coalition to Stop Gun Violence, an advocacy group based in Washington, D.C., as saying that “police need the guns because they were facing similarly armed suspects on the streets.” In other words, the general level of violence in the society has been escalating.
Obviously, there are fears that, although initially intended to “fight evil,” all these weapons might one day become a routinely used tool.
“The most disturbing repercussion that we see happening is when officers are dressing up in military garb, camouflage uniforms, military boots and helmets, and now you put M16s in their hands, there’s just a subtle change in their whole mentality when it comes to policing,” he said. “They begin to view the people in the community as adversaries, as the enemy, instead of people who have constitutional rights,” said Tim Lynch, criminal-justice project director at the Cato Institute, a libertarian think tank.
Lynch labeled this decision a “recipe for unnecessary violence and unnecessary injuries and sometimes the loss of life.”
Though recently, shootings have increased in Boston, the rate is still by far below the early 1990s numbers. Also, the state can boast one of the lowest rates of gun-related deaths in the country and some of the nation’s toughest gun laws, and that’s according to the Journal of the American Medical Association.
Kade Crockford, director of the Technology for Liberty Project at the American Civil Liberties Union of Massachusetts, was quoted by Mr Lovering as saying “the move reflects a trend nationwide that includes the ‘paramilitarization of the police’ and the federalization of local and state police departments.” However, the question she posed still has no answer regardless of its acuteness.
“Do we want police officers who are sent out into our streets to be trained as if — and equipped as if — the people they encounter on their patrols are enemy hostile targets, as if in a war?” she said. “Or do we want them to see people in our communities as allies and people they are meant to protect and serve?”
Source: voiceofrussia.com

War

Italian President Warns of Violent Unrest in 2014

This is becoming an anti-EU movement”
President Giorgio Napolitano has warned that Italy faces violent civil unrest in 2014 as anti-EU demonstrations intensify in response to the country’s worsening economy and a total loss of faith in the state.
“The crisis affecting the euro zone has put a strain on social cohesion. The most detailed forecasts for 2014 indicate a risk of widespread social tension and unrest: a risk that must been kept in mind and confronted in Italy,” Napolitano said during an address at his presidential palace in Rome, adding that citizens “could get involved in haphazard and even violent protests, in an extreme and unfruitful surge of total opposition to politics and institutions”.
As we reported last week, anti-EU sentiment is now so prevalent amongst Italians that riot police sent to harass protesters in some cities are removing their helmets and joining with the demonstrators.
The country has been rocked with a prolonged “pitchfork” (Forconi) revolt over fuel prices, globalization, soaring unemployment, and the European Union’s draconian austerity measures, with a diverse group of Italians, from farmers to students, coming together under one umbrella.
The Telegraph’s Ambrose Evans-Pritchard notes how, “This is becoming an anti-EU movement. One of the Forconi leaders has just been arrested for climbing up the EU offices in Rome and ripping down Europe’s blue and gold flag.”
Italian youth unemployment is over 40 per cent as the country remains embroiled in a deep recession, while the overall jobless figure hit a record high of 12.5 per cent at the end of October. A staggering 134 retail outlets in Italy are closed every day and business failures are up 10 per cent since last year alone.
Evans-Pritchard also points out that while Napolitano is concerned about the potential for domestic disorder, he offers no solution whatsoever for Italy’s predicament because he remains a vehement supporter of the very same EU-friendly economic policies that got the country into this mess in the first place.
While the threat of violent domestic disorder across the European Union has been voiced by analysts for years, it’s rare for presidents to join the chorus.
The potential for mass civil unrest spilling over borders as a result of a collapse of the euro single currency prompted the Swiss Army last year to mobilize extra troops as a safeguard against the turmoil spreading.
Source: thedailysheeple.com

North Korea threatens to strike South

Warning comes after South Koreans held rallies to denounce the North’s human-rights record.
North Korea has threatened to strike South Korea “without notice” in response to anti-Pyongyang rallies earlier this week, officials said.
The warning was communicated in a message sent on Thursday by the secretariat of the National Defence Commission, the North’s highest military body, through a military hotline, the South’s defence ministry said.
The message comes after South Korean conservative groups staged protests against North Korea’s human-rights record, marking the two-year anniversary of former leader Kim Jong-il’s death by burning his photograph.
North Korea regularly issues idle threats of violence against South Korea and the United States.
In the latest threat, North Korea’s military warned of a possible strike and condemned the South Korean rallies as an insult to North Korea’s “highest dignity” – a reference to leader Kim Jong-un, the South’s Yonhap news agency reported.
In response, the South Korean government vowed to “sternly react” to any provocation, the report noted.
Heightened tensions
The news comes a week after the North announced it had executed Kim Jong-un’s politically powerful uncle, Jang Song-thaek, who was branded a traitor and stripped of all his powers.
Despite the political uncertainty now gripping the country, North Koreans gathered earlier this week for a remembrance ceremony to honour Kim Jong-il.
Top US officials, meanwhile, have speculated that Jang’s execution could be a prelude to some kind of provocation by Pyongyang.
“These kind of internal actions by dictators are often a precursor to provocation to distract attention from what they’re doing inside of that country,” General Martin Dempsey, chairman of the US military’s Joint Chiefs of Staff, told a Pentagon news conference on Thursday.
Tensions were heightened earlier this year during US-South Korean military drills that Pyongyang branded a “rehearsal for invasion”.
Source: aljazeera.com

Rouhani Takes on Revolutionary Guards in Iran Power Test

Iran’s Revolutionary Guards, a business empire as well as the country’s most powerful military force, have been a vocal critic of recent nuclear diplomacy. President Hassan Rouhani is fighting back, setting up a contest that may shape his presidency.
The Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps expanded under Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, benefiting from multi-billion-dollar contracts to build Iran’s nuclear facilities and develop the world’s biggest natural-gas field at South Pars in the Persian Gulf. Former officers, who made up more than half of Ahmadinejad’s cabinet, are down to four out of 18 ministerial jobs under Rouhani.
Guards leaders, in their role as defenders of the Islamic revolution, have denounced the new president’s breakthrough phone call with Barack Obama and sniped at Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif as he negotiated a nuclear accord with world powers in Geneva last month.
Rouhani, in turn, is seeking to ease them out of politics and the economy. He’s curbing the Guards’ role in industries from road-building to petrochemicals and cutting the budget of their paramilitary Basij force, used to suppress protests in 2009. The contest may determine whether the president gets to enact the platform he was elected on, which includes loosening religious and political restrictions, or is thwarted by opponents of change.
‘DIRTY WORK’
“One of the two will be defeated,” said Ali Alfoneh, a senior fellow at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies in Washington and author of several studies of the Guards.
The Guards report directly to Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, who encouraged their participation in politics to counter the reformist movement that emerged around President Mohammad Khatami in 1997.
Khamenei typically plays different factions against one another to ensure no group gets too powerful, said Karim Sadjadpour, an Iran specialist with the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace in Washington. He may use the Guards to put the brakes on Rouhani’s plans, Sadjadpour said.
“Khamenei doesn’t want to be seen blocking Rouhani but he’s betting Sepah will do his dirty work for him,” he said, referring to the Persian name for the Guard Corps.
Equally, the supreme leader will sometimes back the president because “he wouldn’t mind seeing Rouhani roll back some of the influence of the Guards,” Alfoneh said.
POWERFUL ACTOR
The Guards are Iran’s “most powerful economic actor,” Adam Szubin, director of the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, said in testimony to Congress last year. The group dominates energy, construction and banking, he said.
Its business empire began when Iran was seeking to rebuild after the eight-year war with Iraq that ended in 1988. The government decided to use the Guards’ experience in building roads and bridges to help restore civilian infrastructure. As the projects grew, the Guards set up an engineering arm, Khatam al-Anbia, in 1992.
Khatam, which is blacklisted under U.S. and European sanctions, now has more than 800 subsidiaries and employs almost 200,000 people, according to the state-run Iranian Students’ News Agency.
Rouhani is clipping its wings. The government removed Khatam from the management of Asalouyeh, a hub of petrochemical plants and refineries on the Persian Gulf, and terminated its contract to build a highway north of Tehran, Solh News, a website close to the Guards, reported Dec. 4. It said the Energy Ministry is also seeking to remove Khatam from dam-building and power projects.
‘FINANCIAL DISASTER’
Oil Minister Bijan Namdar Zanganeh has criticized Khatam for failing to produce gas at South Pars. The company was awarded contracts worth as much as $21 billion in 2010 to develop the field, according to the ministry.
“The South Pars failure is a national financial disaster,” said Mehrdad Emadi, a London-based Iranian economist at BetaMatrix consultants. “About 80 percent of energy projects run by these companies were incomplete.”
Iran’s Mehr news agency said more than $40 billion had been spent on the development.
Ebadollah Abdullahi, a Guards commander and head of Khatam, has defended its record. Khatam took over contracts from Western companies such as Royal Dutch Shell Plc and Total SA (FP)which pulled out due to sanctions, and the same sanctions have held back Khatam’s work at South Pars, he said, according to Mehr.
EXPECT ESCALATION
The Guards are pushing back in the political arena. Their commander, Major General Mohammad Ali Jafari, said Rouhani “erred” in speaking to Obama by phone during his September visit to the U.S. When Zarif, defending the Geneva accord at Tehran University on Dec. 3, argued that Iran’s military isn’t powerful enough to deter the West, Jafari riposted: “He doesn’t have experience in the military field to make these statements.”
Rouhani also cut funding of the Basij force, leading its head, Brigadier-General Mohammad Reza Naghdi, to criticize the move.
Jafari has warned Rouhani to expect resistance, saying the Guards “cannot sit quietly” in the face of developments they oppose.
“I expect escalation of the conflict,” said Alfoneh, of the Foundation for Defense of Democracies. “I’m not capable of predicting the outcome.”
Source: stratrisks.com

Report: Saudi anti-tank missile order could bolster Syrian rebels

Saudi Arabia has requested thousands of U.S. anti-tank
guided missiles in a move that could help Sunni rebels in Syria.
A leading U.S. news website asserted that Saudi Arabia’s request for
15,000 TOW [tube-launched, optically tracked, wire-guided missiles] ATGMs
could be used to bolster the flagging Sunni revolt against Syrian President
Foreign Policy said the $1 billion Saudi order does not appear to be linked to the kingdom’s military requirements.
“It’s a very large number of missiles, including the most advanced version of the TOWs,” Jeffrey White, a former Defense Intelligence Agency analyst, said. “The problem is: What’s the threat?”
In a report on Dec. 12, Foreign Policy said the Syrian rebels were desperate for ATGMs. Riyad has already supplied Croatian anti-tank weapons to and was training Syrian rebels in Jordan. The rebels were said to have been deploying the Chinese-origin HJ-8 ATGM.
Analysts said Saudi Arabia, which bought more than $75 billion worth of U.S. weapons since 2004, was unlikely to send the TOWs to the Syrian rebels. Instead, the new missiles could enable Riyad to exhaust its current ATGM stockpile.
“I would speculate that with an order of this size, the Saudis were
flushing their current stocks in the direction of the opposition and
replacing them with new munitions,” former U.S. ambassador to Saudi Arabia,
Charles Freeman, said.
Source: worldtribune.com

Cyber Attacks

Cyber Threats to Bank Accounts on the Rise

On the same day that news broke that 40 million customer account records were stolen from retail giant Target, the regulator of the nation’s largest financial institutions warned that customers’ financial information is increasingly under assault in their banks as well.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency on Thursday, in its Semiannual Risk Perspective, warned that “Cyber-threats continue to increase in sophistication and frequency.” The agency noted, “Known impacts include … identity theft, fraud, and theft of intellectual property.”
Related: Data Breach May Impact 40M Target Customers
The report found that one new tactic employed by hackers is to target a bank’s home page with a so-called “denial of service” attack, in which thousands of hacked computers try to log on to the web site simultaneously, thereby disabling it for regular customers’ use. While security experts are distracted by the DOS attack, the report found, the hackers go after their real target by, for instance, draining customer accounts through fraudulent wire transfers.
“It’s an increasing problem,” agreed Richard F. Cross, a former vice president and director of bank security at Bank of New York, now a private consultant. “You have to assume that the crooks are always one step ahead of what the financial community is doing to protect itself.”
The OCC cautioned that small banks appear to be more frequent targets of hackers, because criminals perceive them as being less likely to have strong security measures in place.
Cross said that in his experience, that tends to be true. “The problem usually is with small community banks,” he said. “I hate to say it, but sometimes they don’t want to spend the money.”
Related: The Coming Cyber Attack That Could Ruin Your Life
Protection doesn’t come cheap, the OCC found. While the tools necessary to reduce the risk of a cyber attack are “readily available,” according to the report, “the costs and resources needed to manage the risks continue to increase.”
Banks that are at increased risk, the agency said, are early adopters of new technologies, and banks that hire third parties to provide certain information technology-related services, both of which create additional risks that are difficult to measure and to manage.
The good news for consumers is that they can do a lot to protect themselves. Most cases of identity theft and bank fraud begin with the customer making the mistake of providing personal information, willingly or unwillingly, to crooks – although they often won’t know it until later.
Related: Why Cyber Crime Is Now the Top Threat Facing the U.S.
One of the most common methods is through “phishing” – a technique in which an official-looking email is sent to a bank customer either directly soliciting account information or carrying a hidden computer virus that will give hackers access to the customer’s computer.
Cross cautioned that consumers can’t rely solely on banks to protect them – and have to be aware of everything they do while online.
“If an email comes in and it looks even a wee bit suspicious, you have to ignore it,” he said. “But people are busy. They see an email and they click on it, then it’s too late.

GoodETxSG

22nd December 2013, 13:51

Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 245
http://x22report.com/current-economic-collapse-news-news-brief-episode-245/

http://x22report.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/youtube_newsbriefeconomic_collapse2.jpg

youtube_newsbriefeconomic_collapse2In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if things are really that different. The central bank will not stop at just confiscating your wealth they will want your life. They want to enslave the people.

Please check the Sentinel Alerts for the latest news on the economic collapse. The Sentinel Alerts are updated throughout the day. If you haven’t already, go to “The People” and join the community of people who are helping each through the economic collapse.

Current News – 12.21.2013

Economy

Greek lawmakers approve property tax law amid protests

The Greek parliament has approved a controversial law on property tax demanded by the austerity-hit country’s international lenders, amid widespread protests against the legislation.
On Saturday, Greek lawmakers passed the bill with a narrow majority of 152 votes in the 300-seat parliament. Critics have described the new law as a final blow to Greece’s shaky economy.
Following the vote, Greek Prime Minister Antonis Samaras said Vyron Polydoras, a conservative lawmaker and former minister, has been expelled from the ruling New Democratic Party after he voted against the bill.
The move reduced the already slim majority of Greece’s coalition government to 153 in the parliament.
The new law, which is to take effect on January 1, 2014, will fix a tax on agricultural plots larger than 1,000 square meters (10,764 square feet).
Greece Finance Ministry says the tax is aimed at raising some 2.65 billion euros (USD 3.6 billion dollars) in 2014. However, unions and left-wing parties in the country have criticized what they call an over-taxation of real estate.
Main opposition leader, Alexis Tsipras, lashed out at Athens for carrying out a “heist” against landowners, saying, “You tax every inch of home yard and garden, and then come here and talk of growth.”
On Friday, several hundreds of Greek farmers marched towards the parliament building in Athens, carrying banners that read, “Not one euro for the fields” and “No to the double taxation.”
The protest was held as lawmakers were debating the law, which is required by Greece’s troika of international lenders – the European Union, the European Central Bank (ECB), and the International Monetary Fund (IMF).
Athens has been dependent on bailout funds from international “rescue loans” since May 2010, when it was first granted a 110-billion-euro (USD 145 billion) package and was followed by another 130-billion-euro (USD 170 billion) package in February 2012.
Source: presstv.ir

Retailers panic and slash prices amid low sales

Retailers have slashed their prices this weekend in the hope that shoppers will finally flood Britain’s high streets today after one of the slowest Christmases on record.
With Christmas Day falling on a Wednesday this year, the traditional cat-and-mouse fight between shoppers and retailers has been pushed right to the wire with an extra weekend seeing customers waiting to see if stores will start discounting early.
And it seems like the shoppers have won, with vast swathes of stores hitting the panic button and slashing prices in a desperate attempt to shift their wares.
Fashion stores in particular have been struggling, with Marks & Spencer starting a 30 per cent off sale today across its entire non-food section, with some even considering returning presents they have bought and re-purchasing them at the discounted rate.
Debenhams, H&M, Mothercare, Austin Reed, Gap, BHS, House of Fraser, Argos and Currys PC World have all started heavy discounting, offering between 50 and 75 per cent off some lines. The few retailers still selling at full price include Next and Zara.
In total, only around one in four stores is holding out from offering discounts. Mark Hudson, a retail consultant at PricewaterhouseCoopers, said: “Some retailers are still holding their nerve and will be looking to pick up on a big final weekend – and once online shopping activity is no longer a threat.
“However, expect to see further sale activity on the final two days as savvy last-minute shoppers hold out for pre-Christmas bargains.”
The final posting day for first-class deliveries to be delivered before Christmas was yesterday, so bricks and mortar retailers are hoping to win customers from now on.
Nick Bubb, a senior independent retail analyst, expressed surprise at the high levels of discounting, particularly at Marks & Spencer.
He said: “Marks & Spencer has just thrown away all their pricing power by launching a ‘Mega Day’ so close to Christmas. We thought of burning the ashes of an M&S pink coat at Marble Arch to mourn the death of full-price retailing.”
Cash withdrawals are expected to peak today between noon and 1pm, with around £27,000 being withdrawn every second, and up to £1bn taken out across the day, according to Barclaycard.
Last week, shopping centres saw 5.5 per cent more customers than the week before, with retail parks experiencing a 4.8 per cent boost. However, compared with a year earlier, footfall dropped 2.3 per cent in shopping centres and 2.1 per cent on high streets.
Source: independent.co.uk

Police State

White House panel: Little to no indication mass NSA surveillance thwarts terrorism

At least one member of the White house panel charged with reviewing the NSA policies unveiled by Edward Snowden admitted he was surprised to learn that there is no evidence the massive collection of phone records has stopped any terrorist attacks.
Geoffrey Stone, a University of Chicago law professor, told NBC he was “absolutely” shocked when the review panel’s findings turned up little to no indication that terrorist activity had been identified by the controversial National Security Agency practiced.
“It was, ‘Huh, hello? What are we doing here?’” he said. “The results were very thin.”
The NSA program was one of the first Snowden leaks to be made public in The Guardian and The Washington Post earlier this year. It was revealed that the agency does not listen in on telephone conversations in the US, but does compel major telecommunication companies like Verizon and AT&T to turn over the records – including the time and length of the call as well as the numbers dialed – belonging to millions of Americans.
Stone was among the five members of the White House review panel who were handpicked by the Obama administration to consider if major changes should be enacted to the NSA programs. The group began work on August 27 and has since met with executives from Google and Facebook, as well as lawyers from the American Civil Liberties Union and even the chief judge of the FISA court.
The panel recommended this week that the massive collection of phone records be stopped immediately to protect Americans’ privacy. They issued this recommendation upon finding that it was “not essential in preventing attacks.”
That assertion blatantly contradicts statements made by President Obama and intelligence leaders for over six months.
“Lives have been saved,” Obama told reporters when the Snowden leak was first reported. “We know of at least 50 threats that have been averted because of this information.”
Source: rt.com

Bigger, Badder NDAA 2014 Quietly Passed the House and Senate – On the Way to Obama’s Desk

While everyone is distracted with the holiday festivities, Congress has been hard at work, screwing us over in the name of national security.
Yesterday the 2014 National Defense Authorization Act was fast-tracked through the Senate, with no time for discussion or amendments. And, you know, it’s Christmastime, so they just passed it so that they could recess for the holidays. The new version of the NDAA has already been quietly passed by the House of Representatives.
It authorizes massive spending, including $527 billion in base defense spending for the current fiscal year, funding for the war in Afghanistan, and funding for nuclear weapons programs.
The indefinite detention allowed by the original NDAA is still here, and it’s actually worse now, because there are provisions that will make it easier for the government to target those who disagree.
Section 1071 outlines the creation of the “Conflict Records Research Center”, where the unconstitutionally obtained information that the NSA has collected is compiled and shared with the Department of Defense. The information, called in the wording “captured records,” can be anything from your phone records, emails, browsing history or posts on social media sites.
The New American reports in detail on the expansion of powers:
For two years, the NDAA included provisions that purported to authorize the president of the United States to deploy the U.S. military to apprehend and indefinitely detain any person (including an American citizen) who he believes “represent[s] an enduring security threat to the United States.”
Such an immense grant of power is not only unconscionable, but unconstitutional, as well.
Regardless of promises to the contrary made every year since 2011 by President Obama, the language of the NDAA places every citizen of the United States within the universe of potential “covered persons.” Any American could one day find himself or herself branded a “belligerent” and thus subject to the complete confiscation of his or her constitutional civil liberties and to nearly never-ending incarceration in a military prison.
Finally, there is in the NDAA for 2014 a frightening fusion of the federal government’s constant surveillance of innocent Americans and the assistance it will give to justifying the indefinite detention of anyone labeled an enemy of the regime.
Section 1071 of the version of the 2014 NDAA approved by the House and Senate committees this week expands on the scope of surveillance established by the Patriot Act and the Authorization for the Use of Military Force (AUMF).
Section 1071(a) authorizes the secretary of defense to “establish a center to be known as the ‘Conflict Records Research Center.’” According to the text of the latest version of the NDAA, the center’s task would be to compile a “digital research database including translations and to facilitate research and analysis of records captured from countries, organizations, and individuals, now or once hostile to the United States.”
In order to accomplish the center’s purpose, the secretary of defense will create an information exchange in cooperation with the director of national intelligence.
Key to the functioning of this information exchange will be the collection of “captured records.” Section 1071(g)(1), defines a captured record as “a document, audio file, video file, or other material captured during combat operations from countries, organizations, or individuals, now or once hostile to the United States.”
Source: Activist Post

FEMA envisions base camps in Puerto Rico or Virgin Islands for its emergency responders

FEMA is gathering information from prospective vendors who could help the agency in case of an emergency in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands by quickly establishing two large “responder support camps” (which could house 11 to 3,000 occupants) and well as five smaller and more “remote camps” (which could accommodate 25 to 100 occupants.)
FEMA has asked potential vendors to answer a series of questions, as part of a Request for Information (RFI) it issued on December 19, which provide a pretty good idea of what kinds of camps FEMA has in mind.
Based on the queries it poses, FEMA apparently wants any future contractors to be able to transport equipment, set up, and make the camps operational within 72 hours of being notified. FEMA wants all camps staffed on a 24/7 basis.
“Does the contractor have the ability to clear an unimproved area, grade the area to prevent pooling of water but maintain level areas to construct the camp?” asks the agency.
FEMA appears to want its camps to have a medical service with a dedicated area and on-site nurses. In addition, FEMA wants a continually staffed kitchen, eating area for at least 60 percent of the occupants at one time, including a “dietary plan comparable to the military’s 14 day menu.”
The vendor must also be able to supply power, fuel, food, water, ablution, solid and black and grey water removal, as well as maintenance, the RFI explains.
Also, the camps should have “multiple buildings that can be connected by covered walk-ways,” laundry services, and workstations for 25 percent of the camp occupants, with access to the Internet.
Vendors with the capability to establish and operate such responder base camps in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands have until February 3, 2014 to describe those capabilities to FEMA.
Source: gsnmagazine.com

War

US Aircraft, UN Helicopter Attacked In South Sudan

With a wave of detente spilling over the Middle East, following the surprising US overture to calm relations with Syria and Iran just months after it nearly launched an offensive war in the country over a few fabricated YouTube clops Looks like Africa will be the next geopolitical hotspot. But while France is the figurehead leading the offensive over west Africa, focusing on Mali and the Central African Republic, where they are “peacekeeping” (with the support of US drones), east Africa appears set for a full-blown flare out, with the Sudan area emerging as the dominant zone of instability and future escalation. Which is perhaps why not only a US aircraft, but a UN helicopter, both came under fire in the Sudan over the past 24 hours in what is assured to generate an “appropriate” response by the US.
First, Reuters reports about a U.S. aircraft which was by gunfire in South Sudan:

A U.S. aircraft came under fire on Saturday on a mission to evacuate Americans from spiraling conflict in South Sudan and four U.S. military service members were wounded.
Nearly a week of fighting threatens to drag the world’s newest country into an ethnic civil war just two years after it won independence from Sudan with strong support from successive U.S. administrations.
The U.S. aircraft came under fire while approaching the evacuation site, the military’s Africa Command said in a statement. “The aircraft diverted to an airfield outside the country and aborted the mission,” it said.
Hundreds of people have been killed in the fighting that pits loyalists of President Salva Kiir, of the Dinka ethnic group, against those of his former vice president Riek Machar, a Nuer who was sacked in July and is accused by the government of trying to seize power.
Fighting that spread from the capital, Juba, has now reached vital oilfields and the government said a senior army commander had defected to Machar in the oil-producing Unity State.
And just to assure a condemning social response is generated, and the public mood against the South Sudan is sufficiently negative, the AP just reported that a UN helicopter in the region had been downed also following gunfire by local militant:

Two officials have told The Associated Press that a U.N. helicopter trying to evacuate peacekeepers and civilians was fired on and sustained significant damage on Friday in the same restive South Sudan state where a U.S. helicopter was hit Saturday.
Rob McKee of Warrior Security said the U.N. helicopter was hit by small arms fire and made an emergency landing while trying to evacuate personnel from a base in Yuai in Jonglei state. A second official who insisted on anonymity because the information hasn’t been released said the helicopter was abandoned and remains unable to fly. No injuries were reported.
A U.N. spokesman didn’t answer a phone call or email seeking comment.
U.S. aircraft were fired on Saturday in Bor, the capital of Jonglei. Four U.S. service members were wounded.
Of course, the question is why the US (and, laughably, French) scramble to get involved militarily in Africa now? The answer is easy: as we reported in June 2012, in the rush for Africa China has a multi-year head start in the colonization race. So what short cuts is a self-determined superpower to do to catch up – why find one pretext after another to send a military force and achieve through brute force what China has been able to attain through infrastructure and domestic investing over the past several years.
From June 2012:
“The Beijing Conference”: See How China Quietly Took Over Africa
Back in 1885, to much fanfare, the General Act of the Berlin Conference launched the Scramble for Africa which saw the partition of the continent, formerly a loose aggregation of various tribes, into the countries that currently make up the southern continent, by the dominant superpowers (all of them European) of the day. Subsequently Africa was pillaged, plundered, and in most places, left for dead. The fact that a credit system reliant on petrodollars never managed to take hold only precipitated the “developed world” disappointment with Africa, no matter what various enlightened, humanitarian singer/writer/poet/visionaries claim otherwise. And so the continent languished. Until what we have dubbed as the “Beijing Conference” quietly took place, and to which only Goldman Sachs, which too has been quietly but very aggressively expanding in Africa, was invited. As the map below from Stratfor shows, ever since 2010, when China pledged over $100 billion to develop commercial projects in Africa, the continent has now become de facto Chinese territory. Because where the infrastructure spending has taken place, next follow strategic sovereign investments, and other modernization pathways, until gradually Africa is nothing but an annexed territory for Beijing, full to the brim with critical raw materials, resources and supplies. So while the “developed world” was and continues to deny the fact that it is broke, all the while having exactly zero money to invest in expansion, China is quietly taking over the world. Literally

In late July, Beijing hosted the 5th Forum on China-Africa Cooperation, during which China pledged up to $20 billion to African countries over the next three years. China has proposed or committed about $101 billion to commercial projects in Africa since 2010, some of which are under negotiation while others are currently under way. Together, construction and natural resource deals total approximately $90 billion, or about 90 percent of Chinese commercial activity in Africa since 2010. These figures could be even higher because of an additional $7.5 billion in unspecified commitments to South Africa and Zambia, likely intended for mining projects. Of the remaining $3 billion in Chinese commercial commitments to Africa, about $2.1 billion will be used on local manufacturing projects. While China has proposed $750 million for agriculture and general development aid and about $50 million to support small- and medium-sized business development in addition to the aforementioned projects, it has been criticized for the extractive nature of its relationship with many African countries, as well as the poor quality of some of its construction work. However, since many African countries lack the indigenous engineering capability to construct these large-scale projects or the capital to undertake them, African governments with limited resources welcome Chinese investments enthusiastically. These foreign investment projects are also a boon for Beijing, since China needs African resources to sustain its domestic economy, and the projects in Africa provide a destination for excess Chinese labor
Source: zerohedge.com

China outraged as Japan revamps defense plan

China’s Defense Ministry on Friday issued a strongly worded statement criticizing Japan’s plans to increase defense spending, accusing Tokyo of turning up the temperature on regional tensions.
Amid ongoing territorial tensions between Beijing and Tokyo in the East China Sea, Japan this week announced a five-year defense plan that has attracted an uncharacteristically outspoken response from China.
China “resolutely opposes” the five-year defense plan adopted by Japan on Tuesday, Defense Ministry spokesman Geng Yansheng said in a statement posted on the ministry’s website.
Tokyo is attempting to sell a so-called “proactive pacifism” under the pretext of safeguarding national security, Geng said.
Japan “continues to deny its history of World War II aggression, challenge the post-war order, and harm the feelings of the people of those victimized nations,” he said.
“We urge Japan to reflect deeply on its history, strictly adhere to its commitment to peaceful development, and take concrete measures to improve relations with its neighbors to play a constructive role in maintaining regional peace and development,” Geng said.
Under the plan adopted Tuesday, Japan will boost defense spending by 5 percent over the next five years to purchase new military hardware, including its first surveillance drones, US-made F-35 stealth fighters and Aegis combat systems.
The statement hinted at China’s concern over Japan’s military relationship with the United States, which has recently shifted the weight of its military apparatus to Asia.
Japan is making an effort to ensure the security and prosperity of the international community, but at the same time it is clinging to a Cold War mentality and beefing up its military alliance with relevant countries, he said.
Last year, US President Barack Obama made a speech to the Australian parliament where he said: “As a Pacific nation, the United States will play a larger and long-term role in shaping this region and its future.”
China’s obvious discomfort over Japan’s military buildup is just the latest source of tension between the two Asian powers. Beijing and Tokyo are also at loggerheads over an uninhabited chain of islands in the East China Sea – referred to as the Senkaku Islands by Japan and the Diaoyu Islands by China.
After the Japanese government bought three of the eight islands from a private owner in September 2012, violent protests erupted in several Chinese cities. Since then, Chinese naval vessels have routinely confronted Japanese ships in the area, raising fears of an incident.
Late last month, China warned that all aircraft entering a vast area over the East China Sea should identify themselves and follow China’s instructions.
Source: rt.com

Senate hawks vow veto-proof vote on Iran, bill to skip committee

We need to remember what the Obama administration told the Senate. If new sanctions are implemented he will have only one option open and that is a military strike against Iran. This seems like it is the same “cross the red line” that he used with Syria. Be prepared for a false flag

Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid has indicated he would
Despite a veto threat from US President Barack Obama, hawkish senators in Congress say they will press forward with additional sanctions against Iran by overriding the president’s veto.
bring a new Iran sanctions bill for a vote.
On Thursday, Sen. Bob Menendez (D-New Jersey), the Senate Foreign Relations Committee chairman, and Sen. Mark Kirk (R-Illinois) introduced a new sanctions bill against Iran which was co-sponsored by 24 other senators across the aisle.
The White House was quick to condemn the new anti-Iran effort by the hawkish senators on Capitol Hill with Obama’s Press Secretary Jay Carney saying that the president would veto the bill “if it were to pass” Congress.
However, Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-South Carolina) told Fox News that he was seeking to secure a veto-proof majority of 67 senators for the bill.
“If the president wants to veto [the bill], we’ll override his veto,” Graham said.
During his year-end press conference at the White House on Friday, Obama warned once more against the consequences of any new sanctions passed by Congress against Iran.
“If we’re serious about negotiations we’ve got to create an atmosphere in which Iran is willing to move in ways that are uncomfortable for them and contrary to their ideology and rhetoric and their suspicions of us,” Obama said.
Source: presstv.ir

Cyber Attacks

Las Vegas hotels: Patrons warned of cyberattacks

Las Vegas hotels, among others, have been warned of cyberattacks, according to a Dec. 20Associated Press report. Affinity Gaming, aLas Vegas company that owns casinos in several states including Nevada says it was the victim of credit and debit card cyberattacks at 11 sites.
The cyberattacks affected under 300,000 cardholders, according to the company’s lawyer. While the system is now reportedly secure, Affinity Gaming recommended that customers that visited its hotels and casinos between March and October should check their cards for fraudulent activity.
“Affinity regrets any inconvenience this incident may cause and has established a confidential, toll-free inquiry line to assist its customers,” the company announced on Friday.
Source: examiner.com

False Flag

Alarms Bells Are Going Off As Al Qaeda Networks Spread

As a historian with a long view, I avoid alarming predictions of doom and gloom. Although Militant Islam is very dangerous, I don’t think it has longevity. Wherever Islamists take over, they arouse the intense hatred of their subject people. Muslims in Mali, for example, celebrated when the French Army chased out the jihadis.
It is one thing to fantasize about a restored Islamic Caliphate (religious dictatorship) but quite another to live under it. Like all other meteoric phenomena, this one will undoubtedly crash and burn too.
However, we are in for a very nasty run with this Islamist meteor. Joel Brinkley, a cool-headed foreign policy columnist for the San Francisco Chronicle, (October 6, 2013). Al Qaeda is now threatening Americans in Europe, the Middle East, North claims the “the Al Qaeda terror network is spreading like a cancer”Africa, South Asia, Africa and Central Asia—as he notes, practically the entire world. The Senate Intelligence Committee warns the naïve fools among us who believe that this is not a war, but just a criminal issue. We should rethink our hostility to our spy agencies keeping tabs on wanabe jihadis.
One particularly deadly group is al-Shebab, in Somalia, which carried out the attack on the Westgate mall in Nairobi, Kenya last summer. The many jihadi groups can work independently, says Brinkley, but most coordinate their carnage with Ayman al-Zawahri, Bin Laden’s successor, whom we have not yet managed to kill with a drone. We will get him sooner or later.
The State Department warns that “extremists have targeted and attempted attacks on subway and rail systems, aviation, and maritime services; such attacks have already occurred in Moscow, London, Madrid, Glasgow, and New York City. One anonymous Islamic cleric who posts on line predicts that the black Islamic flag will one day fly over the white house. He may also believe that the moon is made of green cheese.
Most alarming is the rise of fifth columns in our midst. Generous, immigrant-welcoming Canada, is now having indigestion. The same is true for the EU countries that have done the same. Thousands of young men are heading to Syria where they hope to die for Allah. I saw one Anglo-Iraqi interviewed on camera who could scarcely sit still, he was so excited to die in Syria “for Allah.” Many of the Islamists are converts, which makes them even more fanatical as jihadis. The Canadian Security and Intelligence Service has reported that Islamist extremists are now radicalizing Canadians in mosques, dinner parties, and even in the family home.
The Canadian Broadcasting Company notes that with the exception of the United States, there are more terrorist groups active in Canada today than in any other country in the world. Since 2006, 25 individuals have been involved in plots against Canadian targets (happily unsuccessful). They plotted to behead Canada’s prime minister, were caught making bombs, planned to bomb an Amtrak train running between New York and Toronto, and planned to celebrate Canada Day (July 1) with pressure cooker bombs to blow up the legislature in Victoria.
The majority of attacks, however, are currently abroad: in Syria; bombing a courtroom in Somalia; joining a Hezbollah attack on a bus in Bulgaria filled with Israeli tourists; and an attack on a gas plant in Algeria. In addition are the usual financial crimes, honor killings, human smuggling, and establishing safe houses for future capers. Most alarming are attempts to establish Sharia law in Canadian society, which a former attorney general, Marion Boyd, actually supported!
Germany is alarmed because 170 German Muslims have gone to join al Qaeda groups in Syria. If they do not die there, they might well return to do mischief in Germany.
French Interior Minister Manuel Vallis estimates that more than 300 French Muslims are fighting with Syrian rebels. Russia reports that 200 fighters have done so as well; the UK claims 100, Denmark, Belgium, Sweden and the Netherlands each number their Muslim nationals at 50-100. This Jihadi Tourism may well come back to bite their hosts. Without the NSA eavesdropping, we might be sorry.
Source: familysecuritymatters.org

Plan Sought to Protect Food Supply From Terrorism

The Food and Drug Administration proposed a rule on Friday to require major food producers to develop a plan to prevent intentional attempts to contaminate the food supply. The agency said it favored the rule, not because such a criminal act is likely, but as an extra precaution. Under the rule, open to public comment until the end of March, companies would need plans to address vulnerabilities in production processes, particularly to acts of terrorism. They would have one to three years to comply.
Source: nytimes.com

Related Economic Collapse News

Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 239 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if th...
Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 211 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if th...
Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 233 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if th...
Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 217 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if th...
Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 223 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if th...
Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 205 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if th...
Current Economic Collapse News Brief – Episode 133 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if th...
Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 169 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if th...
Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 199 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see i...
Current Economic Collapse News Brief – Episode 139 In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if th...

RunningDeer

22nd December 2013, 20:40

Current Economic Collapse News – News Brief – Episode 245
http://x22report.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/youtube_newsbriefeconomic_collapse2.jpg

youtube_newsbriefeconomic_collapse2In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if things are really that different. The central bank will not stop at just confiscating your wealth they will want your life. They want to enslave the people.

Please check the Sentinel Alerts for the latest news on the economic collapse. The Sentinel Alerts are updated throughout the day. If you haven’t already, go to “The People” and join the community of people who are helping each through the economic collapse.

Current News – 12.21.2013

For those that have to multitask:

Current Economic Collapse News -- News Brief -- Episode 245

0mIm1XqGytU

Published on Dec 21, 2013

Get economic collapse news throughout the day visit http://x22report.com More news

http://thepeoplesnewz.com  In this news brief we will discuss the latest news on the economic collapse. We look to see if things are really that different. The central bank will not stop at just confiscating your wealth they will want your life.

They want to enslave the people.  Fair Use Notice: This video contains some copyrighted material whose use has not been authorized by the copyright owners. We believe that this not-for-profit, educational, and/or criticism or commentary use on the Web constitutes a fair use of the copyrighted material (as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law.

If you wish to use this copyrighted material for purposes that go beyond fair use, you must obtain permission from the copyright owner. Fair Use notwithstanding we will immediately comply with any copyright owner who wants their material removed or modified, wants us to link to their web site, or wants us to add their photo.

GoodETxSG

22nd December 2013, 22:30

Thank you Paula!!! I have been doing a LOT on my tablet and on my LT w/One hand and my 2 1/2 year old on my lap. Much appreciated.
;)

RunningDeer

22nd December 2013, 23:04

Thank you Paula!!! I have been doing a LOT on my tablet and on my LT w/One hand and my 2 1/2 year old on my lap. Much appreciated.
;)
Sweet Papa! I must say, I loved reading today and the other day about your Little One on your lap.

I found the matching YouTube channel to your transcript because of your posts, and many other sites, as well. http://www.picgifs.com/smileys/smileys-and-emoticons/thanks/smileys-thanks-771216.gif

I've got an iPad. Hate it! Only used it to streamline my book collection. Sorry I tossed out the real deals. I went through a phase to lighten the load: "Have Gun Will Travel”. My rule was no more that one hundred books. Now....back to selectively replacing hard copies.

Ballad of Paladin: Have Gun Will Travel
tgvxu8QY01s

:wave:

GoodETxSG

23rd December 2013, 04:28

What is NOT said is HOW MUCH of the info he has is incrypted and has not been decrypted. That is another story... Which needs several Beowoulf cluster to work on for a while... That is where the REAL goodies are!

http://consciouslifenews.com/whos-controlling-snowden-documents-purpose/1168860/#

Who’s Controlling the Snowden Documents and to What Purpose?
Posted by cln DECEMBER 18, 2013 in Government, Whistleblower with 2 Comments

ijft75Elt88

Glenn Greenwald has only released 1% of the Edward Snowden documents and those were approved and released after over 100 meetings with US and British intelligence. Some documents are being held back to be released with Greenwald’s book. And Greenwald’s possession of the documents were the basis of his new $250 million media venture with PayPal’s Pierre Omidyar raising ethical questions of checkbook journalism. But even more troubling is the close relationship between the NSA and Omidyar’s PayPal. Whistleblower Sibel Edmonds of BoilingFrogsPost.com has been publicly asking questions of Greenwald and Snowden to determine the ethics and purpose of the Snowden leaks.

Share this:

Redstar Kachina

23rd December 2013, 09:48

..........

GoodETxSG

23rd December 2013, 14:44

OR... Maybe they will NOT need too much time on a Cipher Cracking System! Wow... shaking my head as I type "They were asking for it".
http://libertyblitzkrieg.com/2013/12/22/how-the-nsa-paid-security-firm-10-million-to-promote-flawed-encryption/
How the NSA Paid Security Firm $10 Million to Promote Flawed Encryption
Posted on December 22, 2013
Stories documenting the NSA’s intentional attempt to weaken encryption standards have been floating around for months now, but Reuters put out a story Friday that documents just how far the out of control agency has gone to weaken security for hundreds of millions of computer users.

RSA has been a leader in cryptography ever since it revolutionized the field after its genesis in the 1970s from three MIT professors. The company actually provided a lot of successful pushback against the NSA and the Clinton Administration’s push to introduce the Clipper Chip in the 1990′s, but has completely sold out in recent years as it became more corporatized and many of the technology leaders left. If it is true that the only received $10 million from the NSA, they sold out the American public very cheaply. RSA is now owned by EMC

From Reuters:

Documents leaked by former NSA contractor Edward Snowden show that the NSA created and promulgated a flawed formula for generating random numbers to create a “back door” in encryption products, the New York Times reported in September. Reuters later reported that RSA became the most important distributor of that formula by rolling it into a software tool called Bsafe that is used to enhance security in personal computers and many other products.

Undisclosed until now was that RSA received $10 million in a deal that set the NSA formula as the preferred, or default, method for number generation in the BSafe software, according to two sources familiar with the contract. Although that sum might seem paltry, it represented more than a third of the revenue that the relevant division at RSA had taken in during the entire previous year, securities filings show.

The earlier disclosures of RSA’s entanglement with the NSA already had shocked some in the close-knit world of computer security experts. The company had a long history of championing privacy and security, and it played a leading role in blocking a 1990s effort by the NSA to require a special chip to enable spying on a wide range of computer and communications products.

Started by MIT professors in the 1970s and led for years by ex-Marine Jim Bidzos, RSA and its core algorithm were both named for the last initials of the three founders, who revolutionized cryptography. Little known to the public, RSA’s encryption tools have been licensed by most large technology companies, which in turn use them to protect computers used by hundreds of millions of people.

From RSA’s earliest days, the U.S. intelligence establishment worried it would not be able to crack well-engineered public key cryptography. Martin Hellman, a former Stanford researcher who led the team that first invented the technique, said NSA experts tried to talk him and others into believing that the keys did not have to be as large as they planned.

The stakes rose when more technology companies adopted RSA’s methods and Internet use began to soar. The Clinton administration embraced the Clipper Chip, envisioned as a mandatory component in phones and computers to enable officials to overcome encryption with a warrant.

RSA led a fierce public campaign against the effort, distributing posters with a foundering sailing ship and the words “Sink Clipper!”

A key argument against the chip was that overseas buyers would shun U.S. technology products if they were ready-made for spying. Some companies say that is just what has happened in the wake of the Snowden disclosures.

The White House abandoned the Clipper Chip and instead relied on export controls to prevent the best cryptography from crossing U.S. borders. RSA once again rallied the industry, and it set up an Australian division that could ship what it wanted.

Doesn’t seem to me the NSA is doing any protecting whatsoever. On the contrary, it appears they are merely doing a lot of harm to computer security.

What is NOT said is HOW MUCH of the info he has is incrypted and has not been decrypted. That is another story... Which needs several Beowoulf cluster to work on for a while... That is where the REAL goodies are!

http://consciouslifenews.com/whos-controlling-snowden-documents-purpose/1168860/#

Who’s Controlling the Snowden Documents and to What Purpose?
Posted by cln DECEMBER 18, 2013 in Government, Whistleblower with 2 Comments

ijft75Elt88

Glenn Greenwald has only released 1% of the Edward Snowden documents and those were approved and released after over 100 meetings with US and British intelligence. Some documents are being held back to be released with Greenwald’s book. And Greenwald’s possession of the documents were the basis of his new $250 million media venture with PayPal’s Pierre Omidyar raising ethical questions of checkbook journalism. But even more troubling is the close relationship between the NSA and Omidyar’s PayPal. Whistleblower Sibel Edmonds of BoilingFrogsPost.com has been publicly asking questions of Greenwald and Snowden to determine the ethics and purpose of the Snowden leaks.

Share this:

GoodETxSG

23rd December 2013, 16:36

CHINA is looking like it will be the source of the NEW TRADE CURRENCY... ALL THE GOLD IS GOING THERE! They secretly purchased JP Morgan Chase several months ago, WHO QUICKLY DENIED IT... "NO, CHINA ONLY BOUGHT THE NY BUILDING OF THE HQ!!!"... Yea, RIGHT! China now owns a major portion of the US Economy (As it is) and much of America's Physical Assets. Something to ponder when you wonder if there really is some sort of "Reset" (Lack of better word) on the way.

http://www.silverdoctors.com/is-jpm-stashing-2-metric-tons-of-gold-kilobars-per-day-on-behalf-of-china/
IS JPM STASHING 2 METRIC TONS OF GOLD KILOBARS PER DAY ON BEHALF OF CHINA?

http://www.silverdoctors.com/bloomberg-london-gold-vaults-are-virtually-empty-all-the-gold-has-been-transferred-to-hong-kong/
BLOOMBERG: LONDON GOLD VAULTS ARE VIRTUALLY EMPTY, ALL THE GOLD HAS BEEN TRANSFERRED TO HONG KONG!

Redstar Kachina

24th December 2013, 00:05

..........

GoodETxSG

24th December 2013, 03:00

A Market Correction in several markets I am sure will be required as inner connected as they have become. Keep us informed of your trip... Viable information has become hard to come by for me (Info lock down & people factor) recently. Though at the World Economic Forums, I would recommend the "Refraining from drinking heavily while allowing others to indulge as you guide the conversation" method... Yea, A no brainer :biggrin:

My money (well, not really...just an expression) is on a stock market "correction" on or about February 8th:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wall_Street_Crash_of_1929

Sounds like I might be able to hitch a ride on a friend's corporate jet out to Davos next month to get a better feel for when this all will go down.

http://www.weforum.org/

Redstar Kachina

24th December 2013, 03:38

..........

Octavusprime

24th December 2013, 04:40

Todd,

Why do you keep posting the same document?

Redstar Kachina

24th December 2013, 11:10

..........

GoodETxSG

24th December 2013, 15:13

This is extremely interesting in my opinion.
Thank you to Sabrina for bringing it to my attention on their popular Thread: Massive Bank and High Profile Resignations Across the World
Thread: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?41059-Massive-Bank-and-High-Profile-Resignations-Across-the-World

I would watch the video first then read the article (Just my opinion)...

http://livefreelivenatural.com/brzezinski-admits-worldwide-resistance-derailing-new-world-order/?fb_action_ids=10152441191984129&fb_action_types=og.likes&fb_source=other_multiline&action_object_map=%7B%2210152441191984129%22%3A255673117916006%7D&action_type_map=%7B%2210152441191984129%22%3A%22og.likes%22%7D&action_ref_map=%5B%5D#

Brzezinski admits: “Worldwide Resistance” is Derailing the New World Order

Nov

During a recent speech in Poland, former US National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski warned fellow elitists that a worldwide “resistance” movement to “external control” driven by “populist activism” is threatening to derail the move towards a new world order.

Calling the notion that the 21st century is the American century a “shared delusion,” Brzezinski stated that American domination was no longer possible because of an accelerating social change driven by “instant mass communications such as radio, television and the Internet,” which have been cumulatively stimulating “a universal awakening of mass political consciousness.”

The former US National Security Advisor added that this “rise in worldwide populist activism is proving inimical to external domination of the kind that prevailed in the age of colonialism and imperialism.”
Brzezinski concluded that “persistent and highly motivated populist resistance of politically awakened and historically resentful peoples to external control has proven to be increasingly difficult to suppress.”

Although Brzezinski delivered his comments in a neutral tone, the context of the environment in which he said them allied to his previous statements would indicate that this is not a celebration of “populist resistance” but a lament at the impact it is having on the kind of “external control” Brzezinski has repeatedly advocated.

The remarks were made at an event for the European Forum For New Ideas (EFNI), an organization that advocates the transformation of the European Union into an anti-democratic federal superstate, the very type of bureaucratic “external control” Brzezinski stressed was in jeopardy in his lecture.

In this context, it must be understood that Brzezinski’s point about “populist resistance” being a major hindrance to the imposition of a new world order is more of a warning than an acclamation.

Also consider what Brzezinski wrote in his book Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technotronic Era, in which he advocated the control of populations by an elite political class via technotronic manipulation.

“The technotronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values. Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing even the most personal information about the citizen. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities,” wrote Brzezinski.

“In the technotronic society the trend would seem to be towards the aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within the reach of magnetic and attractive personalities exploiting the latest communications techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason,” he wrote in the same book.

Brzezinski’s sudden concern about the impact of a politically awakened global population isn’t born out of any notion that he identifies with their cause. Brzezinski is the ultimate elitist insider, the founder of the powerful Trilateral Commission, a Council on Foreign Relations luminary and a regular Bilderberg attendee. He was once described by President Barack Obama as “one of our most outstanding thinkers”.

Originally Posted On: http://www.hangthebankers.com/brzezinski-admits-worldwide-resistance-is-derailing-the-new-world-order/

Published on Oct 8, 2012
Here is Zbigniew Brzezinski once again admitting that the globalists are in fear of the global awakening that is currently happening across the world. People are waking up to the fact that the governments are all power hungry and corrupt and are not there to serve the interests of the people, but that of the global elite and the multi-billion dollar corporations. This lecture was given about a week ago in his home country of Poland.

bHknL5z8f6k

mountain_jim

24th December 2013, 17:28

^ Over a year old but still relevant.

Also, I believe it was from the speech pictured above that a photoshopped version of Brzezinski went around the conspiracy web as a supposed image of Marduk.

GoodETxSG

24th December 2013, 20:08

If you have more info about that please email me the details. It would be much appreciated.
Thank you.

^ Over a year old but still relevant.

Also, I believe it was from the speech pictured above that a photoshopped version of Brzezinski went around the conspiracy web as a supposed image of Marduk.

Kristin

24th December 2013, 20:27

I saw that too Corey, it was a smear campaign. Can't remember much about it, but it made Brzezinski look like a demon or some type of evil Alien.

mountain_jim

24th December 2013, 21:01

Well I think I had the year wrong, it was much earlier, similar blue backdrop but here shows both pictures

http://www.thelivingmoon.com/49ufo_files/03files2/Alien_EnLil_Fake.html

Redstar Kachina

25th December 2013, 01:06

..........

TODD & NORA

27th December 2013, 17:31

..........

GoodETxSG

27th December 2013, 18:33

"Its the economy stupid" comes up in the article... There is a lot of similar chatter coming from many sources... Most of the FEAR paradigm but you do not have to look at it that way. It could be that it is just a change, everyone is fearful of change... Good or Bad change.

------------------------------------------------
http://canadafreepress.com/index.php/article/60129?utm_source=CFP+Mailout&utm_campaign=7ef28faa80-Call_to_Champions&utm_medium=email&utm_term=0_d8f503f036-7ef28faa80-297698353

U.S. is a captured operation. The lie is bigger than most people realize or are willing to confront
DHS insider gives final warning

By Doug Hagmann
Friday, December 27, 2013

http://canadafreepress.com/images/uploads/hagmann122713.jpg

Under the cover and amid the distraction of the Christmas bustle, I had my last “official” contact with a source inside the Department of Homeland Security known as “Rosebud” in my writings. My source is leaving his position, retiring along with numerous others choosing to leave this bureaucratic monstrosity.

For this contact, my source took unprecedented measures to be certain that our contact was far off the radar of prying government eyes and ears. I was stunned at the lengths he employed, and even found myself somewhat annoyed by the inconvenience that his cloak-and-dagger approach caused. It was necessary, according to my source, because all department heads under FEMA and DHS are under orders to identify anyone disclosing any information for termination and potential criminal prosecution.

“DHS is like a prison environment, complete with prison snitches,” he said, referring to the search for leaks and leakers. And the warden is obsessed. Ask anyone in DHS. No one trusts anyone else and whatever sources might be left are shutting up. The threats that have been made far exceed anything I’ve ever seen. Good people are afraid for their lives and the lives of their families. We’ve all been threatened. They see the writing on the wall and are leaving. It’s not a joke and not hype.”

The following is a narrative from my source, prefaced with the instructions to “take it or leave it,” and “disregard it at your own peril.” He added that it’s now up to each American to act on the information themselves or suffer the consequences. “I’ve resigned myself to the fact that most [Americans] will never be convinced of the reality that is taking place right in front of them.”

The plan explained

“According to every internal document I’ve seen and read, and from the few people I’ve spoken with who understand what’s going on, preparations have been finalized to respond to a crisis of unprecedented magnitude within the United States. The response will include the use of lethal force against U.S. citizens under the instructions of Barack Obama.” But why?

“‘It’s the economy, stupid,’” he began, paraphrasing a campaign slogan coined by James Carville for Bill Clinton’s 1992 campaign. “Just as I disclosed in our first meeting, the crisis will be rooted in an economic collapse. I told you last year, at a time when gold and silver were setting record highs, one specific indicator that time is very short. It is the final ‘smack down’ of the metals, gold and silver, that will presage the orchestrated economic collapse that is being planned by the bankers of Wall Street. Everybody needs to understand that this is a deliberate collapse of the U.S. economy with the oversight of the White House and the full knowledge of the Justice Department. Everyone seems to be waiting for some big, history making event that will signal the start of the collapse. The fact is that the collapse has already started. It’s incremental, like a snowball rolling down a hill. It gets bigger and rolls faster. Well, this snowball is well on its way down the hill.”

“I don’t mean to sound repetitive, but I can’t stress this enough. Contrary to what you hear, we’re already in an economic collapse, except that most people haven’t a clue. The ‘big bang’ comes at the end, when people wake up one morning and can’t log in to their bank accounts, can’t use their ATM cards, and find out that their private pension funds and other assets have been confiscated,” he stated.

“I’ve seen documentation of multiple scenarios created outside of DHS. Different plans and back-up plans. Also, please understand that I deliberately used the word ‘created,’ as this is a completely manufactured event. In the end it won’t be presented that way, which is extremely important for everyone to understand. What is coming will be blamed on some unforeseen event out of everyone’s control, that few saw coming or thought would actually happen. Then, another event will take place concurrent with this event, or immediately after it, to confuse and compound an already explosive situation.” I asked for specifics.

“As I said, there are several scenarios and I don’t know them all. I know one calls for a cyber-attack by an external threat, which will then be compounded by something far removed from everyone’s own radar. But it’s all a ruse, or a pretext. The threat is from within,” he stated. “Before people can regain their footing, a second event will be triggered.” Again, I asked for specifics.

“I’ve seen one operational plan that refers to the federal government’s response to a significant terrorist attack on U.S. soil. Information at these levels is compartmentalized. I don’t have specifics, just plans for the response. The response will be controls and restrictions on travel, business, and every aspect of our lives, especially gun ownership and speech that incites people against the government. I guess some people would call it Martial Law, and they would not be incorrect. But understand that this will be a process deployed in stages. How quickly of a process remains to be seen.”

The mechanics explained

As I said, people continue to look for something big to happen first, followed by a militaristic response by the federal government against U.S. citizens. Based on what I’ve seen, I don’t believe it will happen this way, although there is one unthinkable exception. That exception would involve a ‘decapitation’ of our leadership, but I’ve seen nothing even remotely suggestive of that. But I’ve heard and even read articles where that is mentioned. Frankly, though, that’s always been a threat. I suppose that if the leadership is deemed useless, or becomes a liability to the larger agenda in some manner, it could happen. The precedent exists. Let’s pray that it’s not the case now.”

“I don’t think anyone except the initiated few know the precise series of events or the exact timing, just a general overview and an equally general time period. I think we’re in that period now, as DHS has their planned responses finalized. Also, the metals are important because it’s real money, not Ponzi fiat currency. The U.S. has no inventory of gold, so the prices are manipulated down to cause a sell-off of the physical assets. China is on a buying spree of gold, and other countries want their inventory back. The very people causing the prices to drop are the ones who are also buying the metals at fire sale prices. They will emerge extremely wealthy when the prices rise after the U.S. currency becomes wallpaper. A little research will identify who these people and organizations are.”

“I’d like to add a bit of perspective that might help explain the events as I described. Do you remember former Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld announcing that the Pentagon was unable to account for $2.3 trillion in the defense budget? That was on September 10, 2001, the day before the attacks of 9/11. Some suggest that 9/11 was orchestrated, in part to cover up the missing money, which is ludicrous. The result, however, was that suddenly the accounting issue took a back seat because of the attacks. The result will be the same. That’s a perfect example of the mechanics of what we are about to experience. It’s going to take years to sort out, and when it’s finally sorted out, the damage will have long been done.”

“Please note a few final things. The relationship that exists between DHS today and the executive branch is well beyond alarming. DHS and other organizations have become the private army of the Oval Office. The NSA, and I’ve got contacts there, is taking orders from the Oval Office. The IRS is under the virtual control of the Oval Office in a manner that would make Nixon cower. Even though all roads appear to lead to the Oval Office, they lead through the Oval Office. It’s not just Obama, but the men behind him, the people who put him there. The people who put him there are the ones who created him.” I asked who created him.

“First, ask yourself why there was such an all out effort to marginalize anyone talking about Obama’s eligibility in 2008. Even so-called conservatives pundits fell for the lie that such questions were nothing more than a diversion. They were following a specific drumbeat. That should tell every rational adult that he is a creation of the globalists who have no allegiance to any political party. He is the product of decades of planning, made for this very time in our history. He was selected to oversee the events I just disclosed. Who has that ability? He’s a product of our own intelligence agencies working with the globalists. He should be exhibit ‘A’ to illustrate the need to enforce the Logan Act. Need I say more?”

As often said by another of my sources, the U.S. is a captured operation. The lie is bigger than most people realize or are willing to confront. That is, until there is no other option. By then, it might be too late.

Bill Ryan

28th December 2013, 14:36

:bump:

Bumping the last must-read post #239 immediately above. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65952-Why-Are-the-Bankers-and-Ex-Intel-Types-Running-For-Their-Lives--Confirmed-for-MONTHS-by-my-vanishing-sources-&p=777088&viewfull=1#post777088)

Again, to all my American friends:

If your circumstances permit you to do so, get out now. Out of the markets -- and out of the country if you can.

GoodETxSG

28th December 2013, 14:40

This information is going to be growing and taking on a life of its own in some ways at the beginning 2014 and through out the first quarter. If something doesn't happen to boost the hype it may start to die down by the end of 2014.

2L4JwF-9d5M

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2L4JwF-9d5M

Is DHS Preparing For The Economic Collapse And Martial Law? – Episode 248
Episode 248 - Is DHS Preparing For The Economic Collapse And Martial Law? [ 36:21 ] Hide Player | Play in Popup | Download

youtube_dhs_prepare_collapse_collapse2Holiday retail sales are struggling across Europe and the US. Sales are down and the store shelves are overflowing with products. Retailers are scrambling to reduce inventories. Obamacare cannot verify Obama, there are hidden taxes in Obamacare and major companies are dumping employees health care. Chinese are evacuating employees in Sudan, the rebels have taken control of the oil and the Ukraine is keeping foreigners out of the country because they are instigating protests. DHS is preparing for the collapse of Wall Street and are building forces to deal with martial law. Please check the Sentinel Alerts for the latest news on the economic collapse. The Sentinel Alerts are updated throughout the day. If you haven’t already, go to “The People” and join the community of people who are helping each through the economic collapse.

Current News – 12.26.2013 Economy

Spain king: Millions need unemployment relief Spain is collapsing. The unemployment rate and the huge debt load these countries are dealing with are only going to lead to one thing, that is the collapse of the Eurozone

Spanish King Juan Carlos has used his annual Christmas address to the nation to express sympathy for millions of Spaniards who have lost their jobs amid the nation’s economic crisis and have little relief in sight.
The 75-year-old monarch says a big effort is needed to jumpstart the Spanish economy because “we cannot accept as normal the anguish of the millions of Spaniards who do not have work.”
Spain has an unemployment rate of 26 percent, and joblessness is more than twice that for Spaniards under age 25.
Juan Carlos spoke Tuesday night. He did not mention scandals that have hit Spanish royalty hard. Juan Carlos received huge criticism last year after going on an elephant hunting trip just as Spain’s economy was teetering on the verge of collapse.
Source: cnsnews.com French economy shrinks in third quarter of 2013

The French economy has contracted during the third quarter of the year following weak exports and poor investment, official figures confirm.
The French national statistics bureau (INSEE) said on Tuesday that France’s gross domestic product (GDP) shrank 0.1 percent in the July-to-September period.
One of the contributing factors to the negative growth was a decline in French exports, which fell by 1.3 percent while imports grew by 0.9 percent, INSEE stated.
In addition, investment in the eurozone’s second largest economy also dropped by 0.4 percent
The plunge came after a 0.6-percent growth in the French economy in the second quarter pulled its economy out of recession.
This is while France is struggling with a worsened economy as it has barely grown in more than two years.
In November, Standard and Poor’s (S&P) rating agency downgraded France’s credit rating from AA+ to just AA, saying the government’s economic reforms would not significantly raise growth.
President Francois Hollande’s government has imposed 30 billion euros (USD 40.46 billion) in tax hikes this year in a bid to bring its budget deficit below EU target of 3 percent next year.
The government’s economic policies have angered the French citizens, as a poll published last month by IFOP showed 91 percent of French people want Hollande to change his policies and his performance.
Furthermore, the country’s unemployment rate reached a 16-year record high in the third quarter of this year, with nearly 11 percent of French people out of work.
France is one of a few rich-world economies with a double-digit unemployment rate.
Source: presstv.ir French Hope Dashed As Joblessness Surges Back Towards Record High

For the second time in 6 months, French joblessness has re-surged back towards record highs, dashing the hopes and dreams of a European recovery. The first time it was thousands of texts that didn’t get sent that implied joblessness dropped, this time, no excuse and we push back to within 2k of the all-time high unemployment in France. As Germany heads inexorably in the other direction, one can only hope the French President does not decide to take matters into his own hands and ‘draft’ the youth into employment.
Source: zerohedge.com Italian Families’ Spent 11% Less On Christmas Gifts In 2013

According to pundits, 2012 was the worst year for the Eurozone’s peripheral economies, only worse than the just as tumultuous 2011, while 2013 was – if only listens to Europe’s propaganda masters – a year of recovery thanks to the ECB’s “whatever it takes” mentality. Which fails to explain why families in recession-battered Italy spent 11.4% less on gifts this Christmas than last year and one in five households did without presents completely, according to the consumers’ group Federconsumatori estimated on Thursday.
From ANSA:
The group said the Italian households spent an average of 131 euros each on gifts for a total of 3.35 billion euros. Another consumers’ association, Codacons, said overall Christmas spending, including expenditure on food and drink as well as gifts, was down 8% this year with respect to 2012. According to Codacons’ data, spending on gifts was 15% down on last year.
… expenditure on food was holding up, with Italians set to spend 2.6 billion euros on their Christmas and New Year’s meals.
Which makes sense: as we showed the past weekend, while retail spending in the US is also about to post its first annual decline since 2008, and no matter how hard they try, the spinmasters continue to fail explaining away how an “economic recovery” can lead to an ongoing contraction in consumption, one thing that is surging is US spending on booze.
Perhaps it is time for the Ministry of Truth to change a few aphorisms around, starting with “drowning your sorrows” to “drinking oneself under the table from all the joy a fabricated 4.1% GDP print brings.”
Source: zerohedge.com Retailers “disappointed” as Christmas sales are down on 2012

RETAILERS HAVE SUFFERED a lacklustre Christmas period.
Retail representative group Retail Excellence Ireland (REI) says that this year’s sales will be marginally down on last year’s.
David Fitzsimons, chief executive of REI said “Having contacted over three hundred leading retailers nationwide over the past few days it is disappointing to confirm that retail sales are likely to be down marginally against Christmas 2012.
“While consumers might have a little more discretionary income than this time last year, even with cash in our wallets we have become habitually frugal and discerning. It would seem that six years of cautious spending behaviour has become a hard habit to break.
“The retail industry was bullish entering the festive season due to the rescheduling of Budget ’14 to October, a return to economic growth and the exit of the Troika. Unfortunately these positives did not impact on spending in the run up to Christmas 2013. Instead customers remained cautious and retailers responded with significant discounts.”
The sluggish sales will mean good news for customers, however.
REI is forecasting that post-Christmas sales will see retailers aggressively try to shift stock, with sales of up to 70 per cent.
Source: thejournal.ie Initial Claims Tumble Even As 1.3 Million Americans Are Set To Stop Collecting Benefits

Despite the BLS claiming no states estimated their data and the previous week’s apparently errant (but significantly not revised lower), the claims data this week saw its biggest week-over-week percentage drop since January 2006 (which ironically almost perfectly bottom-ticked the previous ‘recovery’ claims improvements). Continuing claims, however, rose for the 3rd week in a row – the largest 3-week rise in since March 2009! Of course, the more critical part of the labor department’s report is the end of the Emergency Unemployment Compensation (EUC) program which will pay one more claim this week and then 1,333,332 will begin to lose their benefits. EUC benefits cannot be paid for any week of unemployment after Dec 28th (which, of course, is great news for the unemployment rate).
Initial Claims dropped the most since Jan 2006!
and Continuing Claims have seen the biggest 3-week rise since March 2009… Demand for food stamps soars as cuts sink in and shelves empty

More working Americans are lining up at emergency food banks and going hungry, as cuts to those programmes take effect
For Denise Acosta, it was being laid off for the first time. For Diana Martinez, it was the death of her mother, leaving her as the sole carer for her severely disabled younger brother. For Johnny Hill, it was having to take responsibility, a year away from retirement, for her two young granddaughters.
Each of these hard-working women from San Antonio, Texas, have fallen victim to circumstances that turned their lives upside down, robbing them of their full-time jobs, the paychecks they once enjoyed and, in Acosta’s case, her home. Their stories vary, but they all belong to a growing group, America’s working poor, for whom the journey from getting by to hunger can be brutally short.
Deep cuts to the US food stamps programme, designed to keep low-income Americans out of hunger in the aftermath of the economic recession, have forced increasing numbers of families such as theirs to rely on food banks and community organisations to stave off hunger.
An expansion of the programme, put in place when the recession was biting deepest, was allowed to expire in November, cutting benefits for an estimated 48 million people, including 22 million children, by an average of 7%.
As these cuts begin to bite, even harsher reductions are in prospect. Republicans in the House of Representatives have proposed $38bn cuts over 10 years, in their latest version of a long-delayed farm bill that would also require new work requirements and drug tests for food stamp recipients
Source: theguardian.com

Rights Healthcare.gov Can’t Verify Barack Obama’s Identity

We were informed that Barack Obama signed up for a bronze insurance plan under Obamacare over the weekend, using the Healthcare.gov website. April Ryan, the White House correspondent and Washington bureau chief for American Urban Radio Networks, tweeted out the news, but then there came an uneasy admission.
“President Obama signed up for insurance and selected the Bronze plan for health insurance over the weekend while on vacation,” Ryan tweeted.
The White House followed up Ryans’ tweet with this statement:
Over the weekend and in advance of today’s deadline, the President enrolled in a health care plan made available by the Affordable Care Act on the DC marketplace. As you all know, the President is one of the 85 percent of Americans who gets his health insurance through his employer and, like previous Presidents, is privileged to receive health care from the military. The act of the President signing up for insurance coverage through the DC exchange is symbolic since the President’s health care will continue to be provided by the military. But, he was pleased to participate in a plan as a show of support for these marketplaces which are providing quality, affordable health care options to more than a million people. The President selected a bronze plan.
Since the sign up was “symbolic,” apparently meaning that Obama is not subject to the same laws that the rest of Americans are, the entire thing has taken a interesting twist. Fox News’ Ed Henry reported: “We learned today from the White House. Initially, they said he signed up for what they called a bronze plan, paying about four hundred dollars a month in premiums. But, then they came back to us and said – Wait, he didn’t actually enroll. They said his staff did it and that’s because of his unique circumstance as Commander in Chief. That his personal information is not in particular government data bases. So healthcare.gov could not actually verify his identity, oddly enough. So, he had to do it in person this weekend, but he was in Hawaii, not in Washington. So he was signing up for the DC exchange. So his staff did it.”

This information comes as people are engaging the holidays with family and friends. While Obama doesn’t want you talking about his identity, he does want you talking to your family about Obamacare.
However, there are numerous questions that should be asked here. How does Obama vote if his data cannot be verified? We’ve all been asking how he can be president without verifying his data, which he has yet to actually produce for authentication (and no, an image on a website is not authentication). What is Henry talking about Obama needing to do his fake sign up “in person,…but he was in Hawaii, not Washington”? It’s a website. It’s accessible from Hawaii, just as it is in Washington.
In addition to these concerns, how is the Internal Revenue Service able to receive and verify Barack Obama’s tax returns? Why is one federal agency apparently able to verify him in this manner, but another is not? Since the IRS seems able to do so, while the Health and Human Services website cannot, Could this be tied to the IRS scandal?
How is Chicago able to verify Barack Obama as a voter?
Furthermore, there remains the questions surrounding Obama’s alias, Barry Soetoro, which was used to register to vote in Washington, DC. After several reports on the voter registration, it mysteriously disappeared from the DC Election Board’s website within ten days without explanation. Interestingly enough, the DC Election Board denied a Freedom of Information Request regarding this matter.
This does cause one to wonder if the system might not authenticate Obama due to the claims that he uses Harry Bounel’s Social Security number.
Could it be that the system is just faulty? It could be for sure. Could it be that there is a serious national security issue with Barack Obama? I think that is even more of an issue than Healthcare.gov. What say you?
Source: freedomoutpost.com Thanks Obamacare? Warren Buffett Cuts Health Benefits By Over 57% At Heinz This is happening with many companies. They are cutting health benefits, cutting hours and not hiring full time people. Obamacare is not for the people, not for providing health care, not for creating jobs, it was created to destroy the people of America

Not satisfied with paying less taxes than his secretary, it seems Warren Buffett has decided that his employees should also pay more for their healthcare. His latest acquisition, Heinz, has recently announced a very significant cut in retiree health benefits. Of course, as the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette reports, Heinz is not admitting this is due to Obamacare but the company is not alone with 60% of employers considering changes through 2013. In an effort to cope with the uncertainty of ongoing health payments, companies have chosen (potentially smaller) lump-sum benefits, leaving the employee to fund the rest. As one reitree noted, “I feel that they should stand behind the moral obligation of the preceding owners of this company and maintain the program,” but, keeping promises does not seem to be the norm these days.
Via Pittsburgh Post-Gazette,
Add Arnold Waldo of Carrick to the list of people disappointed with recent changes being made at the H.J. Heinz Co.
Mr. Waldo, 82, who retired from the Pittsburgh food company in 1985, received a letter in late November notifying him that Heinz was reducing its contribution to a retiree reimbursement account used to cover certain medical expenses, such as co-pays for doctor visits and health insurance premiums.
“Beginning in 2014, Heinz will contribute $1,093 per year, per household to your RRA,” the letter dated Nov. 21 said.
The cut, not the first to the retiree benefit, takes the level that Heinz is contributing to the account down from $3,500 per year, Mr Waldo said.
The company confirmed that it has made changes recently, although it did not say how many people were affected.
…
“Heinz recently announced a reimbursement adjustment for a certain group of retirees in order to provide a more consistent contribution level across the vast majority of our Medicare-eligible retirees,”
…
In 2010, he said, Heinz stopped providing health insurance and created the retiree reimbursement account instead. The company started with a $7,000 contribution the first year to help with the transition and then moved to the $3,500 level.
Nor is Heinz the only company to reduce retiree health benefits. Research from Towers Watson/ISCEBS released two years ago found 60 percent of employers that offered retiree medical plans were considering changes for 2012 or 2013.
…
…the use of such programs has helped businesses avoid coping with swings in health insurance costs. Workers get a lump sum and then choose how to best spend it.
Waldo, who worked at the Heinz operation on the North Side for 28 years, notes, “I feel that they should stand behind the moral obligation of the preceding owners of this company and maintain the program.”
Source: zerohedge.com Hidden Taxes In Obamacare Set to Kick In

Millions of Americans are facing hidden tax surcharges on their insurance premiums under President Barack Obama’s healthcare law as well as new health-related taxes on their income tax bills, the New York Post reports.
Some health insurance companies are not informing patients about the Obamacare taxes, instead deciding to quietly pass them on to its customers. But Blue Cross Blue Shield of Alabama has revealed the taxes on its bills with a separate line item for “Affordable Care Act Fees and Taxes.”
According to the report quoting Kaiser Health News, the surprise taxes on one customer’s bill was $23.14 a month, or $277.68 annually, which increased the monthly premium from $322.26 to $345.40 for that person.
The two percent tax on customers for every health plan is expected to net about $8 billion for the government in 2014 and increase to $14.3 billion in 2018.
There’s also a $2 fee per policy that goes into a new medical research trust fund called the Patient Centered Outcomes Research Institute.
As for insurers, they have to pay a 3.5 percent user fee to sell medical plans on the HealthCare.gov website.
The Post says Obamacare supporters may point out that federal subsidies for low-income families will cover the taxes and pay a large part of the actual premiums.
However, there’s also another Obamacare tax that people don’t know about. Americans who have to buy medical devices like pacemakers, stents and prosthetic limbs will have to fork over a 2.3 percent medical device tax.
Another hidden expense will affect Americans who have to pay out a large share of their annual income for medical costs. Currently, Americans are allowed to deduct medical expenses higher than 7.5 percent of their incomes. But that figure leaps to 10 percent under Obamacare, which will cost taxpayers $15 billion over 10 years, says the Post.
For some Americans there will also be an increase in Medicare tax. Individuals earning more than $200,000 a year and families earning more than $250,000 will have 0.9 percent surtax over the existing 1.45 percent Medicare payroll tax.
Furthermore, these high-earning Americans will also pay an extra 3.8 percent Medicare tax on unearned income, such as investment dividends, rental income and capital gains, adds the Post.
Source: newsmax.com Obamacare and Crony Capitalism: Is Washington Engineering an Insurance Industry Bailout?

The insurance and healthcare industries know how to play the game. In fact, the healthcare industry spent $243 million in 2013 to lobby for Obamacare.
So far business is booming. According to a Forbes’ report in October, the value of the S&P health insurance index has gained 43%, double the gains made in the S&P 500. The shares of CIGNA are up 63%, Wellpoint 47% and United Healthcare 28%.
Rules in Obamacare continue to change for insurance companies, though. Originally Obamacare required everyone to purchase insurance or face penalties, but millions of Americans have lost their insurance plans because of high costs. The new rule changes will exempt those Americans who lost their plans from buying any insurance. This poses a problem for insurance companies. Insurance companies will suffer financial losses if only sick (high risk) people sign up for the exchanges. Analysts claim that this rule change could bankrupt the system.
Political commentator Charles Krauthammer believes that next year we’ll be bailing out the insurance industry. “The cost to insure the people left in the exchanges is going to be exorbitant,” explained Krauthammer.
“The insurers understand that they are going to be completely ruined over this. There is only one way out: A huge government bailout of the insurers is waiting at the end of next year. That’s an issue that Republicans should focus on more,” he said.
“Right now, it’s the only way Obamacare will survive. It ought to be stopped before it happens. Congress must say no to any bailouts because it’s not a natural disaster. It’s a man-made one,” he added.
Source: benswann.com

Police State Is Homeland Security Preparing for the Next Wall Street Collapse And Martial Law?

Reports are that the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is engaged in a massive, covert military buildup. An article in the Associated Press in February confirmed an open purchase order by DHS for 1.6 billion rounds of ammunition. According to an op-ed in Forbes, that’s enough to sustain an Iraq-sized war for over twenty years. DHS has also acquired heavily armored tanks, which have been seen roaming the streets. Evidently somebody in government is expecting some serious civil unrest. The question is, why?
Recently revealed statements by former UK Prime Minister Gordon Brown at the height of the banking crisis in October 2008 could give some insights into that question. An article on BBC News on September 21, 2013, drew from an explosive autobiography called Power Trip by Brown’s spin doctor Damian McBride, who said the prime minister was worried that law and order could collapse during the financial crisis. McBride quoted Brown as saying:
If the banks are shutting their doors, and the cash points aren’t working, and people go to Tesco [a grocery chain] and their cards aren’t being accepted, the whole thing will just explode.
If you can’t buy food or petrol or medicine for your kids, people will just start breaking the windows and helping themselves.
And as soon as people see that on TV, that’s the end, because everyone will think that’s OK now, that’s just what we all have to do. It’ll be anarchy. That’s what could happen tomorrow.
How to deal with that threat? Brown said, “We’d have to think: do we have curfews, do we put the Army on the streets, how do we get order back?”
McBride wrote in his book Power Trip, “It was extraordinary to see Gordon so totally gripped by the danger of what he was about to do, but equally convinced that decisive action had to be taken immediately.” He compared the threat to the Cuban Missile Crisis.
Fear of this threat was echoed in September 2008 by US Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson, who reportedly warned that the US government might have to resort to martial law if Wall Street were not bailed out from the credit collapse.
In both countries, martial law was avoided when their legislatures succumbed to pressure and bailed out the banks. But many pundits are saying that another collapse is imminent; and this time, governments may not be so willing to step up to the plate.
The Next Time WILL Be Different
What triggered the 2008 crisis was a run, not in the conventional banking system, but in the “shadow” banking system, a collection of non-bank financial intermediaries that provide services similar to traditional commercial banks but are unregulated. They include hedge funds, money market funds, credit investment funds, exchange-traded funds, private equity funds, securities broker dealers, securitization and finance companies. Investment banks and commercial banks may also conduct much of their business in the shadows of this unregulated system.
The shadow financial casino has only grown larger since 2008; and in the next Lehman-style collapse, government bailouts may not be available. According to President Obama in his remarks on the Dodd-Frank Act on July 15, 2010, “Because of this reform, . . . there will be no more taxpayer funded bailouts – period.”
Governments in Europe are also shying away from further bailouts. The Financial Stability Board (FSB) in Switzerland has therefore required the systemically risky banks to devise “living wills” setting forth what they will do in the event of insolvency. The template established by the FSB requires them to “bail in” their creditors; and depositors, it turns out, are the largest class of bank creditor. (For fuller discussion, see my earlier article here.)
When depositors cannot access their bank accounts to get money for food for the kids, they could well start breaking store windows and helping themselves. Worse, they might plot to overthrow the financier-controlled government. Witness Greece, where increasing disillusionment with the ability of the government to rescue the citizens from the worst depression since 1929 has precipitated riots and threats of violent overthrow.
Fear of that result could explain the massive, government-authorized spying on American citizens, the domestic use of drones, and the elimination of due process and of “posse comitatus” (the federal law prohibiting the military from enforcing “law and order” on non-federal property). Constitutional protections are being thrown out the window in favor of protecting the elite class in power.
The Looming Debt Ceiling Crisis
The next crisis on the agenda appears to be the October 17th deadline for agreeing on a federal budget or risking default on the government’s loans. It may only be a coincidence, but two large-scale drills are scheduled to take place the same day, the “Great ShakeOut Earthquake Drill” and the “Quantum Dawn 2 Cyber Attack Bank Drill.” According to a Bloomberg news clip on the bank drill, the attacks being prepared for are from hackers, state-sponsored espionage, and organized crime (financial fraud). One interviewee stated, “You might experience that your online banking is down . . . . You might experience that you can’t log in.” It sounds like a dress rehearsal for the Great American Bail-in.
Source: globalresearch.ca

War Chinese workers evacuated from S Sudan as violence spreads

Ninety-seven Chinese oil workers have been evacuated from South Sudan to the Sudanese capital, Khartoum, as clashes rage between government troops and rebels.
China National Petroleum Corporation (CNPC) workers at an oil field in South Sudan’s Upper Nile State were moved out of the region after heavy fighting between South Sudanese army and fighters loyal to former vice president, Riek Machar.
Two more groups of Chinese workers, amounting to 207, are to be evacuated from the beleaguered country in the coming days.
Luo Xiaoguang, Chinese Ambassador to Sudan, and an official from CNPC received the first group of Chinese oil workers at Khartoum airport. Xiaoguang praised Khartoum for its commitment in facilitating the evacuation of the Chinese workers.

Referring to the critical situation in South Sudan, Zhao Dong, CNPC Chief Representative in Sudan, said, “According to the arrangements by South Sudan’s Petroleum Ministry, oil wells in remote areas have been shut down, and the operations at those fields have been halted and the workers have been evacuated on a contingency plan.”
As the specter of the first civil war looms large over the young country, South Sudan is now witnessing widespread clashes which have paralyzed its major source of income, the oil industry.
The oil-rich Unity State is now under the control of anti-government troops, and this has put a halt on the 45,000 barrels-per-day production of oil in the area. There are also some reports that Malakal, capital of oil-rich Upper Nile state which produced about 200,000 barrels per day, has been occupied by rebels loyal to Machar.
Source: presstv.ir South Sudan rebels seize oil wells as mediators seek talks

Rebels in South Sudan have seized some oil wells and may damage them, the petroleum ministry said, as African leaders met President Salva Kiir to try to mediate an end to nearly two weeks of fighting in the world’s newest state.
Kenya’s President Uhuru Kenyatta and Ethiopian Prime Minister Hailemariam Desalegn spoke with Kiir in the capital Juba amid fears that violence in South Sudan could mount and plunge the country into an ethnic-based civil war.
“The meeting with the president (Kiir)…was very constructive and very candid,” Ethiopian Foreign Minister Tedros Adhanom told reporters.
It was not clear whether the delegation also met the rebel leader, former vice president Riek Machar.
The violence which erupted in the capital Juba on December 15 has quickly spread to oil producing regions and beyond, dividing the landlocked country of 10.8 million along ethnic lines of the Nuer – Machar’s people – and the Dinka to whom Kiir belongs.
Petroleum Minister Stephen Dhieu Dau said rebels loyal to Machar, who was sacked by Kiir in July, have captured oil wells in Unity state, where production was shut down earlier this week due to fighting.
“Some oil wells are in the hands of rebel soldiers loyal to former vice president Riek Machar and we fear they may cause damage to the facilities and the environment,” Dau told Reuters.
Rebels and government troops also clashed in the capital of the major oil producing state, Upper Nile, for the third day in a row, army spokesman Philip Aguer said.
“They control half of the (Malakal) town and government troops control the other half. They will be defeated soon,” Aguer said by telephone. The United Nations said fighting was taking place in half of South Sudan’s 10 states.
Dau said oil output, which fell by nearly a fifth to 200,000 barrels per day when Unity state oil fields shut down, has not been affected by clashes in Malakal. Most of South Sudan’s oil is pumped in the Upper Nile region.
The United Nations said on Thursday about 58,000 civilians have sought refuge in its compounds across South Sudan, a country which gained independence from Sudan in 2011.
The U.N. said it hoped within the next 48 hours to begin receiving critical reinforcements of military hardware and personnel for its overstretched peacekeeping mission.
China, which has significant oil interests in South Sudan, said on Thursday it would send its special envoy for Africa to help bring about talks between Kiir and Machar.
“China is highly concerned about the evolving situation in South Sudan,” Foreign Minister Wang Yi said.
Western powers and east African states, keen to prevent more chaos in a fragile region, have not been able to get Kiir to meet Machar, who told Reuters on Monday he was “in the bush”.
Source: reuters.com Ukraine bans foreigners because the central bankers/US government/Eurozone are instigating the riots

Ukraine has temporarily banned a number of foreign citizens from entering its territory over “national security” concerns. The move comes amid ongoing mass rallies, with thousands of pro-EU demonstrators demanding the government’s resignation.
The Security Service of Ukraine (SBU) said that in November-December 2013, in accordance with the law and “in the interests of ensuring Ukraine’s national security,” it made the decision to “temporarily ban” a number of foreign nationals from entering the country.
The decision to close the country’s door to each of those persons was made individuals, rather than under a so-called “blacklist,” the SBU said in a Wednesday statement, as quoted by Interfax Ukraine news agency.
The SBU has not specified who has been temporarily denied entry into Ukraine.
The statement follows reports in the media that 36 foreigners suspected of working with the opposition “to destabilize the situation in the country” were blacklisted in the former Soviet republic.
The idea had been put forward by Oleg Tsaryov, a lawmaker from the ruling Party of Regions, who had filed a request to Ukraine’s Foreign Ministry and the SBU.
“The more frequent visits by foreign political strategists (spin doctors?) and specialists in protests cause quite reasonable concerns,” Tsaryov said in the document, which was published on his Facebook page.
The document was submitted together with a list of people, who, “as part of the advisory work” with the opposition, pursue the political interests of other states.It included three Americans, a Brit, a German, a citizen of Serbia, 29 Georgians, and former Georgian President Mikhail Saakashvili. No current politicians were among the names proposed by the Ukrainian lawmaker.
Mass pro-EU rallies were marked by western politicians’ regular visits to Kiev and their emotional condemnations of Ukrainian authorities. Such pilgrimages were condemned by some analysts, as well as the ruling party’s MPs, as meddling in the country’s internal affairs.
German Foreign Minister Guido Westerwelle, who came to Ukraine for an Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE) summit, also visited the opposition’s protest camp in early December. Accompanied by two Ukrainian opposition leaders, he toured Kiev’s Independence Square and European Square – the two main venues for the demonstrations.
US Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland was spotted on December 11 distributing cookies to protesters in central Kiev.
Later in December, Senator John McCain arrived in Kiev to show his support for the opposition. Addressing protesters in Kiev’s main square, he stated that Ukraine’s future was with Europe, adding that the country would “make Europe better.”
US Senator John McCain (R) shakes hands with a protester during a mass opposition rally at Independence Square in Kiev on December 15, 2013 (AFP Photo / Yury Kirnichny)US Senator John McCain (R) shakes hands with a protester during a mass opposition rally at Independence Square in Kiev on December 15, 2013 (AFP Photo / Yury Kirnichny)
The report about banned foreigners has caused a stir in the media. Meanwhile, the Georgian Embassy in Kiev has asked the Ukrainian Foreign Ministry for an official explanation.
Saakashvili said he regrets that he will “probably” not be able to visit Ukraine in the coming weeks. “But my heart and soul will be with my Ukrainian sisters and brothers fighting for their independence, their freedom and their well-deserved European future,” he wrote on his Facebook page.
Saakashvili, the leader of the Georgian Rose Revolution, visited Ukraine on December 7 to show his support for protesters. He addressed demonstrators rallying on Kiev’s central Independence Square, Maidan, with a brief speech in Ukrainian.
The SBU denied on Wednesday the existence of the so-called blacklist, otherwise known as the “Tsaryov list.” However, Tbilisi’s Ambassador to Kiev told Kommersant Ukraine yesterday that three Georgian nationals had already been denied entrance to Ukraine.
Ukrainian opposition representatives said the ban could lead to “serious international consequences.” Valentyn Nalyvaichenko, an MP for the opposition Udar (Strike) party and former head of the SBU, told the paper that countries whose nationals were “blacklisted” would demand explanations. If reasons for the move were groundless, those nations would come up with an appropriate response. “If these countries – the US, the EU and Georgia – ban entry for [President Viktor Yanukovich, Prime Minister Nikolay Azarov] and their children, Yanukovich would probably be able to go only to North Korea,” he said.
Source: rt.com US rushing dozens of drones and missiles to Iraq to fight Al Qaeda The central bankers/US government are fighting the people who want their countries back. The US is fighting “al-Qaeda” in almost every country. The central bankers/US government are losing control of all the middle east countries. These are the countries that were invaded, the government was removed, a puppet government was put in its place and the US dollar was once againused as the reserve currency to sell all natural resources of that country.

The United States is sending dozens of missiles and surveillance drones to Iraq to help government forces combat an explosion of violence by al-Qaida-backed insurgency that is gaining territory in both western Iraq and neighboring Syria. The weapons include a shipment of 75 Hellfire missiles purchased by Iraq, which Washington delivered to the country last week, the New York Times reported on Thursday.
A shipment of 75 Hellfire missiles was sent to Iraq last week and 10 ScanEagle reconnaissance drones are scheduled to be delivered by March, the New York Times reported Wednesday.
State Department spokeswoman Jen Psaki warned Sunday al-Qaida-backed insurgents are “seeking to gain control of territory inside the borders of Iraq.”
The affiliate, she said, is a “common enemy of the United States and the Republic of Iraq, and a threat to the greater Middle East region.”
Michael Knights, an expert on Iraqi security at the Washington Institute for Near East policy questioned the lack of armed drones being sent to Iraq.
“The real requirement today is for a long-range, high-endurance armed drone capability,” he said. “There is one place in the world where al-Qaida can run a major affiliate without fear of a US drone or air attack, and that is in Iraq and Syria.”
Iraq’s foreign minister has suggested the idea of having US-operated armed Predator or Reaper drones respond to the al-Qaida threat though Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki hasn’t formally requested such intervention, Bernadette Meehan, a spokeswoman for the National Security Council said.
The shipments are being sent as Baghdad confronts the worst wave of Islamic militant violence in half a decade.
Recent attacks, including the bombing Wednesday of a market near a church in Baghdad, have killed at least 44 people across Iraq, in the worst bloodletting since 2008 when the country was just emerging from a brutal period of sectarian killings.
Militants frequently attack places where crowds gather, including markets, cafes and mosques, in an effort to cause maximum casualties.
Experts say widespread discontent among Iraq’s minority Sunni Arab community is a major factor fueling the surge in unrest.
More than 6,700 people have been killed in Iraq since the beginning of 2013, according to AFP figures based on security and medical sources.
Source: voiceofrussia.com Other News Radio station experiences major software meltdown during anti-NSA broadcast

Apparently even a simple discussion of the National Security Agency’s surveillance program puts the conversation at risk of falling apart in dramatic fashion.
During an interview with Larry Klayman, the lawyer who recently won a preliminary injunction against the NSA’s bulk collection of phone records, Aaron Klein’s WABC radio program began experiencing what was termed a “tech meltdown” on the air.
Not only did the program’s software end up dropping Klayman off the line, but even those who called in to the show could not be put on the air. Anyone who did manage to make it on the air risked being dropped as they spoke.
“In my three years of broadcasting at WABC we never had such a technological meltdown as we are having today,” Klein said, according to the website WND.
“Calls are dropping,” he added. “We cant get the guests on. Once the guests are on they are dropping. We’ve had several meltdowns. Feedback from the microphone. I can barely broadcast. … However we are going to land this airplane and we’re going to have fun doing it.”
When WND asked Klein if he thinks the technical issues were in any way related to the fact that Klayman was his guest, the radio host said not to get “paranoid,” and that it was “probably just a coincidence.”
“It wouldn’t be logical for the NSA to target my show,” Klein said, adding that he’s run multiple segments questioning the motives of Edward Snowden, as well as the alleged anti-American views of Glenn Greenwald, the journalist responsible for reporting much of what Snowden has leaked so far.
Even during the Klayman interview, Klein pushed the lawyer to defend his position against the NSA, asking whether or not there are situations in which the NSA’s record collection program is a positive thing for national security. Klayman responded, saying the key to the whole program is that it is not abused. He noted that if an American citizen is suspected of having ties to terrorists, they should be shown “to have some contact with a foreign terrorist source. And as long as you gave that nexus … then that’s fine.”
During other parts of the interview, WND quoted Klayman as describing the NSA’s program as the“worst violation of constitutional rights in American history.”
“What’s most dangerous about what is going on is the fact that every time someone picks up their phone, or sends an email, or goes to social media like Facebook, or uses Skype, they now know that the government is watching,” he said. “And this keeps us from being critical of the government. … And that’s not just un-American, it’s like the former Soviet Union or China.
“If our Founding Fathers had lived in these times, and if King George III had had an NSA with that kind of technological capability, the Founding Fathers would have been picked up, arrested and executed before they ever got to Philadelphia to sign the Declaration of Independence.”
Source: rt.com Be prepared: Wall Street advisor recommends guns, ammo for protection in collapse

A top financial advisor, worried that Obamacare, the NSA spying scandal and spiraling national debt is increasing the chances for a fiscal and social disaster, is recommending that Americans prepare a “bug-out bag” that includes food, a gun and ammo to help them stay alive.
David John Marotta, a Wall Street expert and financial advisor and Forbes contributor, said in a note to investors, “Firearms are the last item on the list, but they are on the list. There are some terrible people in this world. And you are safer when your trusted neighbors have firearms.”
His memo is part of a series addressing the potential for a “financial apocalypse.” His view, however, is that the problems plaguing the country won’t result in armageddon. “There is the possibility of a precipitous decline, although a long and drawn out malaise is much more likely,” said the Charlottesville, Va.-based president of Marotta Wealth Management.
Marotta said that many clients fear an end-of-the-world scenario. He doesn’t agree with that outcome, but does with much of what has people worried.
“I, along with many other economists, agree with many of the concerns expressed in these dire warnings. The growing debt and deficit spending is a tax on those holding dollars. The devaluation in the U.S. dollar risks the dollar’s status as the reserve currency of the world. Obamacare was the worst legislation in the past 75 years. Socialism is on the rise and the NSA really is abrogating vast portions of the Constitution. I don’t disagree with their concerns,” he wrote.
In his latest note, he said that Americans should have a survival kit to take in case of a financial or natural disaster. It should be filled with items that will help them stay alive for the first 72-hours of a crisis, including firearms.
“A bug-out bag is a good idea depending on where you live even if the emergency is just power outages, earthquakes and hurricanes. And with your preparedness you will be equipped to help others who might be in need,” he wrote. “Be prepared. Especially because it keeps you from being scared.”
Source: washingtonexaminer.com

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
http://beforeitsnews.com/alternative/2013/12/is-homeland-security-preparing-for-the-next-wall-street-collapse-2-2857900.html?utm_medium=copypaste&utm_content=awesm-publisher&utm_campaign&utm_source=http%3A%2F%2Fbeforeitsnews.com%2Falternative%2F2013%2F12%2Fc-span-question-is-the-us-a-police-state-video-2858646.html%3Futm_campaign%3D%26utm_content%3Dbeforeit39snews-verticalresponse%26utm_medium%3Dverticalresponse%26utm_source%3Ddirect-b4in.info%26utm_term%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Fb4in.info%252FgQg5&utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FePWb

(N.Morgan) We’ve seen a lot of movement and preparations from Homeland Security is the last several months. It stands to question, just what are they getting ready for? Most of us have figured out, we’ve been made enemies of the State and country, and now it’s just a matter of time, before HS makes their next move. What will it be? Will you be ready for what’s to come?

CZoP7VuRoRE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mass Civil Unrest Coming In America 2014!! – Is The Media Trying To Warn Us ? (Video)
http://beforeitsnews.com/alternative/2013/12/mass-civil-unrest-coming-in-america-2014-is-the-media-trying-to-warn-us-video-2856544.html?utm_source=http%3A%2F%2Fbeforeitsnews.com%2Falternative%2F2013%2F12%2Fc-span-question-is-the-us-a-police-state-video-2858646.html%3Futm_campaign%3D%26utm_content%3Dbeforeit39snews-verticalresponse%26utm_medium%3Dverticalresponse%26utm_source%3Ddirect-b4in.info%26utm_term%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Fb4in.info%252FgQg5&utm_term=http%3A%2F%2Fb4in.info%2FbPEZ&utm_medium=copypaste&utm_campaign&utm_content=awesm-publisher

Mass Civil Unrest Coming In America 2014!! – Is The Media Trying To Warn Us ? (Video)
(N.Morgan) There’s a food and water shortage, every one is panicking, not knowing where they are going to get these vital necessities, to survive. We are a society that has been bombarded by fear. Terrorized by our own government. Civil unrest breaks loose, looting, riots, mass chaos ensues. With all of the little hints and “bloopers”, is the media trying to tell us what we’re in for? Are they leaving us little clues, as to what will happen next?

Qp3Z38ioX4M

========================

C-SPAN is even getting in on the action... This information is making its way to virtually every circle!

pBhTn2yod74